Escolar Documentos
Profissional Documentos
Cultura Documentos
411-9001-124
Page 3 of 524
Publication History
Following changes are incorporated in NTP: 411-9001-124 on the specified dates.
Version 18.16
Following feature is modified for P&C5 release:
50037, 50042 - Linux x86 platform installation and Converged OAM on page 13
Version 18.14
Following are the new features introduced for P&C5 release:
Version 18.13
PRM12/0000561 Deleted X.25 related information under section BSC/TCU 3000 on
page 504
Page 4 of 524
Publication History
Following changes are incorporated in NTP: 411-9001-124 on the specified dates.
Version 18.12
PRM12/0000479 Included the following missing parameters under appropriate alphabetical listing:
bscHopReconfUse Class 1, bscMSAccessClassBarringFunction Class 3, bts, concentAlgoIntMsRange Class 3, concentAlgoIntRxLev Class 3, concentAlgoIntRxLevUL
Class 3, date, distributionTime Class 3, encrypAlgoCiphModComp Class 1, initialMCSDL Class 3, initialMCSUL Class 3, interBscDirectedRetry Class 3, interBscDirectedRetryFromCell Class 3, interCellHOExtPriority Class 3, interCellHOIntPriority Class 3,
interferenceType Class 3, interferenceMatrixRunningOnBsc, interferenceMatrixRunningOnBts, interferer cancel algo usage Class 2, interOmuEtherlinkOper, intraBscDirectedRetry Class 3, intraBscDirectedRetryFromCell Class 3, intraCell Class 3,
intraCellHOIntPriority Class 3, intraCellQueueing Class 3, intraCellSDCCH Class 3,
iom, IP@ of IBOS connected to IPM, IPM IP@, IPM IP subnet mask, ipAggregateEthernetPortUsed
Class
3,
ipAggregateTraffic_TosDscp
Class
3,
ipAggregateTraffic_userPriority Class 3, ipIBOSEthernetPortUsed Class 3,
ipOtherAbisTraffic_TosDscp Class 3, ipOtherAbisTraffic_userPriority Class 3, ipRoutingProtocolOnAbisPort Class 3, upAckTime Class 3 (packetAckTime), selfAdaptActivation Class 3, unmasked users alarms Class 2, physicalFiberInfo.
Version 18.11
PRM12/0000204 Updated "new password 1st try" on Page 287.
Version 18.10
P&C4 delivery.
Page 5 of 524
Contents
New in this release ............................................................................................................. 7
Introduction....................................................................................................................... 18
1.
Overview ............................................................................................................................. 19
1.1.
1.2.
1.3.
2.
3 .............................................................................................................................................. 26
2.2.
A ............................................................................................................................................. 31
2.3.
B ............................................................................................................................................. 76
2.4.
C ........................................................................................................................................... 117
2.5.
D ........................................................................................................................................... 156
2.6.
E ........................................................................................................................................... 176
2.7.
F............................................................................................................................................ 196
2.8.
G ........................................................................................................................................... 208
2.9.
H ........................................................................................................................................... 217
2.10.
I ........................................................................................................................................... 231
2.11.
J .......................................................................................................................................... 265
2.12.
L .......................................................................................................................................... 266
2.13.
M ......................................................................................................................................... 278
2.14.
N ........................................................................................................................................ 313
2.15.
O ......................................................................................................................................... 331
2.16.
P ........................................................................................................................................ 353
2.17.
Q ........................................................................................................................................ 382
2.18.
R ........................................................................................................................................ 383
2.19.
S ........................................................................................................................................ 403
2.20.
T.......................................................................................................................................... 437
2.21.
U ......................................................................................................................................... 464
Page 6 of 524
2.22.
V ......................................................................................................................................... 476
2.23.
W ........................................................................................................................................ 477
2.24.
X ......................................................................................................................................... 478
2.25.
Z.......................................................................................................................................... 480
A.
B.
C.
Page 7 of 524
P&C5 Features
50037, 50042 - Linux x86 platform installation and Converged OAM on page 13
Modified the following parameters with Object: (if A Flex or QAM activated) row and
included a NOTE.
Page 8 of 524
Added subsection V 18.0 P&C5 parameters on page 483 within the section Objects
and parameters evolution on page 483.
Added subsection A Flex - GSM Access on page 499 within the section Parameters per feature on page 499.
Following is the list of new parameters included for Quasi Associated Mode.
nullNRI. For more information about this parameter, refer nullNRI on page 325.
remoteNodeType. For more information about this parameter, refer remoteNodeType on page 391.
networkResourceIdentifierList. For more information about this parameter networkResourceIdentifierList on page 320.
Page 9 of 524
status. For more information about this parameter, refer status on page 431.
adjacentPointCode. For more information about this parameter, refer adjacentPointCode on page 41.
Modified the following parameters with Object: (if A Flex or QAM activated) row and
included a NOTE.
Added subsection V 18.0 P&C5 parameters on page 483 within the section
Objects and parameters evolution on page 483.
Added subsection Quasi Associated Mode (QAM) - GSM Access on page 501
within the section Parameters per feature on page 499.
Page 10 of 524
Also, GPRS mobiles on EDGE TDMA or EDGE mobiles on GPRS TDMA were allowed
only in Non Real Time (NRT) mode.
With the implementation of this feature, fixed values as given below are allotted for
GPRS MS or EDGE MS, which are allocated a GPRS TBF. Included a NOTE about the
fixed values allotted for GPRS MS and EDGE MS, which are allocated a GPRS TBF in
the following parameters:
Following are the list of new parameters included for this feature:
dlGMSKMCS1UpperThreshold. For more information about this parameter, refer dlGMSKMCS1UpperThreshold Class 3 on page 170
dlGMSKMCS4UpperThreshold. For more information about this parameter, refer dlMCS4UpperThreshold Class 3 on page 172
ulGMSKMCS1UpperThreshold. For more information about this parameter, refer ulGMSKMCS1UpperThreshold Class 3 on page 465
Page 11 of 524
Added subsection V 18.0 P&C5 parameters on page 483 within the section Objects
and parameters evolution on page 483.
Added subsection EDGE Family C MCS-1 & 4 implementation on page 502 within
the section Parameters per feature on page 499.
Following are the parameters enhanced in P&C5 release to accept MCS1 and MCS4 as
input:
baseColourCode. For more information about this parameter, refer baseColourCode Class 3 on page 77.
networkColourCode. For more information about this parameter, refer networkColourCode Class 3 on page 318
mobileCountryCode. For more information about this parameter, refer mobileCountryCode Class 3 on page 304.
mobileNetworkCode. For more information about this parameter, refer mobileNetworkCode Class 3 on page 306.
locationAreaCode. For more information about this parameter, refer locationAreaCode Class 3 on page 271.
cellIdentity. For more information about this parameter, refer cellIdentity Class
3 on page 124.
Page 12 of 524
Added subsection V 18.0 P&C5 parameters on page 483 within the section Objects
and parameters evolution on page 483.
Added subsection NACC Inter BSC/Intra PCUSN on page 502 within the section
Parameters per feature on page 499.
Network Assisted Cell Change (NACC) Inter BSC/Inter PCUSN feature enables an Mobile Station (MS) to avail System Information (SI) 1/3/13 of a target cell, even if the target
cell is managed by a different BSC linked to a different PCUSN through RAN Information
Management (RIM) procedure.
RAN Information Management (RIM) procedure
The NACC inter BSC between two PCUSNs is achieved through the implementation of
RAN Information Management (RIM) procedure, which allows the SI1/3/13 transfer between PCUSNs through Packet Core (SGSN). All the RIM protocol messages are transferred between the PCU and the SGSN using the signaling BVC.
The existing NACC features are enhanced to allow the NACC procedure between cells
managed by different BSCs linked to another PCUSN. NACC Inter BSC/Inter PCUSN
feature is an enhancement of the following features:
NACC Inter BSC/Intra PCUSN feature. For more information about this feature, refer
50033 - NACC inter BSC/intra PCUSN feature on page 11
For more information about this feature and feature activation, refer GSM BSS Fundamentals-Operating-Principles (411-9001-007).
Following sections are impacted by this feature:
Added the new parameter, gloabalInterBscNaccActivation in V 18.0 P&C5 parameters on page 483 within the section Objects and parameters evolution on
page 483.
Added subsection NACC Inter BSC/Inter PCUSN with RIM on page 502 within the
section Parameters per feature on page 499.
Page 13 of 524
In the specific context of ETCS2 over GPRS, the feature Extended UL TBF has been
identified as essential to fulfill the requested performances, in terms of time to deliver.
Extended UL TBF is used to maintain the TBF alive and the inactivity timer must be set
to a value bigger than the maximum duration between 2 ETCS2 uplink messages. This
duration can be bigger than the recommended 3GPP maximum value, i.e 5 seconds.
For more information about this feature, refer GSM BSS Fundamentals Operating
Principles (411-9001-007).
The enhancement is to extend this period (tNwExtUtbft) up to 20s.
Page 14 of 524
Page 15 of 524
P&C4 Features
Added B.85. High Speed Uplink Distortion Removal on Packet Data on page 519
Page 16 of 524
3GPriority on page 27
3GReselectionOnPriority on page 28
3GQRxLevMin on page 26
Page 17 of 524
Page 18 of 524
Introduction
The Kapsch GSM BSS Parameter Reference is a guide that describes all GSM BSS network element parameters that the user can access using the OMC-R.
ATTENTION
For a BSC 3000, there are no more class 1 parameters; all these parameters are
now class 0.
Prerequisites
Navigation
Chapter 2. Parameters listed in alphabetical order on page 26 describes all the operating parameters listed in alphabetical order, and explains their use.
A. Objects and parameters evolution on page 483 lists new configuration parameters and objects by release.
B. Parameters per feature on page 499 lists new configuration parameters and objects by release.
B. Parameters per feature on page 499 presents BSS parameters per feature.
Chapter 1.
1.1.
Page 19 of 524
Overview
This dictionary summarizes all the GSM BSS parameters used to define all the objects
managed on the OMC-R. An object model is used to describe each managed network
element. Each object is defined in terms of its parameters (also called attributes), and
its relationships with other objects. A containment tree is used to depict the relationships
among these objects (see Figure 1., Object main tree structure, on page 19) to
Figure 4., Network subtree objects, on page 20). For more information on objects and
parameters, refer to GSM BSS Fundamentals Operating Principles (411-9001-007),
for parameters listed per object, refer to GSM OMC-R Commands Reference - Objects
and Fault menus (411-9001-128).
ATTENTION
For a BSC 3000, there are no more class 1 parameters; all these parameters are
now class 0.
FIGURE 1. Object main tree structure
Page 20 of 524
Page 21 of 524
Users can create, modify, and delete objects using commands and actions displayed in
the menus of the OMC-R Browser window (see Figure 7., Menus in the OMC-R browser window, on page 22). Parameters are widely used in all commands and actions.
For more information on commands, refer to GSM OMC-R Commands Reference - Objects and Fault menus (411-9001-128) to GSM OMC-R Commands Reference - Security, Administration, SMS-CB, and Help menus (411-9001-130).
Page 22 of 524
For CT2000 and datafill purposes, the following remarks must be taken into consideration:
If not indicated, the parameters are considered mandatory in all cases. For example,
if a parameter is marked as Not Mandatory at the OMC-R level, the user does not
need to employ it in CT2000, there will not be any value in the command files to create the associated object.
A parameter is dependant of an OMC feature only when indicated. For any parameter
associated with an OMC feature, if the feature is active at OMC-R then the parameter
is mandatory at object creation otherwise it is not. Example: a parameter marked as
"cell Tiering" dependant will only be used when the cellTiering feature is active at the
OMC-R level.
CT2000 is an offline, multi-release CM OAM tool. The CT2000 . Throughout this document, the user will be able to distinguish whether a parameter present in CT2000
DRF interface needs to be filled or not, depending upon the actual network configuration.
1.2.
There are two types of configuration parameters: customer and manufacturer parameters.
Page 23 of 524
Customer parameters:
addressing parameters, which are relative to objects (for example: bsc number)
optimization parameters, which are relative to network tuning (for example: cellReselectHysteresis)
operating parameters, which are relative to network operation (for example: cellBarred)
Manufacturer parameters:
system parameters, which can seriously affect system operation, and which
must be under the control of the manufacturer (for example: runPwrControl)
product parameters, which are incompatible with the current system release (for
example: sWVersionbackup)
New configuration parameters are summarized in A. Objects and parameters evolution
on page 483.
1.3.
1.3.1.
Header line
The header line contains some or all of the following information (see following figure):
Page 24 of 524
1.3.2.
Type: parameter type. The five accepted values are the following:
type
meaning
is handled by the
Configuration
Management
application
DD
DI
DP
DS
Static data
Id
Identifier
is handled by any
other applications
(4)
X(5)
X(6)
X(7)
1. Dynamic parameters (DD) are not stored in databases. They are managed by the
BSC applications, and they can be consulted on operator request.
2. Internal parameters (DI) are stored in the OMC-R operation database (BDE) and are
not sent to Network Elements. They supply additional information on how an object
Page 25 of 524
is configured at a given time. They can be consulted on operator request and some
of them can also be modified.
3. Permanent parameters (DP) are stored in the application database (BDA) and in the
operation database (BDE). Most of them are mandatory and they are defined with
the object that uses them. They are managed by the operator.
4. Fault Management, Performance Management, Command Functions.
5. parameter displayed in command output
6. parameter entered by users
7. parameter which is either entered by users, or displayed in command output
Checks: Semantic checks performed by the OMC-R are indicated with the Create [C], Set [M], Delete [D], or specific action [A] commands.
Feature: Field introduced from V12. It indicates the reference of the Feature
that impacts the parameter description.
Restrictions: Applicable restrictions are indicated with the Create [C], Set [M],
Delete [D], or specific action [A] commands.
Page 26 of 524
Chapter 2.
2.1.
3GAccessMinLevel
Description:
Object:
bts
Value range:
Unit:
dB
Type:
DP
Default value:
-12
Release:
V18.0.0
3GAccessMinLevelOffset
Description:
Object:
bts
Value range:
[0]
Unit:
dB
Type:
DP
Default value:
Release:
V18.0.0 P&C1
3GQRxLevMin
Description:
Object:
bts
Unit:
dBm
Value range:
Type:
DP
Default value:
non significant
Page 27 of 524
Class:
Release:
V18.0 P&C4
3GPriority
Description:
Object:
bts
Value range:
(non significant , 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7)
Type:
DP
Checks:
Default value:
non significant
Class:
Release:
V18.0 P&C4
3GReselection ARFCN
Description:
3Gpriority
threshold3Ghigh
threshold3Glow
3GQRxLevMin
Object:
bts
Value range:
Type:
DP
Default value:
Empty
Page 28 of 524
Checks:
V18.0.0 P&C3
3GReselectionOffset
Description:
Object:
bts
Value range:
Unit:
dB
Type:
DP
Default value:
-infinity
Release
V18.0.0
3GReselectionOnPriority
Description:
Object:
bts
Value range:
Class:
Type:
DP
Checks:
Page 29 of 524
Default value:
Disabled
Checks:
Release:
Set 3GReselectionOnPriority=enabled
3GReselection ARFCN list is
is
forbidden
if
is
forbidden
if
V18.0 P&C4
3GReselectionThreshold
Description:
Object:
bts
Value range:
[-114 / -112 / -110 / -108 / -106 / -104 / -102 / -100 / -98 / -96 / -94 / -92 /
-90 / -88 / -86 / -84]
Unit:
dBm
Type:
DP
Default value:
-102
Release
V18.0 P&C1
Note: For bsc V16.0 and v17.0, only value -102 is available.
3GSearchLevel
Description:
Object:
bts
Page 30 of 524
Value range:
[less than -98 dBm / less than -94 dBm / less than -90 dBm / less than 86 dBm / less than -82 dBm / less than -78 dBm / less than -74 dBm /
Always / more than -78 dBm / more than -74 dBm / more than -70 dBm
/ more than -66 dBm / more than -62 dBm / more than -58 dBm / more
than -54 dBm / Never]
Unit:
dBm
Type:
DP
Default value:
Never
Release
V18.0
3GTechnology
Description:
Object:
bts
Value range:
Unit:
dBm
Type:
DP
Default value:
FDD
Checks:
Page 31 of 524
for frequencies between 1930 and 1990 MHz, the UARFCN uplink and
downlink transmission is included in the range from 9654 to 9946.
for frequencies between 1910 and 1930 MHz, the UARFCN uplink and
downlink transmission is included in the range from 9554 to 9646.
for frequencies between 2570 and 2620 MHz, the UARFCN uplink and
downlink transmission is included in the range from 12854 to 13096.
Release:
2.2.
V18.0
abisSpy Class 3
Description:
Whether measurement reports from the BTS and the mobiles are
forwarded to the BSC in order to spy on the Abis Interface.
Value range:
Object:
bts
Default value:
not in progress
Type:
DP
absoluteRFChannelNo Class 2
Description:
Value range:
Object:
channel
Type:
Page 32 of 524
Checks:
DP
Description:
[C/M]: The attribute is undefined when the radio time slot is authorized
to hop or its channelType is "mainBCCH", "mainBCCHC ombined", or
"bcchSdcch4CBCH".
[C/M]: The attribute is defined when the radio time slot is not
authorized to hop and its channelType is "tCHFull", "sDCCH",
"sdcch8CBCH", or "cCH".
[C/M]: When defined, the frequency is one of those allotted to the
parent bts object (cellAllocation list).
[M]: Concentric cell: When defined, the frequency is not used by the
channel objects related to the transceiver objects allotted to the other
cell zone.
[C/M]: If the frequency hopping is not used, the
absoluteRFChannelNo attribute indicates a radio frequency number
which is located between [0 to 124] or [955 to 1023] when the
standardIndicator attribute is equal to Rgsm.
Time of the day after which the user is not allowed to log in.
It is after access time start.
Value range:
[<time> (18:00)]
Object:
user profile
Type:
DP
Checks:
Time of the day after which the user is allowed to log in.
Value range:
[<time> (09:00)]
Type:
DP
Checks:
Page 33 of 524
accessClassCongestion Class 3
Description:
List of access classes that are not authorized in a cell during TCH
congestion phase (class 10 not included).
Value range:
[0 to 9] User classes
[11 to 15] Operator classes
Object:
bts
Type:
DP
Release:
V9
accessibilityState
Description:
Value range:
Object:
signallingLinkSet
Type:
DD
acknowledged by
Description:
Value range:
[case sensitive]
Object:
Type:
DP
acknowledgment time
Description:
Value range:
Object:
Type:
DP
Page 34 of 524
activationObject
Description:
Value range:
[bscId range]
Object:
callPathTrace
Type:
DP
Checks:
Restrictions:
activationObject
Description:
Value range:
[bscId range]
Object:
traceControl
Type:
DP
Checks:
Restrictions:
adaptiveReceiver Class
Description:
Value range:
Object:
transceiver
Feature:
disabled
Type:
DP
Release:
V17
Note:
Page 35 of 524
Value range:
[yes (the odd PCM link is supervised by the BTS) / no (the odd PCM
link is not supervised by the BTS)] If PCM 0 belongs to the
bscSitePCMList parameter the values YES or NO are equivalent
(recommendation: NO)
Object:
btsSiteManager
Feature:
GSM-R V12
Type:
DP
Release:
V12
Value range:
[yes (the odd PCM link is supervised by the BTS) / no (the odd PCM
link is not supervised by the BTS)] If PCM 1 belongs to the
bscSitePCMList parameter the values YES or NO are equivalent
(recommendation: NO)
Object:
btsSiteManager
Feature:
GSM-R V12
Type:
DP
Release:
V12
Page 36 of 524
Value range:
[yes (the odd PCM link is supervised by the BTS) / no (the odd PCM link
is not supervised by the BTS)] If PCM 2 belongs to the bscSitePCMList
parameter the values YES or NO are equivalent (recommendation: NO)
Object:
btsSiteManager
Feature:
GSM-R V12
Type:
DP
Release:
V12
Value range:
[yes (the odd PCM link is supervised by the BTS) / no (the odd PCM link
is not supervised by the BTS)] If PCM 3 belongs to the bscSitePCMList
parameter the values YES or NO are equivalent (recommendation: NO)
Object:
btsSiteManager
Feature:
GSM-R V12
Type:
DP
Release:
V12
Page 37 of 524
Value range:
[yes (the odd PCM link is supervised by the BTS) / no (the odd PCM link
is not supervised by the BTS)] If PCM 4 belongs to the bscSitePCMList
parameter the values YES or NO are equivalent (recommendation: NO)
Object:
btsSiteManager
Feature:
GSM-R V12
Type:
DP
Release:
V12
Value range:
[yes (the odd PCM link is supervised by the BTS) / no (the odd PCM
link is not supervised by the BTS)] If PCM 5 belongs to the
bscSitePCMList parameter the values YES or NO are equivalent
(recommendation: NO)
Object:
btsSiteManager
Feature:
GSM-R V12
Type:
DP
Release:
V12
Page 38 of 524
Value range:
Object:
btsSiteManager
Feature:
GSM-R V18
Type:
DP
Release:
V18
addresses
Description:
Page 39 of 524
Object:
Type:
DP
Value range:
[0 to 31]
Object:
bts
Type:
DP
Checks:
Release:
V9
adjacentCellHandOver
Description:
Value range:
[0 to 31]
Object:
adjacentCellHandOver
Type:
Id
Checks:
Release:
V8
Page 40 of 524
adjacentCellHandOverId
Description:
Value range:
[0 to 31]
Object:
adjacentCellHandOver
Type:
DP
Release:
V14
adjacentCellReselection
Description:
Value range:
[0 to 31]
Object:
adjacentCellReselection
Type:
Id
Checks:
Release:
V8
adjacentCellReselectionId
Description:
Value range:
[0 to 63]
Object:
adjacentCellReselection
Type:
DP
Release:
V14
Page 41 of 524
adjacentPointCode
Description:
This parameter indicates the point code used by the BSC to reach the
adjacent node to which the signallingLinkSet is created. It can be the
point code of a MGW (acting as a STP) or a MSC/SMLC acting as a
SP.
Class:
Value range:
0 to 16777215
Default Value:
Empty (MMI)
0xFFFFFFFF (MOD)
Object:
SignallingLinkSet
Type:
DP
Release:
V18 P&C5
Feature:
Note:
This parameter is available only for BSC 3000. Also, this parameter
will be available for configuration only if A Flex - GSM Access or Quasi Associated Mode feature is activated.
administrativeState
Description:
Value range:
[locked / unlocked]
Object:
alarm criteria
Type:
DP
administrativeState
Description:
ISO state
Value range:
Object:
atmRm
Type:
Checks:
DP
Release:
V13
Page 42 of 524
administrativeState
Description:
ISO state
Value range:
Object:
bsc
Type:
DP
Checks:
administrativeState
Description:
ISO state
Value range:
[locked / unlocked]
A bscMdInterface object is created in unlocked state.
When the object is locked, the BSC involved in the BSS/OMC-R link
described by this object cannot communicate with the OMC-R.
Object:
bscMdInterface
Type:
DP
Checks:
Page 43 of 524
administrativeState
Description:
ISO state
A bts object is created in locked state. When the object is unlocked, the
described cell will be working if the carrier TDMA frame (or BCCH frame)
is successfully configured in the BTS and at least <minNbOfTDMA>
TDMA frames (including the carrier frame) are operating.
The dataOnNoHoppingTS attribute enables/disables to establish a data
call on non-hopping TDMA on a FR channel for the 2.4, 4.8, 9.6 data
rates. When this parameter is changed to unlock state, the RTU semantic
control is performed.
The attempt to activate the Specific TDMA Allocation for CS Data
functionality succeeds only when a valid license is available. When there
is at least one built BSC with "dataOnNoHoppingTS" activated, then, no
TRX, bts, btsSiteManager, unlocking, no reset BDA and no build BDA is
possible without a valid license.
The preferredNonAdaptativeAMRcodec attribute enables/disables to
establish an AMR call on a FR channel with the AMR codec modes 4.75,
5.9, 6.7 & 10.2 as configured.
The attempt to activate the Non-Adaptative AMR Codec For Group Calls
functionality succeeds only when a valid license is available.When there is
at least one built BSC with preferredNonAdaptativeAMRcodec activated,
then, no TRX, bts, btsSiteManager, unlocking, no reset BDA and no
build BDA is possible without a valid license.
Value range:
Object:
bts
Type:
DP
Checks:
Page 44 of 524
Page 45 of 524
administrativeState
Description:
Value range:
[locked / unlocked]
A btsSiteManager object is created in locked state..
Object:
btsSiteManager
Type:
DP
Checks:
Page 46 of 524
administrativeState
Description:
ISO state. Locking the object blocks the collection of data and the
generation of the associated messages.
Value range:
[locked / unlocked]
A callPathTrace object is created in locked state. Unlock the object to
start collecting data in the related BSC.
In that case, data collecting is stopped in the related BSC.
However, current messages are stored by the BSC and notified to the
OMC-R agent.
Object:
callPathTrace
Type:
DP
Note:
administrativeState
Description:
ISO state.
Value range:
[locked / unlocked]
Object:
cc
Feature:
Type:
DP
Release:
V13
administrativeState
Description:
ISO state.
Value range:
[locked / unlocked]
Object:
cem
Feature:
Type:
DP
Release:
V13
Page 47 of 524
administrativeState
Description:
ISO state.
Value range:
[locked / unlocked]
Object:
controlNode
Feature:
Type:
DP
Release:
V13
administrativeState
Description:
ISO state. Locking the object blocks the transmission of the associated
messages to the OMC-R manager. The administrativeState of an efd
object is set by the user at object creation time and can be changed with
the Modify command.
Value range:
[locked / unlocked]
Object:
efd
Type:
DP
administrativeState
Description:
ISO state.
Value range:
[locked / unlocked]
Object:
g3BscEqp
Feature:
Type:
DP
Release:
V13
administrativeState
Description:
ISO state.
Value range:
[locked / unlocked]
Object:
hardware transcoder 3G
Feature:
Type:
DP
Release:
V13
administrativeState
Description:
ISO state.
Value range:
[locked / unlocked]
Page 48 of 524
Object:
hsaRc
Feature:
Type:
DP
Release:
V17
administrativeState
Description:
ISO state.
Value range:
[locked / unlocked]
Object:
hsaRcTcu
Feature:
Type:
DP
Release:
V17
administrativeState
Description:
ISO state.
Value range:
[locked / unlocked]
Object:
iem
Feature:
Type:
DP
Release:
V13
administrativeState
Description:
ISO state.
Value range:
[unlocked]
The igm object is always unlocked.
Object:
igm
Feature:
Abis Over IP
Type:
DP
Release:
V18.0
administrativeState
Description:
ISO state.
Value range:
[locked / unlocked]
Object:
iom
Feature:
Page 49 of 524
Type:
DP
Release:
V17
administrativeState
Description:
ISO state.
Value range:
[locked / unlocked]
Object:
interfaceNode
Feature:
Type:
DP
Release:
V13
administrativeState
Description:
ISO state.
Value range:
[locked / unlocked]
Object:
ipgRc
Feature:
Abis Over IP
Type:
DP
Release:
V18.0
administrativeState
Description:
ISO state.
Value range:
[locked / unlocked]
Locked administrativeState means no communication between the IPM
and the IPG, so all the data flow are stopped between the IPM and the
IPG.
Unlocked administrativeState means messages have been sent to the
IPM and the IPG to establish the communication between the IPM and
the IPG.
Object:
ipm
Feature:
Abis Over IP
Type:
DP
Release:
V18.0
Checks:
[C/M]: It is forbidden to unlock the ipm object if it does not refer to any
btsSiteManager object.
[C/M]: Only one IPM among IPMs with the same MAC address can be
unlocked.
Page 50 of 524
administrativeState
Description:
Value range:
Object:
job
Type:
DP
Checks:
administrativeState
Description:
Value range:
Object:
log - Display
Type:
DP
Notes:
administrativeState
Description:
ISO state.
Value range:
[locked / unlocked]
Object:
lsaRc
Feature:
Type:
DP
Release:
V13
administrativeState
Description:
ISO state. Locking the object blocks the generation of processed alarms
when out-of-range conditions are met. The administrativeState of an
mdWarning object is set by the user at object creation time and can be
changed with the Modify command. A change of state is effective when
the OMC-R is restarted.
Whatever the state of the object, the related notifications are always
forwarded to the OMC-R manager.
Value range:
[locked / unlocked]
Object:
mdWarning
Type:
DP
Page 51 of 524
administrativeState
Description:
ISO state.
Value range:
[locked / unlocked]
Object:
mms
Feature:
Type:
DP
Release:
V13
administrativeState
Description:
ISO state.
Value range:
[locked / unlocked]
Object:
omu
Feature:
Type:
DP
Release:
V13
administrativeState
Description:
ISO state.
Value range:
[locked / unlocked]
A pcmCircuit object is created in locked state.
Object:
pcmcircuit
Type:
DP
Checks:
administrativeState
Description:
ISO state.
Value range:
[locked / unlocked]
A pcu object is created in locked state.
Object:
pcu
Feature:
Type:
DP
Checks:
Release:
V12
Page 52 of 524
administrativeState
Description:
ISO state.
Value range:
[locked / unlocked]
A signallingLink object is created in locked state.
Object:
signallingLink
Type:
DP
Checks:
administrativeState
Description:
ISO state.
Value range:
[locked / unlocked]
Object:
sw8kRm
Type:
DP
Feature:
Release:
V13
administrativeState
Description:
ISO state.
Value range:
[locked / unlocked]
Object:
tmu
Type:
DP
Feature:
Release:
V13
administrativeState
Description:
ISO state. Locking the object blocks the collection of data and the
generation of the associated messages.
Value range:
[locked / unlocked]
A traceControl object is created in locked state. Unlock the object to start
collecting trace data in the related BSC.
Object:
traceControl
Type:
DP
Page 53 of 524
Feature:
Notes:
administrativeState
Description:
ISO state.
ISO state. The dataOnNoHoppingTS attribute enables/disables to
establish a data call on non-hopping TDMA on a FR channel for the 2.4,
4.8, 9.6 data rates. When this parameter is changed to unlock state, the
RTU semantic control is performed.
The attempt to activate the Specific TDMA Allocation for CS Data
functionality succeeds only when a valid license is available. When there is
at least one built BSC with "dataOnNoHoppingTS" activated, then, no
TRX, bts, btsSiteManager, unlocking, no reset BDA and no build BDA is
possible without a valid license.
The preferredNonAdaptativeAMRcodec attribute enables/disables to
establish an AMR call on a FR channel with the AMR codec modes 4.75,
5.9, 6.7 & 10.2 as configured.
The attempt to activate the Non-Adaptative AMR Codec For Group Calls
functionality succeeds only when a valid license is available. When there is
at least one built BSC with preferredNonAdaptativeAMRcodec activated,
then, no TRX, bts, btsSiteManager, unlocking, no reset BDA and no build
BDA is possible without a valid license.
Value range:
Object:
transceiverEquipment
Type:
DP
Checks:
Page 54 of 524
To carry out a soft release. This action does not automatically cause a
handover. By carrying out this action, the operator must wait for the end of
the coms before the TRX/DRX changes to "blocked".
To carry out a forced handover. A forced handover on the bts object will
cause the DRX/TRX to change to "blocked" more quickly.
If the TDMA frame affected by this operation has priority over other frames
in the BSS, the BSC re-configures that frame on a different TRX/DRX and
immediately transfers the current calls handled by the TRX/DRX being
released.
When all calls are transferred or terminated, the TRX/DRX is released
(administrativeState = "locked" and operationalState = "disabled"), and the
partnered TDMA frame is unreachable if it has not been reconfigured
(availabilityStatus = "{dependency}".
Notes:
If a hard lock request is sent during the soft release phase, all the calls
handled by the TRX/DRX are immediately released by the BSC. If the
administrativeState of the object is unlocked and the availabilityStatus is
unknown, the object status is undetermined. You must request the status of
the bsc object on the OMC-R, to update the network view.
administrativeState
Description:
ISO state.
Value range:
[locked / unlocked]
A transcoder object is created in locked state.
Object:
transcoder
Type:
DP
Checks:
administrativeState
Description:
ISO state.
Value range:
[locked / unlocked]
Object:
trm
Feature:
Type:
DP
Release:
V13
administrativeState
Description:
ISO state.
Value range:
Page 55 of 524
Object:
xtp
Type:
DP
Checks:
Notes:
agprsFilterCoefficient Class 3
Description:
Value range:
[0 to 100] %
Object:
bts
Default value:
Type:
DP
Release:
V14
agpsTimer Class 3
Description:
Value range:
[0 to 255] seconds
Object:
bsc
Default value:
0 second
Type:
DP
Release:
V15
Note:
Page 56 of 524
alarm criteria
Description:
Value range:
Object:
omc
Type:
DP
Note:
When the OMC-R is started up or the active server is switched over, the
OMC-R activates the configuration the name of which corresponds to the
time of the day that start-up or switchover occurs. The following apply:
The daytime configuration is activated when the event occurs between
9:00 a.m. and 6:00 p.m. (static configuration data).
The nighttime configuration is activated when the event occurs between
6:00 p.m. and 9:00 a.m. (static configuration data).
The active configuration can be forced by users at any other time. If a
problem occurs while loading the selected configuration, the OMC-R
uses the reference configuration and sends a warning message to the
user.
alarm criteria
Description:
Value range:
Object:
alarm criteria
Type:
Id
Checks:
[C]: The alarm criteria identifier is in the range [100 001 to 2 147 483
646].
[C]: The alarm criteria does not exist in the operator configurations.
[M/D]: The alarm criteria exists in the operator configurations.
alarm number
Description:
Value range:
[0 to 2147483646]
Object:
Type:
DP
Page 57 of 524
alarm severity
Description:
Value range:
Object:
Type:
DP
alarm state
Description:
Value range:
[acknowledged / unacknowledged]
Object:
Type:
DP
alarmDuration
Description:
Value range:
[0 to 345600] second
Object:
alarm criteria
Condition:
Type:
DP
alarmPriority
Description:
Value range:
Page 58 of 524
minor: .......... The minor severity level indicates the existence of a nonservice affecting fault condition and that a corrective action should be
taken in order to prevent a more serious fault.
warning: ......... The warning severity level indicates the detection of a
potential or impending service affecting fault, before any significant
effects have been felt. An action should be taken to further diagnose and
correct the problem in order to prevent it from becoming a more serious
service affecting fault.
Object:
mdWarning
Type:
DP
allocationState
Description:
Value range:
Object:
transceiver
Type:
DD
allocPriorityTable Class 3
Description:
Value range:
Object:
bts
Feature:
Default value:
0 8 9 10 11 12 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Type:
DP
allocPriorityThreshold Class 3
Description:
Value range:
[0 to 2147483646]
Object:
bts
Page 59 of 524
Default value:
Type:
DP
Number of
free
TCH = 0
TCH request of
priority 0
- queueing if
defined or reject
TCH allocated
TCH allocated
TCH request of
priority >0
- queueing if
defined or reject
TCH allocated
allocPriorityTimers Class 3
Description:
Value range:
Object:
bts
Feature:
Default value:
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 28 28 28 28 28
Type:
DP
AllocPriorityTimerT14Railways
Description:
Table of T14 timers, specifying the max queuing duration that can be
allowed for a VGCS/VBS request, according to the internal priority.
Value range:
Object:
bts
Feature:
Default value:
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 28 28 28 28 28
Type:
new
Release
V18.0
allocWaitThreshold Class 3
Description:
Value range:
Object:
bts
Feature:
Page 60 of 524
Default value:
0000000055555
Type:
DP
allOtherCasesPriority Class 3
Description:
Value range:
[0 to 17]
Object:
bts
Default value:
17
Type:
DP
amrAdaptationSet Class 3
Description:
Value range:
Int [0 to 3]
Object:
bts
Default value:
Type:
DP
Release:
V14
Note:
This parameter is available for all BSCs 3000 and applicable to versions
earlier than V16.
amrDirectAllocIntRxLevDL Class 3
Description:
Downlink RxLev threshold for direct AMR TCH allocation in the inner
zone.
This attribute is modified by the Manager.
Value changes are notified to the Manager.
This attribute can only be modified if the handOverControl object
instance in unlocked.
Value range:
Object:
handOverControl
Default value:
-80 to -79 dB
Type:
DP
Page 61 of 524
Checks:
Release:
V14
Note:
amrDirectAllocIntRxLevUL Class 3
Description:
Uplink RxLev threshold for direct AMR TCH allocation in the inner zone.
This attribute is modified by the Manager.
Value changes are notified to the Manager.
This attribute can only be modified if the handOverControl object
instance in unlocked.
Value range:
Object:
handOverControl
Default value:
-80 to -79 dB
Type:
DP
Release:
V14
Note:
amrDirectAllocRxLevDL Class 3
Description:
Value range:
Object:
handOverControl
Default value:
-80 to -79 dB
Type:
DP
Release:
V14
Note:
amrDirectAllocRxLevUL Class 3
Description:
This attribute defines the downlink RxLev threshold for direct AMR TCH
allocation.
This attribute is modified by the Manager.
Value changes are notified to the Manager.
This attribute can only be modified if the handOverControl object
instance in unlocked.
Value range:
Object:
handOverControl
Page 62 of 524
Default value:
-80 to -79 dB
Type:
DP
Release:
V14
Note:
amrDlFrAdaptationSet class 3
Description:
This attribute defines the lines of parameter used for the downlink AMR
full rate adaptation mechanism.
Value range:
[0 to 3]
Object:
bts
Default value:
Type:
DP
Feature:
AMR Optimizations
Release:
V15
Note:
amrDlHrAdaptationSet class 3
Description:
This attribute defines the lines of parameter used for the downlink AMR
half rate adaptation mechanism.
Value range:
[0 to 3]
Object:
bts
Default value:
Type:
DP
Feature:
AMR Optimizations
Release:
V15
Note:
amrFRIntercellCodecMode Class 3
Description:
Value range:
Object:
handOverControl
Default value:
4.75
Type:
DP
Page 63 of 524
Release:
V14
Note:
amrFRIntracellCodecMode Class 3
Description:
Value range:
Object:
handOverControl
Default value:
4.75
Type:
DP
Release:
V14
Note:
amrHRIntercellCodecMode Class 3
Description:
Value range:
Object:
handOverControl
Default value:
4.75
Type:
DP
Release:
V14
Note:
amrHRToFRIntraCodecMode Class 3
Description:
Value range:
Object:
handOverControl
Default value:
6.7
Type:
DP
Page 64 of 524
Release:
V14
Note:
amriRxLevDLH Class 3
Description:
Value range:
[-110 to -47]
Object:
handOverControl
Default value:
-75 to -74 dB
Type:
DP
Release:
V14
Note:
amriRxLevULH Class 3
Description:
Value range:
[-110 to -47]
Object:
handOverControl
Default value:
-75 to -74 dB
Type:
DP
Release:
V14
Note:
amrReserved1
Description:
Value range:
[0 to 2]
Object:
handOverControl
Default value:
Type:
DP
Release:
V16
Note1:
Page 65 of 524
amrReserved2 Class 3
Description:
Value range:
[0 to 3]
Deactivations for this parameter are:
Value 0 (default): AMR L1m algorithms are used.
Value 1: AMR FR intracell handover and AMR quality inter cell
handover are deactivated, but the AMR power control is activated.
Value 2: AMR FR intracell handover and AMR quality inter cell
handover are activated, and the AMR power control is deactivated.
Value 3: AMR FR intracell handover, AMr quality inter cell handover
and the AMR power control are deactivated.
Object:
handOverControl
Type:
DP
Release:
V14
Note1:
amrUlFrAdaptationSet class 3
Description:
This attribute defines the lines of parameter used for the uplink AMR full
rate adaptation mechanism.
Value range:
[0 to 3]
Object:
bts
Type:
DP
Default:
Feature:
AMR Optimizations
Release:
V15
Note1:
amrUlHrAdaptationSet class 3
Description:
This attribute defines the lines of parameter used for the uplink AMR
half rate adaptation mechanism.
Value range:
[0 to 3]
Object:
bts
Page 66 of 524
Type:
DP
Default:
Feature:
AMR Optimizations
Release:
V15
Note1:
amrWbDlAdaptationSet class 3
Description:
This attribute defines the set of parameters used for the downlink Wide
Band AMR adaptation mechanism.
Value range:
Object:
bts
Type:
DP
Default:
corresponding to nominal
Feature:
Release:
V18.0
amrWBPowerControlCIThresholdUl class 3
Description:
This attribute defines the set of parameters used for the downlink Wide
Band AMR adaptation mechanism.
Value range:
Object:
powerControl
Type:
DP
Default:
corresponding to nominal
Feature:
Release:
V18.0
amrWbNbMaxPdtchPreemption class 2
Description:
Value range:
[0...127]
Object:
bts
Type:
Default:
Feature:
Release:
V18.0
Page 67 of 524
amrWbSacchPowerOffsetSelection class 2
Description:
Value range:
Object:
bts
Type:
Default:
disable
Feature:
Release:
V18.0
amrWbUlAdaptationSet class 3
Description:
This attribute defines the set of parameters used for the uplink Wide
Band AMR adaptation mechanism.
Value range:
Object:
bts
Type:
DP
Default:
corresponding to nominal
Feature:
Release:
V18.0
amrWBIntercellCodecMThresh Class 3
Description:
Value range:
Object:
handOverControl
Type:
Default:
8K85
Feature:
Release:
V18.0
amrWBIntracellCodecMThresh Class 3
Description:
Value range:
Object:
handOverControl
Page 68 of 524
Type:
Default:
8K85
Feature:
Release:
V18.0
amrWBiRxLevDLH Class 3
Description:
Value range:
[less than -110, -110 to -109, ..., -49 to -48, more than -48] dBm
Object:
handOverControl
Type:
DP
Default:
[-75....-74] dBm
Feature:
Release:
V18.0
amrWBiRxLevULH Class 3
Description:
Value range:
[less than -110, -110 to -109, ..., -49 to -48, more than -48] dBm
Object:
handOverControl
Type:
DP
Default:
[-75....-74] dBm
Feature:
Release:
V18.0
answerPagingPriority Class 3
Description:
Value range:
[0 to 17]
Object:
bts
Type:
DP
Default:
17
Page 69 of 524
architecture
Description:
Value range:
[dual servers but passive not running dual servers running single server
running]
Object:
md - Display
Type:
DP
Checks:
assignRequestPriority Class 3
Description:
Value range:
[0 to 17]
Object:
bts
Type:
DP
Default value:
17
associatedLog
Description:
Identifier of the log object that describes the associated records on the
OMC-R agent disks.
For an mdScanner object, this attribute is displayed provided mdLog =
"logged".
Value range:
[0 to 2147483646]
Object:
Type:
DI
Restrictions:
associatedTMUPosition
Description:
Gives the number of the TMU hosting the active associated core
process (hardware slot
position).
Value range:
Object:
Page 70 of 524
Feature:
Type:
DD
Default:
None
Note:
aterLapd
Description:
Value range:
Object:
cemRc
Feature:
Type:
DD
Release:
V18.0
aterLapd
Description:
Value range:
Object:
lsaRc
Feature:
Type:
DD
Release:
V16
atmRm
Description:
The ATM RM (ATM Resource Module), which provides a SONET OC3c (Optical Carrier level 3c) interface to allow direct connection
between the Interface Node and the Control Node.
Value range:
[0 to 2147483646]
Object:
atmRm
Type:
DP
Release:
V13
Page 71 of 524
atmRmId
Description:
Value range:
[0 to 2147483646]
Object:
atmRm
Type:
DP
Release:
V13
attenuation Class 2
Description:
Value range:
[0 to 14] dB
Object:
btsSiteManager
Default value:
Type:
DP
Release:
V9
Note:
auditBdaStatus
Description:
Value range:
Object:
bsc
Type:
DI
Page 72 of 524
auditState
Description:
Value range:
[inProgress / notInProgress]
Object:
bsc
Type:
DI
availabilityStatus
Description:
List of the users authorized to copy, display and run the command file.
Enter their names as defined in their profiles and use the "&" character
to separate them.
Object:
commandFile
Type:
DP
availabilityStatus
Description:
ISO state
Refer to the operationalState entries in the Dictionary for a description
of possible state parameter combinations for these objects:
administrativeState, availabilityStatus, operationalState.
Value range:
Object:
Type:
DD
availabilityStatus
Description:
ISO state
Refer to the operationalState entries in the Dictionary for a description
of possible state parameter combinations for these objects:
administrativeState, availabilityStatus, operationalState.
Value range:
Object:
Type:
DD
Note:
Page 73 of 524
availabilityStatus
Description:
ISO state
The "enabled" state for a bts
object is a transitory state that follows a soft release request. Refer to
the administrativeState entry related to the bts object in the
Dictionary.
Value range:
Object:
bts
Type:
DD
Note:
availabilityStatus
Description:
ISO state
Value range:
Object:
Type:
DD
availabilityStatus
Description:
ISO state
Value range:
Object:
igm
Feature:
Abis Over IP
Type:
DD
Release:
V18.0
operationalState
availabilityStatus
Meaning
disabled
notInstalled
disabled
failed
enabled
onLine
enabled
degraded
Page 74 of 524
availabilityStatus
Description:
ISO state
Value range:
[{degraded} / {} ]
Object:
ipgRc
Feature:
Abis Over IP
Type:
DD
Release:
V18.0
availabilityStatus
Description:
ISO state
Value range:
[{degraded} / {} ]
Object:
ipgRc
Feature:
Abis Over IP
Type:
DD
Release:
V18.0
availabilityStatus
Description:
ISO state
The "logFull" state applies to a log object that describes an observation
or trace log, and indicates that the saving message directory on the
OMC-R agent disks is full.
Refer to the capacityAlarmThreshold entry in the Dictionary.
Value range:
[{} / {logFull}]
Object:
log
Type:
DD
availabilityStatus
Description:
ISO state
Value range:
Object:
mdScanner
Type:
DD
Page 75 of 524
availabilityStatus
Description:
ISO state
Refer to the operationalState entry in the Dictionary for a description of
possible state parameter combinations: administrativeState,
availabilityStatus, operationalState.
Value range:
Object:
pcu
Feature:
Type:
DD
Release:
V12
availabilityStatus
Description:
ISO state
Refer to the operationalState entry in the Dictionary for a description of
possible state parameter combinations: administrativeState,
availabilityStatus, operationalState.
Value range:
Object:
pcusn
Feature:
Type:
DD
Release:
V12
availabilityStatus
Description:
ISO state
Refer to the operationalState entry in the Dictionary for a description of
possible state parameter combinations:
administrativeState, availabilityStatus, operationalState, and
usageState.
A state change notification is issued after the soft release.
Value range:
Object:
xtp
Type:
DD
Page 76 of 524
Value range:
Object:
bts
Type:
BTS synchronization
averagingPeriod Class 2
Description:
Value range:
2.3.
Object:
handOverControl
Default value:
20
Type:
DP
Object:
efd - Display
Type:
DI
Restrictions:
backupServer
Description:
Object:
md - Display
Type:
DP
Page 77 of 524
baseColourCode Class 3
Description:
Class:
Value range:
[-1 to 7]
Default value:
-1
Object:
adjacentCellReselection
Type:
DP
Feature:
Release:
V18 P&C5
Note:
Checks:
The routingArea, baseColourCode and networkColourCode parameters of the adjacentCellReselection object should be either all valid or
all invalid. That means that for an AdjacentCellReselection object, if
one of the routingArea, baseColourCode and networkcolourCode parameters has a valid value, then the 2 other parameters should also
have a valid value.
The valid values for the baseColourCode parameter are [0 to 7].
Invalid value for this parameter is -1.
baseColourCode Class 3
Description:
Base station Color Code assigned to a neighbor cell. The (BCC, NCC)
pair forms the cell BSIC.
Value range:
[0 to 7]
Object:
adjacentCellHandOver
Type:
DP
Checks:
[M]: Each defined (baseColourCode, bCCHFrequency, networkColourCode) combination is unique in the set including a
serving cell and its neighbor cells.
baseColourCode Class 2
Description:
Value range:
[0 to 7]
Object:
bts
Page 78 of 524
Type:
DP
Checks:
[M]: Each defined (baseColourCode, bCCHFrequency, networkColourCode) combination is unique in the set including a serving cell and
its neighbor cells.
batteryRemoteControllerPresence
Description:
Value range:
[0, 1]
0: Not present
1: present
Object:
btsSiteManager
Class
Default value:
Absent
Type:
DP
Release:
V18
bCCHFrequency Class 3
Description:
Radio frequency allocated to a neighbor cell BCCH in the network frequency band. The information is broadcast on the serving cell SACCH.
Value range:
Note:
Object:
adjacentCellHandOver
Type:
DP
Page 79 of 524
Checks:
[M]: Each defined (baseColourCode, bCCHFrequency, networkColourCode) combination is unique in the set including a serving cell
and its neighbor cells.
[M]: The bCCHFrequency value must be set according to the standardIndicator attribute.
[C]: Cannot set the bCCHFrequency parameter on an adjacentCellHandOver object to a 32nd different value in the subset of adjacentCellHandOver instances belonging to the same upper bts if at least
one instance of adjacentCellUTRAN is
created. The purpose of this check is to forbid existence 32 different
BCCH frequencies on the GSM neighbour cells under the same GSM
cell if at least one UTRAN neighbour cell is declared.
[C]: Customer should not validate IM activation on a cell with 32 instances of adjacentCell (existing IM control) or with 31 instances of
adjacentCell with 31 different values of bCCFFrequeny parameter if
at least one instance of adjacentCellUTRAN is created. The
purpose of this check is to warn customer on IM activation if at least
one UTRAN neighbour cell is declared and the cell
already has real neighboring cells with 31 different BCCH.
bCCHFrequency Class 3
Description:
Value range:
Note:
Object:
adjacentCellReselection
Page 80 of 524
Type:
DP
Checks:
[M]: The bCCHFrequency value must be set according to the standardIndicator attribute.
Checks:
[C/M]: For an adjacentCellReselection object instance, the bCCHFrequency can take one of the following values:
[1 to 124] (GSM 900 network),
[512 to 885] (GSM 1800 network),
[512 to 810] (GSM 1900 network),
[0 to 124] or [975 to 1023] (E-GSM),
[128 to 251] (GSM 850 network),
[0 to 124] or [955 to 1023] for GSM-R.
Note:
An adjacentCellReselection object can use the same BCCH as the serving cell to which it is associated. This allows a mobile to immediately recover the cell on which it was "camping" after being switched off, then
switched back on, and is especially useful in the selection process.
bCCHFrequency Class 2
Description:
Value range:
Note:
Object:
bts
Type:
DP
Checks:
[M]: Each defined (baseColourCode, bCCHFrequency, networkColourCode) combination is unique in the set including a
serving cell and its neighbor cells.
Page 81 of 524
bckgDLLayer3WindowSize Class 3
Description:
Value range:
[1..8]
Object:
bsc
Default value:
Feature:
Type:
DP
Release:
V16
Note:
bdaNewBscState
Description:
Value range:
[ready for on-line reset/running on-line reset / waiting for on-line build/
waiting for software change/waiting for Bda change/running software
change/running Bda chang/waiting for end of probative phase / { }]
Object:
bsc
Type:
DI
Remark:
Note:
"waiting for software change": "BDA version" reset on-line has succeeded
Page 82 of 524
"waiting for Bda change": "BDA edition" reset on line has succeeded
waiting for end of probative phase": BSC Type 5 EFT activation has
succeeded
Release:
V11
bdaSelected
Description:
Value range:
[running / new]
Object:
bsc
Type:
DI
Remark:
This attribute is modified by the MD-R when processing "On line reset
BDA" actions or receiving a BSC spontaneous event.
This attribute is set "running" at the bsc object instance creation. For a
V10 BSC, this attribute is never modified and its value is "running".
Note:
Release:
V11
bdaState
Description:
Value range:
Object:
bsc
Type:
DI
Release:
V11
Page 83 of 524
bdaVersionBuild
Description:
Value range:
[1 to 254]
Object:
Type:
DP
Checks:
Release:
V11
[A]: If the command follows a BSC architecture change, the new architecture complies with the information in the last "build database request" message received from the BSC.
bdaVersionNumber
Description:
Value range:
[0 to 254]
Object:
bsc
Type:
DD
beacBatteryRemoteControllerPresence Class 2
Description:
Value range:
[Present, Absent]
Object:
btsSiteManager
Type:
DP
Release:
V15
beginning date
Description:
Value range:
[mm/dd/yyyy hh:mm:ss]
Object:
Page 84 of 524
Type:
DP
Checks:
beginSearchTime
Description:
Value range:
[<date> , <time>]
Object:
Type:
DP
Checks:
beginSearchTime
Description:
Absolute time to start searching for the observation report to edit default
is the current date and time).
The report displays the information contained in the last observation
message generated in the requested period of time. Refer to the partnered endSearchTime entry in the Dictionary.
Absolute time format entry forms are detailed in GSM OMC-R Commands Reference - Security, Administration, SMS-CB, and Help menus
(411-9001-130).
Value range:
[<date> , <time>]
Object:
Type:
DP
Checks:
Note:
If no permanent observation has been received within the specified period, a message is displayed.
beginSearchTime
Description:
Absolute time to start searching for the available permanent observations to list (default is the current date and time).
The first listed report is the last observation report generated in the requested period of time. Refer to the partnered endSearchTime entry
in the Dictionary.
Value range:
[<date> , <time>]
Object:
Type:
DP
Checks:
Page 85 of 524
beginSearchTime
Description:
Absolute time to start searching for the available permanent observations to list (default is the current date and time).
The first listed report is the last observation report generated in the requested period of time. Refer to the partnered endSearchTime entry
in the Dictionary.
Absolute time format entry forms are detailed in GSM OMC-R Commands Reference - Security, Administration, SMS-CB, and Help menus
(411-9001-130).
Value range:
[<date> , <time>]
Object:
Type:
DP
Checks:
beginSearchTime
Description:
Absolute time to end searching for the observation messages to list (default is twelve days before beginSearchTime).
The last listed message is the first observation message generated in
the requested period of time. Refer to the partnered beginSearchTime
entry in the Dictionary.
Absolute time format entry forms are detailed in GSM OMC-R Commands Reference - Security, Administration, SMS-CB, and Help menus
(411-9001-130).
Value range:
[<date> , <time>]
Object:
Type:
DP
Checks:
bEPPeriod Class 3
Description:
When EDGE is activated in the cell, the field is present and indicates the
BEP filter averaging period to the MS.
Value range:
0 to 15
Object:
bts
Feature:
Default value:
Type:
DP
Release:
V15
Note:
Page 86 of 524
biZonePowerOffset Class 3
Description:
Power offset between the inner TRXs and the outer TRXs of the adjacentCellHandOver object of a dualband, dualcoupling, or concentric
cell.
Offset added in calculation formula to draw up the list of eligible cells for
handover towards a dualband, dualcoupling, or concentric cell inner
zone to take into account the difference of propagation models between
the two bands of the cells and the difference of transmission power between TRXs of the two zones due to either BTS configuration or coupling.
Value range:
[-63 to 63] dB
Object:
adjacentCellHandOver
Default value:
Feature:
Type:
DP
Release:
V12
Note:
This parameter is only available for S8000 or e-cell BTS DRX transceiver architecture.
biZonePowerOffset Class 3
Description:
Power offset between inner and outer TRXs of the handOverControl object of a dualband, dualcoupling, or concentric cell.
Value range:
[-63 to 63] dB
Object:
handOverControl
Feature:
Default value:
Type:
DP
Release:
V12
Note:
This parameter is only available for S8000 or e-cell BTS DRX transceiver architecture.
zoneTxPwrMaxReduction (inner zone)
bsc3GEqpt
Description:
Value range:
[0 to 0]
Object:
bsc3GEqpt
Type:
DP
Release:
V13
Page 87 of 524
bsc3GEqptId
Description:
Value range:
[0 to 0]
Object:
bsc3GEqpt
Type:
DP
Release:
V13
bsc
Description:
Value range:
[1 to 255]
Object:
bsc
Type:
Id
Checks:
[C]: The number of BSCs managed by an OMC-R is limited to maxBscPerNetwork (static configuration data).
[D]: The BSC application database has been reset by an Off line reset
BDA command (bdaState = "not built").
bsc
Description:
Value range:
[1 to 255]
Object:
Type:
Id
Checks:
Page 88 of 524
Value range:
Object:
Feature:
Type:
DP
Checks:
"css7" identifies the BSC CCS7 boards; "signaling link" identifies the
SS7 signaling links defined in the BSS and controlled by the CCS7
boards.
bscList
Description:
To remove one or more BSCs, select the lines that display their reference numbers and click Remove.
When the list is complete, click the option matching the desired command, as follows:
Start: ........... starts collecting call monitoring data in the selected
BSCs.
Transfer: ......... transfers the BSC selected data files to the OMC-R.
Processing: ....... copies and processes the selected data files in the
SDO machine. A set of resultant ASCII data files is produced, it is
identified as the Level 1 set.
Value range:
[ 1 to 255]
Object:
Type:
DP
Page 89 of 524
Checks:
Notes:
The user must make sure that the BSCs in the list are created on the
OMC-R since no checks are performed by the system.
Processing: The call monitoring data files are meant to exist in the "/
MD/ftam/bsc" directory on the OMC-R agent disks. For each BSC in
the list, all files saved in that directory whose name begins with
"SDO_CM_BSCnnn" will be processed: "nnn" is the BSC reference
number on the OMC-R (if bsc = 5, then nnn is read "005"). See GSM
BSS Fundamentals Operating Principles (411-9001-007).
The bscList needs not be defined when selecting the Query command which displays the activity state of the Call monitoring function
in all the BSCs connected to the OMC-R.
bsc model
Description:
Value range:
bsc 3000
Do not fill in if this criterion is not to be selected.
Object:
Type:
DP
Checks:
bsc30000 is the value that must be used for this parameter in case of a
BSC 3000.
bscNumber
Description:
Object:
Type:
DP
bscArchitecture Class 0
Page 90 of 524
Description:
Value range:
Object:
bsc
Type:
DP
Checks:
[C/M]: The maximum PCM number is set to 231 (E1) /308 (T1) at the
OMC-R when the bscArchitecture parameter is set to
bsc30000Optical.
This semantic check checks the validity of the pcmCircuitId when bscArchitecture equals bsc30000 Optical.
[C/M]: The maximum PCM number is set to 126 (E1) / 168 (T1) at the
OMC-R when the bscArchitecture parameter is set to
bsc30000electrical_ip.
[C/M]: When the bscArchitecture parameter equals
bsc30000electrical_ip, valid pcmCircuitIds are:
[0, 104] for LsaRC E1
This semantic check checks the validity of the pcmCircuitId when the
bscArchitecture parameter equals bsc30000electrical_ip.
[C/M]: The maximum PCM number is set to 231 (E1) / 308 (T1) at the
OMC-R when the bscArchitecture parameter is set to
bsc30000optical_ip.
Page 91 of 524
bscCapacityReduction Class 3
Description:
This attribute allows to reduce the traffic on the BSC in order to protect
the MSC against high traffic load.
This attribute can only be modified if the bsc object instance is unlocked
Value range:
Int [0 to 9]
Object:
bsc, signallingPoint
Type:
DP
Release:
V14
bscCounterList Class 3
Description:
Value range:
[0 to 2147483646]
Object:
bscCounterList
Type:
Id
Release:
V18.0
Note:
Every time the bscCounterList object is modified, it is necessary to update the form files in order to include added counters, to delete removed
ones.
bscDateTime
Description:
[<date>,<time>]
Object:
bsc
Type:
DD
Page 92 of 524
bscGprsActivation Class 3
Description:
Value range:
[disabled / enabled]
Object:
bsc
Feature:
Default value:
disabled
Type:
DP
Release:
V12
bscHighSwitchingCapacity Class 3
Description:
Value range:
[disabled / enabled]
Object:
bsc
Feature:
Default value:
disabled
Type:
DP
Release:
V15
bscHopReconfUse Class 1
Description:
Value range:
[true / false]
Object:
bsc
Default Value
True
Type:
DP
Checks:
Release:
V8
bscIPFirstAdr Class 2
Description:
Indicates the first BSC IP address used for a bscMdInterface object instance.
IP address corresponds to the subscriber number on the network used.
This attribute is modified by the Manager.
Value changes are notified to the Manager.
Value range:
[7 to 15] String
Page 93 of 524
Object:
bscMdInterface
Type:
DP
Checks:
[C/M]: The IP address must not already be used in a first address for
another bscMDInterface object instance.
[C/M]: The IP address must not already be used in a second address
for another bscMDInterface object instance.
Release:
V13
bscIPSecondAdr Class 2
Description:
Value range:
[7 to 15] String
Object:
bscMdInterface
Type:
DP
Checks:
[C/M]: The IP address must not already be used in a first address for
another bscMDInterface object instance.
[C/M]: The IP address must not already be used in a second address
for another bscMDInterface object instance.
Release:
V13
bscList
Description:
This attribute indicates for which BSC(s) the units of software has been
downloaded. This attribute is allocated by the MD-R at object creation.
This attribute cannot be modified by the Manager. This attribute is updated by the MD-R when a "sWDownload" command is performed successfully.
Value changes are notified to the Manager.
Value range:
[0 to 41]
Object:
executableSoftware
Type:
DP
Release:
V13
bscLog
Description:
Value range:
[bscVers13 +Inf]
Object:
bscLog
Page 94 of 524
Type:
DP
Release:
V13
bscLogId
Description:
Value range:
[bscVers13 +Inf]
Object:
bscLog
Type:
DP
Release:
V13
bscMdInterface
Description:
Value range:
[0 to 255]
Object:
bscMdInterface
Type:
Id
Checks:
bscMdInterfaceRef
Description:
Value range:
[0 to 255]
Object:
bsc
Type:
DP
Checks:
Restrictions:
bscMdInterfaceVersionNumber
Description:
Value range:
[11 to 99]
Object:
bsc - Display
Page 95 of 524
Type:
DI
Restrictions:
bscMSAccessClassBarringFunction Class 3
Description:
Value range:
level.
[enabled / disabled]
Object:
bsc
Default value:
disabled
Type:
DP
Release
V9
bscName
Description:
Value range:
Object:
bsc
Type:
DP
Checks:
Release:
V13
Note:
Use only alphanumeric characters (30 max.), beginning with a letter and
is case sensitive, for ALL parameter names (such as TRX, BSC, BTS,
BTSSM). All other symbols/characters are prohibited.
The valid symbols are:
letter characters: A, B, C..., Z, a, b, c..., z
digit symbols: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9
minus sign: -
undescore: _
space
bscPcuPcmRefList Class 2
Description:
Value range:
Object:
pcu
Feature:
Page 96 of 524
Type:
DP
Checks:
V12
bscQueueingOption Class 1
Description:
Value range:
Object:
signallingPoint
Default value:
forced
Type:
DP
Note:
bscRefList
Description:
Value range:
V16, E1/T1 PCM: [0 to 18] values in the range [1 to 255] The BSS system does not take into account the value range [17 to 18] for an E1 configuration. V17: [0 to 27] values in the range [1 to 255]
Object:
pcusn
Feature:
Type:
DP
Release:
V12
Page 97 of 524
bscReset
Description:
Value range:
[0 to 1]
Object:
bsc3GEqpt
Type:
DP
Release:
V13
bscSitePcmList
Description:
List of the PCM links allotted to a site on the Abis interface, up to maxPcmCPerBtsSM. Each link is identified by a (pcmCircuitBsc, pcmCircuitBtsSiteManager) pair that defines it on BSC end and BTS end.
The following rule is applied:
A PCM link connected to DDTI board no.i in the BSC has a pcmCircuitBsc reference equal to "2i" or "2i+1" with regard to the BSC (each
board manages two links at a time). Refer to GSM BSC Reference
Manual.
The same PCM link connected to DTI board no.j in the BTS has a
pcmCircuitBtsSiteManager reference equal to "j" with regard to the
BTS (each board manages one single link). Refer to GSM BTS Reference Manuals.
The number of pairs in the list sets the number of links allotted to the radio site.
Value range:
Object:
btsSiteManager
Type:
DP
Page 98 of 524
Class
Checks:
[C]: The number of PCM links allotted to a site is limited to maxPcmCPerBtsSM (static configuration data).
[C/M]: The list contains at least one pair, two if the btsSiteManager
object redundantPcmPresence attribute is "true".
On unlocking the btsSiteManager object, pcm1 and pcm2 on bscSitePcmList are not provisioned if the securedLoopActivation is enabled. This is available only for S8000 BTS family and not for
BTS18000 family
On unlocking the btsSiteManager object, if the securedLoopActivation parameter is set to "enabled", the OMC-R checks no more than 2
PCMs are referenced.
On unlocking the btsSiteManager object, if the securedLoopActivation parameter is set to "enabled", the OMC-R checks whether the
BSC PCM identities belong to the same board:
S8000 BTS :
bscSitePcmList = (n ~ 0) & (n+1 ~ 3) with the PCM identity "n" even
and different of PCM 0,1,2,3,4 and 5 of LsaRC 0 (synchronizing
ATER PCM)
BTS9000 BTS :
bscSitePcmList = (n ~ 0) & (n+1 ~ 1) with the PCM identity "n" even
and different of PCM 0,1,2,3,4 and 5 of LsaRC 0 (synchronizing
ATER PCM)
bscTimeSlot
Description:
PCM link (pcmCircuitId) and timeslot (timeSlotNumber) used by the radio timeslot on the Abis interface. The PCM link is identified on BSC end
[0 to 47].
The information is displayed provided that the parent transceiver object
is working. Refer to the operationalState entry for this object in the Dictionary.
Value range:
Object:
channel
Type:
DD
Page 99 of 524
bscUsedAdr
Description:
BSC address actually used. This attribute is managed by the MD-R. Value changes are not notified to the Manager.
Value range:
Object:
bscMdInterface
Type:
DP
Release:
V13
bsCvMax Class 3
Description:
Number of packets left to transmit divided by the number of UL TS allocated to the MS.
Value range:
[1 to 15]
Object:
bts
Feature:
Default value:
Type:
DP
Remark:
Release:
V13
bsPowerControl Class 3
Description:
Value range:
[enabled / disabled]
Object:
powerControl
Default value:
disabled
Type:
DP
bssMapT1 Class 1
Description:
Value range:
[2 to 300] seconds
Object:
bsc
Default value:
Type:
DP
bssMapT4 Class 1
Description:
Value range:
[5 to 600] seconds
Object:
bsc
Default value:
60
Type:
DP
bssMapT7 Class 1
Description:
Value range:
[2 to 120] seconds
Object:
bsc
Default value:
Type:
DP
bssMapT8 Class 1
Description:
A interface timer triggered by the BSC in the BSSMAP management procedure. It is greater than t3103 for all BTS object instances attached to
the BSC.
It is started on transmission of HANDOVER COMMAND and
canceled on receipt of CLEAR COMMAND sent by the MSC or HANDOVER FAILURE sent by MS.
Value range:
[0 to 255] seconds
Object:
bsc
Default value:
15
Checks:
[C/M]: bssMapT8 > t3103 for all BTS objects dependent on the BSC
object.
bssMapT12 Class 1
Description:
Value range:
[2 to 300] seconds
Object:
bsc
Default value:
Type:
DP
bssMapT13 Class 1
Description:
Value range:
[2 to 300] seconds
Object:
bsc
Default value:
32
Type:
DP
bssMapT19 Class 1
Description:
A interface timer triggered by the BSC in the BSSMAP management procedure. This timer is used with a Phase II MSC only.
It is started on transmission of RESET CIRCUIT by the BSC and canceled on receipt of RESET CIRCUIT ACKNOWLEDGE sent by the
MSC.
Value range:
[2 to 300] seconds
Object:
bsc
Default value:
32
Type:
DP
Release:
V8
bssMapT20 Class 1
Description:
Value range:
[2 to 300] seconds
Object:
bsc
Default value:
32
Type:
DP
Release:
V8
bssMapTchoke Class 1
Description:
Value range:
[1 to255] seconds
Object:
bsc
Default value:
Type:
DP
bssPagingCoordination
Description:
Value range:
Object:
bts
Default value:
0 (recommended)
Type:
DP
bssSccpConnEst Class 1
Description:
Value range:
Object:
signallingLinkSet
Default value:
Type:
DP
Checks:
Note:
bssSccpInactRx Class 1
Description:
Value range:
[2 to 30] minutes
Object:
signallingLinkSet
Default value:
11
Type:
DP
Checks:
Note:
If A Flex - GSM Access or Quasi Associated Mode feature is activated, this parameter will be available under SignallingLinkSet and
RemoteSignallingPoint objects. However; bssSccpInactRx parameter under SignallingLinkSet object is not used and the default value
will be Empty.
bssSccpInactTx Class 1
Description:
Value range:
[1 to 15] minutes
Object:
signallingLinkSet
Default value:
11
Type:
DP
Checks:
Note:
If A Flex - GSM Access or Quasi Associated Mode feature is activated, this parameter will be available under SignallingLinkSet and
RemoteSignallingPoint objects. However; bssSccpInactTx parameter under SignallingLinkSet object is not used and the default value
will be Empty.
bssSccpRelease Class 1
Description:
A interface timer T(rel) triggered by the BSC in the SCCP management procedure.
It is set on transmission of RELEASE and canceled on receipt of
RELEASED COMPLETE or RELEASED.
Value range:
[1 to 20] seconds
Object:
signallingLinkSet
Default value:
10
Type:
DP
Checks:
Note:
If A Flex - GSM Access or Quasi Associated Mode feature is activated, this parameter will be available under SignallingLinkSet
and RemoteSignallingPoint objects. However; bssSccpRelease
parameter under SignallingLinkSet object is not used and the
default value will be Empty.
[C/M]: bssSccpRelease parameters must have the same values for both A and Lb signallingLinkSet instances.
bssSccpSubSysTest Class 1
Description:
Value range:
Object:
signallingLinkSet
Default value:
30
Type:
DP
Checks:
Note:
If A Flex - GSM Access or Quasi Associated Mode feature is activated, this parameter will be available under SignallingLinkSet
and RemoteSignallingPoint objects. However; bssSccpSubSysTest parameter under SignallingLinkSet object is not used and the
default value will be Empty.
bsTxPwrMax Class 3
Description:
For HePA: the value of PwrReqSentToPowerAmplifier must be between 34dB and 47dBm. This value range is valid for High Power Radio Module (HPRM).
For MePA: the value of PwrReqSentToPowerAmplifier between
33dB and 46dB. This value range is valid for Medium Power Radio
Module (MPRM).
Value range:
[2 to 51] dB
Note:
Object:
powerControl
Type:
DP
Checks:
[M]: For a normal cell, the use of the block edge channels must induce
a cell power limitation to 40 dB for PCS networks, and 42 dB for GSM
850 networks.
[M]: For a concentric cell, the use of the block edge channels in the
large zone and in the small zone must induce a cell power limitation
to 40 dB for PCS networks and 42 dB for GSM 850 networks (bsTxPwrMax - zoneTxPwrMaxReduc)
[M]: For a dualband cell and, the use of the block edge channels in
the large zone and in the small zone must induce a cell power limitation to 40 dB for PCS - GSM850 networks and 42 dB for GSM850 PCS networks (bsTxPwrMax - zoneTxPwrMaxReduc)
[M]: For a dualcoupling cell, the use of the block edge channels in the
large zone and in the small zone must induce a cell power limitation
to 40 dBm for PCS networks and 42 dBm for GSM850 networks
(bsTxPwrMax - zoneTxPwrMaxReduc - bizonePowerOffset)
Note:
Remark:
bssSccpSubSysTest Class 1
Description:
Value range:
[0 to 5]
Object:
bts
Type:
Id
Checks:
[C]: The number of cells managed by an OMC-R is limited to maxBtsPerNetwork (static configuration data).
[C]: The number of cells attached to a radio site is limited to maxNbOfCells (attribute of the parent btsSiteManager object).
[C/M]: The adjacent cell umbrella Ref attribute is defined if the cell is
a microcell (cellType) and directed retry handovers are processed in
BSC mode (directedRetryModeUsed).
[C]: If the application database of the related BSC is built, the parent
bsc object is unlocked and the parent btsSiteManager object is
locked.
[D]: If the application database of the related BSC is built, the parent
bsc object is unlocked, the parent btsSiteManager object is locked,
and the bts object is locked.
[D]: If the application database of the related BSC is not built, it has
been reset by an Off line reset BDA command.
[D]: No adjacentCellHandOver object refers to the bts object (the described cell is not used as a neighbor cell of another serving cell).
[D]: No mdScanner object describing a temporary observation refers
to the bts object (no observation is running on the described cell).
Note:
All cells covered by a given radio site must be created in numerical ascending order and deleted in the reverse order.
bts
Description:
Value range:
[0 to 5]
Object:
bts
Type:
Id
Checks:
[C]: The mobileCountryCode and mobileNetworkCode attributes match those of the parent bsc object if they are defined for that
object (cell CGIs must comply).
[C]: If the application database of the related BSC is built, the parent
bsc object is unlocked and the parent btsSiteManager object is
locked.
[D]: If the application database of the related BSC is built, the parent
bsc object is unlocked, the parent btsSiteManager object is locked,
and the bts object is locked.
[D]: If the application database of the related BSC is not built, it has
been reset by an Off line reset BDA command.
[D]: No adjacentCellHandOver object refers to the bts object (the described cell is not used as a neighbor cell of another serving cell).
[D]: No mdScanner object describing a temporary observation refers
to the bts object (no observation is running on the described cell).
Note:
All cells covered by a given radio site must be created in numerical ascending order and deleted in the reverse order.
bts
Description:
Value range:
[0 to 5]
Object:
adjacentCellHandOver, adjacentCellReselection, channel, frequencyHoppingSystem, handOverControl, powerControl, software, transceiver, transceiverEquipment, transceiverZone.
Type:
Id
Checks:
bts
Description:
Value range:
[1]
Object:
ipm
Feature:
Abis Over IP
Type:
Id
Release
V18
Value range:
/ EXTERNAL CONTACT ACCESS / drxmain reception chain / drx diversity reception chain / splitter output / high power module / splitter / low
power RF module / rf supply module / CMCF / PCM / CPCMI / RECAL /
rx splitterM / rx splitter D / combiner h4 lna / combiner h4 vswr / txFilter
/ combiner rx filter lna / combiner d vswr / rxMainConnector / rxDivConnector / dacsCooler / compact dacs cooler / compact distribution / PMNU
/ RDRX / PMOD / BTS synchronization / PSU / Heatsink / Preventive
lightning protection / Battery / External Environment / SLTI / SALCO / not
protected alarm / internal temperature / external temperature / Remote
Tunable Cavity Combiner / Cavity /battery monitored / blower tray /
S12000 rectifier / S12000 smoke detector / S12000 lightning protection
/ S12000 battery disconnected / S12000 cooler / Edge High PA / Edge
DRX / Edge PA / CMCF phase 1 /CMCFphase2 /CMCFphase 3 /
DRXND3/ ICM/ IFM/ABM / RM/ RM_PA / RM_TRX / HPRM / HPRM PA
/ HPRM TRX / MPRM
/ MPRM_TRX / MPRM_PA / TRX MAIN RECEPTION CHAIN / TRX DIV
RECEPTION CHAIN / DDM / DDM MAIN LNA / DDM DIV LNA / DDM 1
VSWR / DDM 2 VSWR /
DDM_H2 / DDM_H2 MAIN LNA / DDM_H2 DIV LNA / DDM_H2 1 VSWR
/ DDM_H2 2 VSWR / TX FILTER / TX FILTER VSWR / TX FILTER H2 /
TX FILTER H2 VSWR / SICS / ECU / TRX / H4]
Object:
Type:
DP
bts list
Description:
List of the cells involved in broadcasting the short message. Enter the
(bsc, btsSiteManager, bts ) reference of each bts object.
Object:
Type:
DP
Checks:
[A]: Each bts object in the list is assigned a CBCH, that is there is one
channel object in the set of transceiver objects dependent on the bts
object whose channelType is "bcchSdcch4CBCH" or "sdcch8CBCH".
[A]: No more than five short messages are being broadcast in the
cells at that time.
btsSMSynchroMode Class 2
Description:
Object:
btsSiteManager
Value range:
Type:
DP
Feature:
Network Synchronization
Default value:
Checks:
Release:
V15
Note:
Value range:
[0 / 1]
Object:
bts
Feature:
Default value:
Type:
DP
Release:
V9
btsDescription
Description:
BTS configuration description (such as BTS type, configuration, coupling system) corresponding to the transcription of configRef attribute.
Value range:
[chain of characters]
Object:
btsSiteManager
Type:
DI
Release:
V10
Note:
btsHopReconfRestart Class 2
Description:
Value range:
[true / false]
Object:
bts
Feature:
Default value:
true
Type:
DP
Checks:
Release:
V8
btsIsHopping Class 2
Description:
Value range:
Object:
bts
Default value:
Hopping
Type:
DP
Checks:
[M]: If frequency hopping is allowed, the GSM "fhMgt" function is defined in the siteGsmFctList attribute of the parent btsSiteManager object.
Note:
If the BTS does not have a redundant TRX/DRX, one of the operating TRX/DRXs is assigned to that purpose and the partnered TDMA
frame is unreachable (refer to the operationalState entry for the transceiver object in the Dictionary).
btsMSAccessClassBarringFunction Class 3
Description:
Value range:
[enabled / disabled]
Object:
bts
Default value:
disabled
Type:
DP
Release:
V9
btsReserved3 Class 3
Description:
Value range:
[-16 to +16]
Object:
bts
Feature:
Default value:
Type:
DP
Release:
V12
btsReserved4 Class 3
Description:
Value range:
[-32768 to 32767]
Object:
bts
Type:
DP
Release:
V12
btsSensitivity Class 3
Description:
Target power needed for BTS decoding. This parameter has an influence on the power control efficiency.
Value range:
[0 to 255]
Object:
bts
Default value:
Feature:
Type:
DP
Release:
V12
Note:
btsSensitivityInnerZone Class 3
Description:
Minimum power needed for BTS decoding in the inner zone of a dualband cell.
Value range:
[0 to 255]
Object:
bts
Feature:
Default value:
Type:
DP
Release:
V12
btsSiteManager
Description:
Value range:
[0 to 2147483646]
Object:
btsSiteManager
Type:
DP
Checks:
[C]:
[C]: The software object related to the parent bsc object is created.
[C]: If the application database of the related BSC is built, the referenced pcmCircuit objects (bscSitePcmList) are created for the parent
bsc object and assigned to the Abis interface (pcmType = "pcmAbis").
[C]: If one of the pcmCircuit objects in the list describes a PCM link
that is shared with another site in the BSS, the radioSiteMask of the
two btsSiteManager objects are dissociated.
[C]: If the application database of the related BSC is built, the parent
bsc object is unlocked.
[D]: If the application database of the related BSC is built, the parent
bsc object is unlocked and the btsSiteManager object is locked.
[D]: If the application database of the related BSC is not built, it has
been reset by an Off line reset BDA command.
btsSiteManager
Description:
Value range:
[0 to 499]
Object:
adjacentCellHandOver, adjacentCellReselection, bts, channel, frequencyHoppingSystem, handOverControl, powerControl, software, transceiver, transceiverEquipment, transceiverZone.
Type:
Id
Release:
btsSiteManager model
Description:
Value range:
Object:
Type:
DP
btsSiteManagerList Class 2
Description:
Value range:
[0 to 146]
Object:
multiple site
Type:
DP
Checks:
[M]: The parent bsc object is unlocked and the referenced btsSiteManager objects are locked.
Note:
The order in which the btsSiteManager objects are entered in the list
must match the BTS chaining order, beginning with the BTS closest to
the BSC.
btsThresholdHopReconf Class 2
Description:
Value range:
[1 to 64]
Object:
bts
Dedfault value:
Type:
DP
Checks:
Release:
V8
btsType Class 2
Description:
Defines the type of the Abis interface used by the site: IP or TDM.
Value range:
[TDM / IP]
Object:
btsSiteManager
Feature:
Abis Over IP
Dedfault value:
TDM
Type:
DP
Checks:
[C/M]: When the btsType parameter equals TDM, the btsSiteManager parameter can be unlocked only if the BTS is not referenced by
an IPM.
[C/M]: When the btsType parameter equals IP, the PCMs defined on
the btsSiteManager object cannot be defined in the following ranges:
[C/M]: When the btsType parameter equals TDM, the PCMs defined
on the btsSiteManager object cannot be defined in the following ranges:
[C/M]: When the btsType parameter is set to IP or when a btsSiteManager object is created with he btsType parameter set to IP, the
teiBtsSiteManager parameter must be equal to 0.
[C/M]: When the btsType parameter is set to IP or when a btsSiteManager object is created with he btsType parameter set to IP, the radioSiteMaskOffset parameter must be equal to 0.
btsWithCavity Class 2
Description:
Whether the bts object instance uses a transceiver equipment with cavity.
Value range:
[true / false]
Object:
bts
Dedfault value:
false
Feature:
Type:
DP
Release:
V12
buildState
2.4.
Description:
Value range:
[inProgress / notInProgress]
Object:
bsc
Type:
DI
callClearing Class 3
Description:
Value range:
Object:
bts
Default value:
Type:
DP
Checks:
[C/M]: callClearing > msRangeMax (attribute of the handOverControl object associated with the bts object).
7 km for urban
35 km for rural
callDropActivation class 3
Description:
Activation of cell call drop data retrieval of cell call drops at OMC-R.
Object:
bts
Value range:
[Disabled (0) / traffic drops (1) / signaling drops (2) / traffic + signaling
drops (3)]
Type:
DP
Feature:
Default value:
Checks:
Release:
V15
Note:
callPathObservationArea Class 2
Description:
Value range:
Object:
callPathTrace
Type:
DP
Checks:
callPathTrace
Description:
Value range:
[0 to 2147483646]
Object:
callPathTrace
Type:
Id
Checks:
Release:
V8.0
callPathTraceType Class 2
Description:
Value range:
Object:
callPathTrace
Type:
DP
Checks:
callReestablishment Class 3
Description:
Value range:
Object:
bts
Default value:
not allowed
Type:
DP
callReestablishmentPriority Class 3
Description:
Value range:
[0 to 17]
Object:
bts
Default value:
17
Type:
DP
capacityAlarmThreshold
Description:
For a current alarm log, old messages are deleted to make room in
the partition. If all saved messages are of todays date, further notifications are not saved and the operationalState of the log object is
forced to "disabled".
Value range:
Object:
log - Display
Type:
DP
Note:
capacityTimeRejection Class 3
Description:
Minimum time between one intracell HO and the next capacity intracell
HO.
This attribute can only be modified if the handOverControl object instance is unlocked.
Value range:
Object:
handOverControl
Default Value:
Type:
DP
Release:
V14
Note:
cause
Description:
Value range:
[0 to 19070980]
Object:
Type:
DP
cCCHGprsAtBtsLevel Class 3
Description:
Value range:
[disabled / enabled]
Object:
bts
Default value:
disabled
Type:
DP
Release:
V14
cc
Description:
Value range:
[0 to 2147483646]
Object:
cc
Type:
DP
Release
V13
ccId
Description:
Value range:
[0 to 2147483646]
Object:
cc
Type:
DP
Release
V13
cellAllocation Class 2
Description:
Value range:
Note:
Object:
bts
Type:
DP
Checks:
[C/M]: Each frequency occurs once in the list and complies with the
type of the network (refer to the standardIndicator entry in the Dictionary).
Maximum gap
between frequencies
Number of frequencies
[2 to 18]
[2 to 22]
[2 to 29]
[2 to 64]
[M]: The frequencies allotted to the radio time slots (channel objects)
of the set of TDMA frames related to the cell are part of the list.
[C/M]: An element of the list of cellAllocation parameter can take one
of the following values:
[1 to 124] (GSM 900 network),
[512 to 885] (GSM 1800 network)
[512 to 810] (GSM 1900),
[0 to 124] or [955 to 1023] (GSM-R network),
[0 to 124 or [975 to 1023] (E-GSM network)
[128 to 251] (GSM 850 network).
cellBarQualify Class 3
Description:
Value range:
Object:
bts
Default Value:
False
Type:
DP
Release:
V8
cellBarred Class 3
Description:
Value range:
Object:
bts
Default Value:
not barred
Type:
DP
Remark:
Even when cell access are barred to MSs, the cell may be indirectly
accessible if incoming handovers are allowed (incomingHandOver
attribute of the associated handOverControl object).
cellDeletionCount Class 3
Description:
Value range:
[0 to 31]
Object:
bts
Default value:
Type:
DP
Note:
cellDtxDownLink Class 3
Description:
Value range:
[enabled / disabled]
Object:
bts
Default value:
enabled
Type:
DP
Remark:
cellIdentity Class 3
Description:
Cell Identity code (CI) that identifying in a location area, a neighbor cell
of the current cell.
Value range:
[0 to 65535]
Object:
adjacentCellHandOver
Type:
DP
Checks:
[C/M]: A CGI is unique in the set including a serving cell and its neighbor cells.
cellIdentity Class 3
Description:
Class:
Value range:
[0 to 65535]
Object:
adjacentCellReselection
Type:
DP
Feature:
Note:
This parameter is available for BSC 3000 only. The adjacentCellReselection object is enhanced for V18 P&C5 to include the cell indentity information through this parameter and the this information of every BTS
is communicated to PCU as a part of adjacentcellreseletion list.
Checks:
[C/M]: A CGI is unique in the set including a serving cell and its neighbor cells.
cellIdentity Class 2
Description:
Value range:
[0 to 65535]
Object:
bts
Type:
DP
Checks:
[C/M]: A CGI is unique in the set including a serving cell and its
neighbor cells.
cellName
Description:
Value range:
Object:
bts
Type:
DP
Checks:
Note:
digit symbols: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9
minus sign: -
undescore: _
space
cellPagingState
Description:
Value range:
not allowed ....... The operationalState of thetransceiver object describing the TDMA frame no.0 carrying the BCCH is "working" and
SYS INFO 1, 2, 3, 4 have not been acknowledged by the BTS.
If no message has been acknowledged by the BTS, the notification
1256 "Non response to SYS INFO 1, 2, 3, 4 or 2bis" is issued.
not significant .... The operationalState of the transceiver object describing the TDMA frame no.0 carrying the BCCH is not "working".
Object:
bts
Type:
DD
cellReselectHysteresis Class 3
Description:
Value range:
Object:
bts
Default Value
6 dB
Type:
DP
Note:
cellReselectOffset Class 3
Description:
Value range:
[0 to 126, by steps of 2] dB
Object:
bts
Feature:
AR 264
Default value:
Type:
DP
Release:
V8
Note:
The value given to this attribute allows to more or less encourage the
mobiles to re-select the cell.
cellReselInd Class 3
Description:
Value Range:
[true / false]
Object:
bts
Default Value:
True
Type:
DP
Release:
V8
cellThreshold Class 2
Description:
Value range:
[f1 to 16]
Object:
bts
Default Value:
Type:
DP
cellType Class 3
Description:
Value range:
Object:
adjacentCellHandOver
Default Value
normalType
Type:
DP
cellType Class 3
Description:
Value range:
Object:
bts
Default Value
normalType
Type:
DP
Checks:
[C/M]: The adjacent cell umbrella Ref attribute is defined if the cell
is a microcell (cellType) and directed retry handovers are processed
in BSCmode (directedRetryModeUsed).
cemId
Description:
Identifier of the cem object class. This identifier is allocated by the MDR at object creation, depending on the shelf and slot numbers indicated
by the BSC. This attribute cannot be modified. This attribute is relevant
for BSC 3000 and TCU 3000.
Value range:
[0 to 2147483646]
Object:
cem
Type:
DP
Release
V13
cemPcmList class 3
Description:
List of the PCM links for the cemRc provided with the sub-parameters:
pcmInstance
virtualPortNumber
Value range:
[0 ... 335
Object:
cemRc
Type:
DP
Release:
V18.0 P&C1
Note:
channel
Description:
Value range:
[0 to 7]
Object:
Channel
Type:
Id
Checks:
[C/M]: If the channel object does not obey frequency hopping laws,
the absoluteRFChannelNo is defined unless it carries the parent cell
BCCH, and fhsRef and maio are undefined.
[C/M]: If the channel object obeys frequency hopping laws, the absoluteRFChannelNo is undefined, and fhsRef and maio are defined.
[C/D]: If the application database of the related BSC is built, the parent bsc object is unlocked and the parent bts object is locked.
[D]: If the application database of the related BSC is not built, it has
been reset by an Off line reset BDA command.
channel state
Description:
Value range:
Object:
Type:
DD
Notes:
channelReleaseOnAbisFailure
Description:
12000
BSS_btsModelS8000outDoor (CBCF)
Value range:
[disabled / enabled]
Object:
bts
Feature:
Default value:
disabled
Type:
DP
Note:
0/1
n/a
channelType Class 2
Description:
Value range:
Object:
channel
Feature:
Default value:
None
Type:
DP
Note:
[C/M]: The type "cCH" can only be used if TS 0 carries a BCCH logical channel ("main BCCH", "main BCCH combined").
[M]: The "pDTCH" channelType is only allowed from V12 BSCs for
GPRS.
C5 C4 C3 C2
C1 < TN >
0001T
001TT
01TTT
10001
10010
00100
00101
00110
00111
01000
01001
01010
01011
01100
01101
01110
01111
Bits C5-C1
tCHFull
BM + ACCH (SACCH/FACCH)
sDCCH
mainBCCH
BCCH
RACH (Uplink)
PCH + AGCH (Downlink)
mainBCCHCombined
BCCH
RACH (Uplink)
PCH + AGCH (Downlink)
SDCCH/4 + ACCH subchannels [0 to 3]
bcchSdcch4CBC
H
BCCH
CBCH (= SDCCH No2)
RACH (Uplink)
PCH + AGCH (Downlink)
SDCCH/4 + ACCH subchannels [0 to 3]
sdcch8CBCH
cCH
BCCH
RACH (Uplink)
PCH + AGCH (Downlink)
Remark:
Note:
Comments:
chanState
Description:
Value range:
[locked / unlocked]
Object:
Type:
DP
Checks:
Notes:
Run a Display channel state command to check that the channel has
switched to the specified state. Refer to the channel state entry in the
Dictionary.
Release:
V11
chosenChannelAsscomp Class 1
Description:
Value range:
[true / false]
Object:
signallingPoint
Default value:
False
Type:
DP
Release:
V8
Note:
chosenChannelCompL3Info Class 1
Description:
Value range:
[true / false]
Object:
signallingPoint
Default value:
False
Type:
DP
Release:
V8
Note:
chosenChannelHoPerf Class 1
Description:
Value range:
[true / false]
Object:
signallingPoint
Default value:
False
Type:
DP
Release:
V8
Note:
chosenChannelHoReq Class 1
Description:
Value range:
[true / false]
Object:
signallingPoint
Default value:
False
Type:
DP
Release:
V8
Note:
cic Class 0
Description:
Circuit Identity Code = numbers of the PCM link and time slot used by a
terrestrial circuit on the A interface, defined with regard to the MSC (cic
= 32xmscPcmNumber + mscPcmTsNumber).
The cic is coded into 16 bits, as follows:
xxxxxxxxxxxnnnnn = (32xmscPcmNumber) + mscPcmTsNumber Bits x
identify the PCM link involved in the BSC/MSC link with regard to the
MSC (mscPcmNumber), bits n identify the time slot used on that PCM
link with regard to the MSC (mscPcmTsNumber).
Value range:
[0 to 65535]
Object:
xtp
Type:
DP
Checks:
Restrictions:
cId Class 3
Description:
Value range:
Object:
adjacentCellUTRAN
Default value:
Type:
DP
Release:
V17
Checks:
Note:
circuitGroupBlock Class 1
Description:
Feature:
Value range:
[false / true]
Default value:
False
Object:
signallingPoint
Type:
DP
Release:
V8
circularFileId
Description:
Value range:
Feature:
Object:
Type:
Id
Checks:
circularFileState
Description:
Value range:
[closed / opened]
Object:
Type:
DP
clear time
Description:
Value range:
[<date>,<time>]
Object:
Type:
DP
cleared by
Description:
Object:
Type:
DP
clearing cause
Description:
Value range:
Object:
Type:
DP
cn
Description:
Value range:
[0 to 0]
Object:
controlNode
Type:
DP
control Node Id
Description:
Value range:
[0 to 0]
Object:
controlNode
Type:
DP
Release:
V13
coderPoolConfiguration Class 2
Description:
Value range:
Object:
transcoder
Type:
DP
Release:
V13
coderPoolConfiguration Class 2
Description:
Value range:
Object:
transcoder
Type:
DP
Release:
V13
Checks:
unlocking a transcoder
coderPoolList
Description:
Value range:
Object:
hardware transcoder 3G
Type:
DD
Release:
V13
codingScheme Class 2
Description:
Channel coding scheme (CS) used for data in GPRS mode (UL and
DL).
Value range:
[cs1, cs2]
Object:
transceiver
Feature:
Default value:
cs1
Type:
DP
Release:
V12
Note:
command classes
Description:
Value range:
[0 to 2147483646]
Object:
user profile
Type:
DP
command line
Description:
Command associated with the job. Follow the Line mode syntax. If the
job is meant to run a simple command, enter the sequence describing
the command and its parameters.
If the job is meant to run a command file, enter the following:
Run-commandFile: object=(commandFile=/<directory>/<filename>);
The command file must be created in the specified directory.
The Line mode syntax is detailed in GSM OMC-R Commands
Reference - Security, Administration, SMS-CB, and Help menus (4119001-130).
Value range:
[case sensitive]
Object:
job
Type:
DP
command number
Description:
Value range:
[1 to infinity]
Object:
commandFile - Abort
Type:
DP
commandFile
Description:
Identifier (name) of a command file in the saving directory. Enter the file
name only.
If the file exists in the selected directory, the user can either overwrite
its contents with the commands newly recorded or append the new
commands to the existing file (see GSM OMC-R Commands
Reference - Security, Administration, SMS-CB, and Help menus (4119001-130)).
Value range:
Object:
Type:
Id
comment
Description:
User-defined text
Value range:
Object:
btsSiteManager
Default value:
Empty string
Release:
V18.0.0 P&C2
comment
Description:
User-defined text
Value range:
Object:
btsSiteManager
Default value:
Empty string
Type:
P&C1
comment
Description:
Text comment.
Value range:
Object:
report template
Type:
DP
Release
V11
comment
Description:
Value range:
Object:
short message
Type:
DP
comments
Description:
Object:
Type:
DD
compressedModeUTRAN Class 3
Description:
Value range:
0: disabled / 1: enabled
Object:
bts
Default value:
Type:
DP
Checks:
Release:
V17
Note:
computeSyntheticCounters
Description:
Value range:
[enabled / disabled]
Object:
Type:
DP
concentAlgoExtMsRange Class 3
Description:
Value range:
Object:
handOverControl
Default value:
1 km
Condition:
Type:
DP
Checks:
Release:
[C/M]: The maximum distance is 120 km if the extended cell attribute of the bts object is "true".
V9
concentAlgoExtRxLev Class 3
Description:
Value range:
[less than -110, -110 to -109,..., -49 to -48, more than -48] dB
Object:
handOverControl
Default value:
- 95 to - 94
Condition:
Type:
DP
Checks:
Release:
V9
concentAlgoExtRxLevUL Class 3
Description:
Value range:
[less than -110, -110 to -109,..., -49 to -48, more than -48] dB
Object:
handOverControl
Default value:
- 95 to - 94
Condition:
Type:
DP
Feature:
Release:
V18.0
concentAlgoIntRxLevUL Class 3
Description:
Value range:
[less than -110, -110 to -109, ..., -49 to -48, more than -48]
dBB
Object:
handOverControl
Default value:
Type:
DP
Feature:
Release:
V18
Value range:
Object:
bts
Feature:
Default value:
dualband
Type:
DP
Note:
Release:
V9
concentAlgoExtRxLevUL Class 3
Description:
Value range:
[less than -110, -110 to -109,..., -49 to -48, more than -48] dB
Object:
handOverControl
Default value:
- 95 to - 94
Condition:
Type:
DP
Feature:
Release:
V18.0
concentAlgoIntMsRange Class 3
Description:
Value range:
Object:
handOverControl
Default value:
34 km
Condition:
Type:
DP
Checks:
[C/M]: The maximum distance is 34 km if the extended cell attribute of the associated bts object is "false".
[C/M]: The maximum distance is 120 km if the extended cell attribute of the bts object is "true".
Release:
V9
concentAlgoIntRxLev Class 3
Description:
Value range:
Object:
handOverControl
Default value:
Condition:
Type:
DP
Checks:
Release:
V9
condition
Description:
Parameter
Notification type
administrativeState
state change
availabilityStatus
state change
alarm
bsc model
alarm
cause
alarm
btsSiteManager model
alarm
<=>
Operators
alarm
alarm
faultNumber
alarm
<=>
operationalState
state change
<=>
perceived severity
alarm
postMortem
alarm
usageState
state change
condition
Description:
Parameter
Notification type
Operators
Value range:
[logical expression]
Object:
alarm criteria
Condition:
Type:
DP
configRef
Description:
Dual TDMA DLU references (QBx, KBx, MIx and NIx) shall not be
selected without the corresponding RTU
The presence of valid license for Dual TDMA is checked on the
following operations :
Unlock a TRX (Q3 object: transceiverEquipment)
Unlock a cell (Q3 object: bts)
Unlock a site (Q3 object btsSiteManager)
Unlock an entire site (Q3 objects: those in the btsSiteManager subtree) as this command is run via commands on the objects in the subtree
Build a BDA
Reset (on-line and off-line) a BDA
The attempt to activate the dual TDMA functionality is possible only
when a valid license is available. When there is at least one
btsSiteManager with a dual TDMA specific configRef, then no TRX, bts
& btsSiteManager unlocking, no reset BDA and no build BDA is
possible without a valid license.
Value range:
[1 to VVV]
Class
Object:
btsSiteManager
Type:
DP
Checks:
Note:
If the attribute is nonzero, the user must check that the DLU
configuration file exists on the concerned BSC disk, since no check is
performed by the OMC-R.
The configRef is an ASCII-coded integer in base 32 that allows to
code the version of the DLU configuration file as seven characters
(xxaYYYz).
The btsDescription parameter gives the transcription of the
configRef parameter.
configRefList
Description:
Value range:
[0 to 150]
Object:
executableSoftware
Type:
DP
Release:
V13
configurationType
Description:
Value range:
[manufacturer / operator]
Object:
alarm criteria
Type:
DP
Checks:
counter list
Description:
Value range:
[default / all]
"default": the default counter list
Object:
report template
Type:
DP
Release:
V12
connectedHsaOnPort0 Class 3
Description:
Value range:
0, 255
Object:
ipgRc
Default value
255
Recommended
value:
Not applicable
Type:
DP
Release:
V18.0
connectedHsaOnPort1 Class 3
Description:
Value range:
step 1, 255
Object:
ipgRc
Default value
255
Recommended
value:
Not applicable
Type:
DP
Release:
V18.0
Object:
bscCounterList
Type:
DP
Release:
V11
counterId
Description:
Value range:
Object:
Type:
DP
counters
Description:
List of the Q3 names of the counters eligible for observation, which are
in the counter list filename.
Object:
bscCounterList
Type:
DP
Release:
V11
counters
Description:
Object:
report template
Value range:
Type:
DP
Release:
V11
Gives the number of the cell group to which the object will be mapped.
Allows to by-pass the BSC algorithm which distributes the sites into
Cell Groups.
Value range:
[0 to 53 or empty]
Object:
btsSiteManager
Feature:
Default value:
Type:
DP
Checks:
[C]: The btsSiteManager object is limited according to the cpueNumber attribute value.
Notes:
[C]: The transceiverEquipment object instance number is limited according to the cpueNumber attribute value.
Release:
V12
cpueOccurrence
Description:
Gives the number of the cell-group to which the site has been mapped
at site creation. This mapping is not modifiable, except by deleting the
site.
Value range:
[0 to 53]
Object:
btsSiteManager
Type:
DD
Default value:
None
cRC Class 0
Description:
Value range:
Object:
pcmCircuit
Default value:
not used
Type:
DP
creator
Description:
Value range:
Object:
report template
Type:
DP
Release:
V11
criteriaEventType
Description:
Value range:
[alarmNotification / stateChangeNotification]
Object:
alarm criteria
Type:
DP
cSS7LocalSubSystemNumber Class 0
Description:
Value range:
[2 to 254]
Object:
signallingLinkSet
Type:
DP
Release:
V15
Note:
If A Flex - GSM Access or Quasi Associated Mode feature is activated, this parameter will be available under SignallingLinkSet and
RemoteSignallingPoint objects. However;
cSS7LocalSubSystemNumber parameter under SignallingLinkSet
object is not used and the default value will be Empty.
cSS7RemoteSubSystemNumber Class 0
Description:
Value range:
[2 to 254]
Object:
signallingLinkSet
Type:
DP
Release:
V15
Note:
Note:
CTU cable
Description:
The CTU (cable transition unit) provides the physical interface to the
customers spans in the BSC 3000 and the TCU 3000.
Value range:
[true / false]
True value: No break in the copper connection from the CTU to the IEM
module of the LSA.
False value: The cable is improperly installed from the CTU to the IEM
module of the LSA or some break in the copper connection from the
CTU and the IEM module of the LSA.
Object:
lsaRc
Feature:
AR 1209 - V13.1
Type:
DD
Release:
V13
Object:
log - Display
Default value:
False
Type:
DP
Remark:
Value range:
Object:
bts
Feature:
BTS synchronization
currentChannelHorqd Class 1
Description:
Whether the "Current channel" element is used or not in the HANDOVER REQUIRED messages (Phase II compliance).
Value range:
[false / true]
Object:
signallingPoint
Default value:
true
Type:
DP
Release:
V12
concentAlgoIntRxLev Class 3
Description:
Value range:
[less than -110, -110 to -109,..., -49 to -48, more than -48] dB
Object:
handOverControl
Default value:
- 95 to - 94
Condition:
Type:
DP
Feature:
Checks:
Release:
V18.0
cypherModeReject Class 1
Description:
Value range:
[true / false]
Object:
signallingPoint
Default value:
False
Type:
DP
Release:
V8
Note:
2.5.
dARPPh1Priority class 2
Description:
Object:
transceiver
Value range:
Unit:
DP
Type:
Network Synchronization
Default value:
high priority
Release:
V15
Note:
Set of transmission rates used for data non transparent mode transmission on the Radio interface (MS BTS) and Abis interface (BTS
BSC).
Value range:
Object:
bts
Unit:
9.6
Type:
DP
Checks:
"9.6"
Release:
V11
Set of transmission rates used for data non transparent mode transmission on the Radio interface (MS BTS) and Abis interface (BTS
BSC).
Value range:
Object:
signallingPoint
Default value:
9.6 kbit/s
Type:
DP
Checks:
Release:
"9.6"
V9
Value range:
Object:
bts
Type:
DP
Checks:
Release:
V11
Value range:
Object:
signallingPoint
Default value:
Type:
DP
Checks:
Release:
V9
data14-4OnNoHoppingTs Class 3
Description:
Whether data 14.4 kbit/s transmission rate is allowed at bts level on the
non hopping TSs.
Value range:
[disabled / enabled]
Object:
bts
Default value:
disabled
Type:
DP
Release:
V12
dataOnNoHoppingTS
Description:
Value range:
disabled/enabled
Object:
bts
Class:
Default value:
disabled
Type:
DP
Release:
V18.0 P&C3
Note:
date
Description:
Value range:
[<date>]
Object:
Type:
DP
date
Description:
Value range:
[<date>]
Object:
md - Archive
Type:
DP
Note:
Archiving fault, observation, or trace data is not possible for the current
day.
date
Description:
Value range:
[<date>]
Object:
md - Restore
Type:
DP
date
Description:
Value range:
[<date>]
Object:
omc - Archive/Restore
Type:
DP
Note:
Archiving fault, observation, or trace data is not possible for the current
day.
date
Description:
Value range:
[<date>]
Object:
omc - Restore
Type:
DP
delivery
Description:
Field
Meaning
Value
BSx
Name
x = [1.. 4]
ab
Version
[09..32]
cd
Subversion Number
[01..99]
ef
Edition
[01..99]
delivery
gh
Patch Level
[01..99]
Revision Factor
delivery
Description:
Field
Meaning
Value
ab
Version
[13..32]
cd
Subversion Number
[01..99]
ef
Edition
[01..99]
gh
Patch Level
[01..99]
Debug Delivery
delivery
Description:
BTS
TRX
xxx
TRX/TR1/DRX/ CDR/EDG/
ERM
ab
[00.. 32]
[00.. 32]
A.. H
A.. H
[01..08]
[01..08]
ef
[01.. 32]
[01.. 32]
delivery
Value range:
Object:
software - Download
Type:
DP
Checks:
day intervention
Description:
Value range:
Object:
alarm criteria
Type:
DP
day to be purged
Description:
Value range:
[<date>]
Object:
Type:
DP
Release:
V10
degradedCause
Description:
Value range:
Object:
bts
Type:
DD
Release:
V15
degradedCause
Description:
Value range:
Object:
transceiver
Feature:
GPRS
Type:
DD
Release:
V15
default3Gpriority
Description:
Value range:
(non significant, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7)
Object:
bts
Checks:
Default value
non significant
Type:
DP
Release:
V18
default3GQRxLevMin
Description:
Default minimum RX level required for cells on the target UTRAN frequency (dBm)
Value range:
Object:
bts
Unit
dBm
Default value
non significant
Type:
DP
Checks:
Class
Release:
V18 P&C4
A structure visible at the MMI under the bts object and composed of the
Default not Allowed PCIDs (up to 8 PCIDs) and Default PCID Bitmap
Group parameters. It lists the default not allowed E-UTRAN cells identified by PCIDs and PCID bitmap group
Object:
bts
Value range
Default value
Type:
DP
Class
Release:
V18 P&C4
A default list of not allowed PCIDs (belonging to Default not allowed LTE
cells composite attribute)
Value range
List of Up to 8 PCIDs
Object:
bts
Default value
empty list
Type:
DP
Class
Release:
V18 P&C4
List of default not allowed E-UTRAN cells identified PCID bitmap group.
See Default not allowed LTE cells on page 162.
Object:
bts
Value range
Default value
000000
Type:
DP
Class
Release:
V18 P&C4
defaultThreshold3G
Description:
Value range:
Object:
bts
Unit
dB
Default value
non significant
Checks:
Type:
DP
Class
Release:
V18 P&C4
delayBetweenRetrans Class 2
Description:
Number of occurrences of a paging sub-group that separates two transmissions of the same paging message.
The following inequality, that is not checked by the system, must be true
(refer to these entries in the Dictionary):
retransDuration (delayBetweenRetrans + 1) x nbOfRepeat
Value range:
[0 to 22]
Object:
bts
Default value:
Type:
DP
Release:
V8
deltaUtc
Description:
Gap between the current OMC-R agent time and the GMT reference.
Enter a positive value [+m] when the OMC-R agent is located east of the
Greenwich meridian and a negative value [-m] when it is located west.
Value range:
Object:
md
Type:
DP
Remark:
Setting this attribute does not change the time displayed in the system
"Session informations" window which refers to the workstation internal
clock.
Note:
detectionFunction
Description:
Associated function.
Value range:
[excessiveAnomalyRate / outOfRangeCounter]
Object:
mdWarning
Type:
DP
directAllocIntFrRxLevDL Class 3
Description:
Value range:
[less than -110, -110 to -109,..., -49 to -48, more than -48] dB
Object:
handOverControl
Default value:
- 79 to - 78
Type:
DP
Feature:
Remark:
V18.0
directAllocIntFrRxLevUL Class 3
Description:
Value range:
[less than -110, -110 to -109,..., -49 to -48, more than -48] dB
Object:
handOverControl
Default value:
- 84 to - 83
Type:
DP
Feature:
Remark:
V18.0
directedRetry Class 3
Description:
Minimum signal strength level received by the mobiles to be granted access to the neighbor cell, used in processing directed retry handovers in
BTS mode.
Value range:
[less than -110, -110 to -109,... , -49 to -48, more than -48] dB
Object:
adjacentCellHandOver
Default value:
>-48 dB
Type:
DP
Remark:
V9
directedRetryModeUsed Class 3
Description:
Specify how directed retry handovers are processed in a cell either directly by the BSC (microcells only) or by querying the BTS first.
Value range:
[bsc / bts]
Object:
bts
Default value:
bts
Type:
DP
Checks:
[C/M]: The BSC mode is authorized if the cell is a microcell (cellType) and the adjacent cell umbrella Ref attribute is defined.
Note:
The micro cell should be entirely covered by the macro cell in order to
use efficiently the bsc mode.
The use of the bts mode is recommended in a hot spot when these are
several micro cells under the umbrella.
The bts mode allows the use of micro cells to rescue the umbrella cell
and also avoids a saturation of the umbrella cell.
The bts mode is also recommended for all other cases.
Remark:
V9
directedRetryPrio Class 3
Description:
Value range:
[0 to 17]
Object:
bts
Feature:
Type:
DP
Remark:
V12
directory
Description:
Name of the directory created on the OMC-R agent disks for storing a
delivery containing a BSS software version.
The directory name identifies the type and version of the BSS software
stored. Refer to the executableSoftware entry in the Dictionary.
If the directory exists on the OMC-R agent disks, the user is warned.
Value range:
Object:
Type:
DP
Value range:
normal EDGE
Object:
Value range:
normal EDGE
Object:
distHreqt Class 3
Description:
Number of distance measurements, used to compute the weighted average MS-to-BTS distance in handover algorithms.
Value range:
[1 to 16]
Object:
handOverControl
Default value:
Type:
DP
Checks:
distributionActivation Class 3
Description:
Object:
bts
Value range:
Type:
DP
Feature:
Default value:
Checks:
Release:
V15
Note:
distributionDuration Class 3
Description:
Object:
bts
Value range:
Note:
0 is interpreted as 1
Type:
DP
Checks:
Feature:
Default value:
Release:
V15
Note:
distributionTime Class 3
Description:
Object:
bts
Value range:
[00:00 to 23:59]
Type:
DP
Feature:
Default value:
00:00
Checks:
Note:
V15
distributionQualityThreshold Class 3
Description:
Downlink case: measurements are those given by the MS. A measurement is taken into account in the downlink RxLev distribution if the
RxQual_Dw is equal to or greater than distributionQualityThreshold.
Object:
bts
Value range:
[0 to 7]
Type:
DP
Feature:
Default value:
Release:
V15
Note:
distWtsList Class 3
Description:
List of no more than sixteen weights, used to compute the average MSto-BTS distance from distHreqt measurements.
The L1M function balances distHreqt raw measurements with the
weights defined in the distWtsList list. Each measurement is partnered
with one weight in the list.
Weight/measurement associations are set in the order which the
weights are recorded. The latest received measurement is always
partnered with the first weight in the list.
Super-average = [(measurement i x weighti)] / 100, i = 1 to
distHreqt
Value range:
[0 to 100] %
Object:
handOverControl
Default value:
40 30 20 10
Type:
DP
Checks:
[C/M]: The number of weights in the list is equal to distHreqt and their
sum equals 100.
diversity Class 2
Description:
Value range:
[enabled / disabled]
Value range:
Object:
bts
Default value:
disabled
Type:
DP
Note:
The Joint Diversity feature is applicable only on e-DRX and RM hardware. If the value enhancedDiversity is used for others types of TRX
with diversity, then the V17 BTS shall apply the classic value (diversity
enabled = 1).
dlGMSKMCS1UpperThreshold Class 3
Description:
The parameter allows to set the threshold between MCS1 and the next
code in the DL GMSK Only Link Adaptation tables and the DL GMSK Table.
Value range:
[0 to 255]
Object:
bts
Default value:
Feature:
Type:
DP
Release:
V18 P&C5
Note
dlGMSKMCS2UpperThreshold Class 3
Description:
The parameter sets the threshold between MCS2 and the next code in
the two DL GMSK Only Link Adaptation tables and the DL GMSK table.
Value range:
[0 to 255]
Object:
bts
Default value:
Feature:
Type:
DP
Release:
V15
dlGMSKMCS3UpperThreshold Class 3
Description:
The parameter sets the threshold between MCS3 and the next code in
the two DL GMSK Only Link Adaptation tables and the DL GMSK table.
Value range:
[0 to 255]
Object:
bts
Feature:
Default value:
Type:
DP
Release:
V15
dlGMSKMCS4UpperThreshold Class 3
Description:
The parameter allows to set the threshold between MCS4 and the next
code in the DL GMSK Table.
Value range:
[0 to 255]
Object:
bts
Feature:
Default value:
Type:
DP
Release:
V18 P&C5
dlMCS1UpperThreshold Class 3
Description:
The parameter allows to set the threshold between MCS1 and the next
code in the DL 8PSK Link Adaptation table.
Value range:
[0 to 255]
Object:
bts
Feature:
Default value:
Type:
DP
Release:
V18 P&C5
Note
dlMCS2UpperThreshold Class 3
Description:
The parameter sets the threshold between MCS2 and the next code in
the DL 8PSK Link Adaptation table.
Value range:
[0 to 255]
Object:
bts
Feature:
Default value:
Type:
DP
Release:
V15
dlMCS3UpperThreshold Class 3
Description:
The parameter sets the threshold between MCS3 and the next code in
the DL 8PSK Link Adaptation table.
Value range:
[0 to 255]
Object:
bts
Feature:
Default value:
Type:
DP
Release:
V15
dlMCS4UpperThreshold Class 3
Description:
The parameter allows to set the threshold between MCS4 and the next
code in the DL 8PSK Link Adaptation table.
Value range:
[0 to 255]
Object:
bts
Feature:
Default value:
Type:
DP
Release:
V18 P&C5
Note
dlMCS5UpperThreshold Class 3
Description:
The parameter sets the threshold between MCS5 and the next code in
the DL 8PSK Link Adaptation table.
Value range:
[0 to 255]
Object:
bts
Feature:
Default value:
Type:
DP
Release:
V15
dlMCS6UpperThreshold Class 3
Description:
The parameter sets the threshold between MCS6 and the next code in
the DL 8PSK Link Adaptation table.
Value range:
[0 to 255]
Object:
bts
Feature:
Default value:
Type:
DP
Release:
V15
dlMCS7UpperThreshold Class 3
Description:
The parameter sets the threshold between MCS7 and the next code in
the DL 8PSK Link Adaptation table.
Value range:
[0 to 255]
Object:
bts
Feature:
Default value:
Type:
DP
Release:
V15
dlMCS8UpperThreshold Class 3
Description:
The parameter sets the threshold between MCS8 and the next code in
the DL 8PSK Link Adaptation table.
Value range:
[0 to 255]
Object:
bts
Feature:
Default value:
Type:
DP
Release:
V15
diversityUTRAN Class 3
Description:
Value range:
0: no diversity / 1: diversity
Object:
adjacentCellUTRAN
Default value:
Type:
DP
Release:
V17
Notes:
drxTimerMax Class 3
Description:
Value range:
[0 (0s), 1 (1s), 2 (2s), 3 (4s), 4 (8s), 5 (16s), 6 (32s), 7 (64s)] The deactivation value for the sub-feature TF1220.3 transfer non DRX mode is 0.
Object:
bts
Feature:
Default value:
0s
Type:
DP
Release:
V12
dtxMode Class 3
Description:
Value range:
Object:
bts
Default value:
Type:
DP
Release:
The cellDtxDownlink attribute allows users to control the use of discontinuous transmission on the downlink. Refer to this entry in the Dictionary.
duration
Description:
Value range:
[1 to 3600] seconds
Object:
Type:
DP
Value range:
Object:
transceiver
Feature:
Default value:
Type:
DP
Release:
V12
dynamicAbis class 2
Description:
Value range:
Disabled/Enabled
Object:
btsSiteManager
Default value:
Disabled
Checks:
702CO02 "It is not allowed to set dynamicAbis parameter to "enabled" on a BTS e-cell and S8000 BCF or BTS version less V17".
Release:
V17
Note:
dynamicAgprsAllowed Class 2
Description:
Value range:
[yes / no]
Object:
pcu
Default value:
Release:
V14
Note:
2.6.
Value range:
[Not Allowed/Allowed]
Object:
bts
Default value:
Not Allowed
Type:
DP
Note:
Release:
V10
earlyClassmarkSendingUTRAN Class 3
Description:
Value range:
disabled/enabled
Object:
bts
Default value:
Disabled
Type:
DP
Release:
V17
Note:
EATrafficLoadEnd Class 3
Description:
Value range:
[0...100], step = 1
Object:
bts
Feature:
Default value:
100
Type:
DP
Release:
V18.0
EATrafficLoadStart Class 3
Description:
Value range:
[0...100], step = 1
Object:
bts
Default value:
100
Type:
DP
Release:
V18.0
edgeDataServiceType Class 2
Description:
Type of EDGE packet data service which can be managed by one TDMA.
Value range:
Object:
transceiver
Default value:
Type:
DP
Release:
V15
edgeFavor Class 3
Description:
Value range:
Object:
transceiversc
Feature:
Default value:
Type:
DP
Release:
V15
eDGEMixity Class 3
Description:
Value range:
[0 to 100]
Object:
bts
Feature:
Default value:
100
Type:
DP
Release:
V15
efd
Description:
[0 to 2147483646]
Object:
efd
Type:
Id
Note:
efdType
Description:
Value range:
An "efdConfiguration" type object tallies object create and set messages issued by the users and attribute value change messages issued by the BSC.
An "efdSpecificNotif" type object allows users to define sets of specific notification messages to process such as endOfArchival, endOfRestore, beginningOfBdeArchival, downloadEnd,
endOfBdeArchival, endOfBdaBuiding, endOfMarkingConsultation, or
endOfSoftwareChange.
An "efdClass" type object tallies efd class objects creation and deletion messages. Thus these notifications enable to identify the external
managers which are being connected to the MD-R.
Object:
efd
Type:
DP
Restrictions:
egprsIrULActivation Class 3
Description:
Value range:
[disabled / enabled]
Object:
bts
Default value:
disabled
Type:
DP
Checks:
Release:
V16
Note:
egprsServices Class 3
Description:
Value range:
Object:
bts
Feature:
Default value:
Type:
DP
Checks:
[M]: Checks are performed to determine the presence of a valid license for EDGE on the following operations:
unlocking a TRX
building a BSC
If the check fails, then the corresponding action is rejected and a clear
error message displayed.
Release:
V15
emergencyCallPriority Class 3
Description:
Value range:
[0 to 17]
Object:
bts
Default value:
17
Type:
DP
emergencyCallRestricted Class 3
Description:
Value range:
restricted
Object:
bts
Default value:
restricted
Type:
DP
emergencyThreshold Class 3
Description:
If the priority of a group call is equal or higher than emergencyThreshold, a notification is periodically sent. A mobile station entering a cell
where such a high priority group call is ongoing is then notified.
Value range:
[none, priority 4, priority 3, priority 2, priority 1, priority 0, priority B, priority A] none is the lowest priority priority 0 is recommended
Object:
signallingPoint
Feature:
ASCI
Default value:
priority 0
Type:
DP
Release:
GSM-R V15
eMLPPThreshold Class 3
Description:
Value range:
Object:
signallingPoint
Feature:
Default value:
none
Type:
DP
Release:
V12
EnableE911OnFullRateChannelPreferred Class 3
Description:
Value range:
enabled/disabled
Object:
bsc
Default value:
disabled
Type:
DP
Release:
V18 P&C3
enableRepeatedFacchFr Class 2
Description:
Value range:
Object:
bts
Feature:
Default value:
disabled (0)
Type:
DP
Note:
Release:
V16
enableRepeatedFacchHr Class 2
Description:
Value range:
Object:
bts
Feature:
Default value:
disabled
Type:
DP
Note:
Release:
V18.0
enableRepeatedFacchWBFr class 2
Description:
Value range:
Object:
bts
Feature:
Default value:
disable
Release:
V18.0
encrypAlgoAsscomp Class 1
Description:
Whether the "Chosen encryption algorithm" element is used in the ASSIGN COMPLETE messages (Phase II compliance).
Value range:
[true / false]
Object:
signallingPoint
Default value:
False
Type:
DP
Release:
V8
encrypAlgoCiphModComp Class 1
Description:
Value range:
[true / false]
Object:
signallingPoint
Default value:
False
Type:
DP
Release:
V8
encrypAlgoHoperf Class 1
Description:
Whether the "Chosen encryption algorithm" element is used in the HANDOVER PERFORMED messages (Phase II compliance).
Value range:
[true / false]
Object:
signallingPoint
Default value:
False
Type:
DP
Release:
V8
encrypAlgoHoreq Class 1
Description:
Whether the "Chosen encryption algorithm" element is used in the HANDOVER REQUEST ACKNOWLEDGE messages (Phase II compliance).
Value range:
[true / false]
Object:
signallingPoint
Default value:
False
Type:
DP
Release:
V8
encryptionAlgorSupported Class 0
Description:
Value range:
Object:
bsc
Default value:
none
Type:
DP
Checks:
Version:
V15-V16
[none / gsmEncryptionV1]
encryptionAlgorSupported Class 3
Description:
Value range:
[none / gsmEncryptionV1]
gsmEncryptionV3FallbackNoEncryption
gsmEncryptionV3FallbackV1
Object:
bsc
Default value:
none
Type:
DP
Checks:
Version:
V17
end date
Description:
Value range:
[mm/dd/yyyy hh:mm:ss]
Object:
Type:
DP
Checks:
end date
Description:
Date on which data were last recorded in the log (default is the current
date). It is on or after start date.
Date format entry forms are detailed in GSM OMC-R Commands Reference - Security, Administration, SMS-CB, and Help menus (411-9001130).
Do not fill in if this criterion is not to be selected.
Value range:
[<date>]
Object:
Type:
DP
Checks:
Whether the user validate or cancel the software change after new delivery activation.
Value range:
Object:
Type:
DP
Release:
V11
Note:
end time
Description:
Absolute time of final job run if the job is to be periodically run over a limited period of time.
Absolute time format entry forms are detailed in GSM OMC-R Commands Reference - Security, Administration, SMS-CB, and Help menus
(411-9001-130).
If date matches the date in start time, fill in time with a value after start
time.
Value range:
[<date>,<time>]
Object:
job
Condition:
To define when a job periodicity is defined and only if the job life is limited (users choice).
Type:
DP
Checks:
end time
Description:
End of system log reading on the requested end date (default is 24:00).
Absolute time format entry forms are detailed in GSM OMC-R Commands Reference - Security, Administration, SMS-CB, and Help menus
(411-9001-130).
Do not fill in if this criterion is not to be selected.
Value range:
[<time>]
Object:
Type:
DP
Checks:
[A]: If end date and start date are identical, end time is after start
time.
endAlarmFilter
Description:
Value range:
[logical expression]
Object:
alarm criteria
Condition:
Type:
DP
endAlarmThreshold
Description:
Minimum counting value in the reference period, below which an endof-alarm message is sent if the corresponding start-of-alarm message
was sent first. The value must be checked by users.
This attribute defines a minimum value read at the end of the defined
refPeriod. It must be lower than startAlarmThreshold.
Threshold changes are effective when the OMC-R is restarted.
Value range:
[0.00 to 2147483646]
Object:
Type:
DP
endAlarmThreshold
Description:
Description:
Value range:
[0.00 to 2147483646]
Object:
Type:
DP
Remark:
endCounterThreshold
Description:
Value range:
[0 to 100]
Object:
alarm criteria
Condition:
Type:
DP
endSearchTime
Description:
Value range:
[<date> , <time>]
Object:
Type:
DP
Checks:
endSearchTime
Description:
Absolute time to end searching for the observation report to edit (default
is one hour before beginSearchTime).
The report displays the information contained in the last observation
message generated in the requested period of time. Refer to the partnered beginSearchTime entry in the Dictionary.
Absolute time format entry forms are detailed in GSM OMC-R Commands Reference - Security, Administration, SMS-CB, and Help menus
(411-9001-130).
Value range:
[<date> , <time>]
Object:
Type:
DP
Checks:
Note:
If no permanent observation has been received within the specified period, a message is displayed.
endSearchTime
Description:
Value range:
[<date> , <time>]
Object:
Type:
DP
Checks:
endSearchTime
Description:
Absolute time to end searching for the available permanent observations to list (default is twelve days before beginSearchTime).
The last listed report is the first observation report generated in the
requested period of time. Refer to the partnered beginSearchTime entry in the Dictionary.
Absolute time format entry forms are detailed in GSM OMC-R Commands Reference - Security, Administration, SMS-CB, and Help
menus (411-9001-130).
Value range:
[<date> , <time>]
Object:
Type:
DP
Checks:
endSearchTime
Description:
Absolute time to end searching for the available permanent observations to list (default is twelve days before beginSearchTime).
The last listed report is the first observation report generated in the
requested period of time. Refer to the partnered beginSearchTime entry in the Dictionary.
Absolute time format entry forms are detailed in GSM OMC-R Commands Reference - Security, Administration, SMS-CB, and Help
menus (411-9001-130).
Object:
Type:
DP
Checks:
endSessionCriteriaDuration
Description:
Value range:
[5 to 1080] mins
Type:
DP
Release:
V11
endSessionCriteriaType
Description:
Definition of the criterion that will end a call path tracing session.
Value range:
Only one criterion is defined. When it is true, the call follow-up session
is stopped in the BSS. Refer to the usageState entry related to this object in the Dictionary.
Object:
callPathTrace
Type:
DP
Checks:
Note:
The session is automatically restarted by unlocking the object, regardless of the end-of-session criterion.
enhancedTRAUFrameIndication
Description:
Whether the BTS uses the Enhanced TRAU Frame (EFT = executable
Software) for TCU.
Value range:
Object:
bsc
Type:
DI
Feature:
PCM error correction (FM660 - V12) and PCM error correction removal
(34533)
Notes:
Due to feature "PCM error correction removal", the only value allowed
for this parameter is notAvailable
Release:
V12
enhCellTieringConfiguration
Description:
This attribute allows to configure the cell tiering algorithm at BTS level
instead of the cellTieringConfiguration attribute from V14 release BSC.
This parameter is composed of the following five parameters:
pcwiHreqave: Averaging window size for PwCI Value range: Int [0 to
16]
numberOfPcwiSamples: Minimum number of PwCI samples required
to reach a reliable distribution (representative of the real distribution in
the whole cell) x 1000
Value range: Int [0 to 60]
hoMarginTiering: Hysteresis between the uCirDLH and lCirDLH tiering
thresholds to avoid ping-pong handovers, expressed in dB
Value range: Int [0 to 63] dB
Description:
selfTuningObs: Indicating that the bts is in charge of sending PwCI distribution onto Abis interface
Value range: [notSentByBts / sentEveryTime / sentEveryHour]
nbLargeReuseDataChannels: Mean number of logical channels belonging to the large frequency reuse pattern and used at the same time
for data communications Value range: Int [-16 to 16]
Object:
handOverControl
Type:
DP
Notes:
Checks:
[C/M] 522DI01: Only ten cells at OMC-R level can be observed with
this mode
[C/M] 522CO01: Bit six and seven can not be set at the same time
Note:
The bit numbers 0 to 5 (six lower bits) are reserved for future use. This
attribute is modified by the Manager. Value changes are notified to the
Manager.
Release:
V14
equipment identity
Description:
Object:
mdWarning (create)
Type:
DP
Notes:
During the command "create mdWarning", the operator can define either "equipment identity" or "processor identity", but not both.
Release:
V11
Value range
[0 to 200]
Object:
Type:
DP
Whether the Error Concealment Unit (ECU) is used. The ECU provides
a voice quality improvement on the uplink in bad radio propagation conditions.
Value range:
Object:
bts
Default value:
not used
Type:
DP
Release:
V11
estimatedSiteLoad Class 3
Description:
Value range:
[0 to 1100]
Object:
btsSiteManager
Default value:
Type:
DP
Notes:
The internal erlang capacity of a TMU3 is 1600. A BSC filters the value
of the estimatedSiteLoad parameter for a homogeneous TMU configuration (for example, either only TMU1, or only TMU3) that has been declared as a homogenous TMU configuration through the BSC Data
Config,
This filtering does not apply to homogeneous BSC configurations that
are not declared as this type of configuration through the BSC Data
Config.
For a homogeneous TMU1 configuration, the BSC uses the value
min(550,estimatedSiteLoad). For a homogenous TMU2 configuration,
the BSC uses the value min(1100,estimatedSiteLoad). For a homogenous TMU3 configuration, the BSC uses the value min(1600,estimatedSiteLoad).For a homogenous TMU3 configuration, the BSC uses the
value min(1600, estimatedSite-Load).
Release:
V18.0 P&C3
Value range:
[0 to 65535 - 0 to 65535]
Object:
Type:
DP
Release:
V12
To select messages that do not contain one (or several) given fault
number(s).
Value range:
[0 to 65535]
Object:
Type:
DP
Release:
V12
executableSoftware
Description:
Value range:
[0 to 255]
Object:
executableSoftware
Type:
DP
executableSoftwareId
Description:
Identifier of a executableSoftware object class. This identifier is allocated by the MD-R at object creation, if not given by the Manager. This attribute cannot be modified.
Value range:
[0 to 255]
Object:
executableSoftware
Type:
Id
Release:
V13
executableSoftwareName
Description:
Value range:
[9 to 12] String
Object:
executableSoftware
Type:
DP
Release:
V13
Whether the cell is extended (up to 120 km large) or not. The cell working mode governs the upper limit of the following attribute values (refer
to theses entries in the Dictionary):
callClearing, msRangeMax, and rndAccTimAdvThres hold attributes of the bts object
concentAlgoExtMsRange and concentAlgoIntMsRange attributes of the associated handOverControl object if the bts object describes a concentric cell
Value range:
Object:
bts
Default value:
false
Type:
DP
Checks:
[M]: It is not possible to unlock a BTS that has its extendedCell parameter set to true if the site is running software from one of Dual
TDMA DLUs.
Release:
V9
Note:
In that mode, the radio time slots with odd identifier numbers are unknown to the BSC and the diversity functionality is not available in the
cells.
extendedTimingAdvanceWindow
Description:
Value range:
[disabled / enabled]
Object:
bts
Default value:
disabled
Type:
DP
Checks:
Release:
V18.0 P&C3
Note:
BTS
Type of board
Number of
protected external
alarms per cabinet
S8000
16
S12000
16
BTS 18000
ABM
16
ABM/RICAM
Description
Description:
S8000/S12000/BTS 18000: 48 external alarms max., up to 3 cabinets in the future - 16 alarms per cabinet (16 bits per cabinet).
Value range:
[48-bit register]
Object:
btsSiteManager
Default value:
Type:
DP
Note:
Release:
V17
Presence or absence of the optional equipment "ancillary battery cabinet" in S8000 Outdoor.
Value range:
[Present / Absent]
Object:
btsSiteManager
Type:
DP
Release:
V9
externalTime
Description:
Value range:
[<date> , <time>]
Object:
md
Type:
DP
Remark:
Setting this attribute does not change the time displayed in the system
"Session informations" window which refers to the workstation internal
clock.
Note:
extUtbfNoData Class 3
2.7.
Description:
Value range:
[disabled / enabled]
Object:
bts
Default value:
disabled
Type:
DP
Feature:
Extended UL TBF
Release:
V15
facchPowerOffset Class 2
Description:
Value range:
[0..10]; step = 2
Object:
bts
Type:
DP
Feature:
Default value:
Note:
Release:
V16
Family
Description:
Value range:
Object:
report template
Type:
DP
Checks:
A interface, synthetic
Observation fast
statistic (OFS)
Observation fast
statistic (OFS)
Observation fast
statistic (OFS)
----------------------
Observation fast
statistic (OFS)
----------------------
----------------------
Observation fast
statistic (OFS)
----------------------
Observation fast
statistic (OFS)
PCM/synthetic
----------------------
Observation fast
statistic (OFS)
----------------------
Observation fast
statistic (OFS)
BSC 3G
----------------------
Observation fast
statistic (OFS)
BSC 3G
Observed object: cc
Observation real
time (ORT)
----------------------
Observation fast
statistic (OFS)
BSC 3G
----------------------
Observation fast
statistic (OFS)
BSC 3G
----------------------
Observation fast
statistic (OFS)
BSC 3G - PcmPort
----------------------
Observation fast
statistic (OFS)
----------------------
----------------------
Observation fast
statistic (OFS)
----------------------
faultNumber
Description:
Value range:
[0 to 40000]
Object:
Type:
DP
fDDARFCN Class 3
Description:
Value range:
0... 16383
Object:
adjacentCellUTRAN
Type:
DP
Checks:
Note:
[C/M]: fDDARFCN or scramblingCode cannot be changed if Interference Matrix feature is activated on the bts.
fDDMultiratReporting Class 3
Description:
Value range:
0...3, 0 = No UTRAN cell is favored, 1 = strongest UTRAN cell is favored. 2 = strongest UTRAN cells are favored. 3 = strongest UTRAN
cells are favored.
Object:
bts
Default value:
Type:
DP
Checks:
Release:
V17
Note:
fDDReportingThreshold Class 3
Description:
Apply priority reporting if the reported value is above threshold for FDD
frequency band
Value range:
Object:
handOverControl
Default value:
Never
Type:
DP
Checks:
Release:
V17
Note:
fDDReportingThreshold2 Class 3
Description:
Indicates the CPICH Ec/N0 level above which UTRAN cells will be
reported by the MS
Value range:
Object:
handOverControl
Default value:
Type:
DP
Checks:
Release:
V17
Note:
fERThreshold1 Class 3
Description:
Lowest threshold taken into account for Frame Erasure Rate (FER)
evaluation.
Value range:
Object:
bts
Default value:
Type:
DP
Feature:
Checks:
Note:
Release:
V15
fERThreshold2 Class 3
Description:
Value range:
Object:
bts
Default value:
Type:
DP
Feature:
Checks:
Release:
V15
fERThreshold3 Class 3
Description:
Value range:
Object:
bts
Default value:
Type:
DP
Feature:
Checks:
Note:
Release:
V15
fERThreshold4 Class 3
Description:
Value range:
Object:
bts
Default value:
Type:
DP
Feature:
Checks:
Note:
Release:
V15
fhsRef Class 2
Description:
Identifier of the frequencyHoppingSystem object that defines the frequency hopping management parameters for the radio time slot. Setting
this attribute and the maio attattribute allows the time slot to obey frequency hopping laws.
Value range:
[0 to 63]
Object:
channel
Condition:
Type:
DP
Checks:
Checks:
Each frequency occurs once in the mobileAllocatio n list and is allotted in the cellAllocation list of the parent bts object.
filteredTrafficCoefficient Class 3
Description:
Filter coefficient which is taken into account in the cell load evaluation.
Value range:
[0 to 1, by step of 0.001]
Object:
bts
Default value:
Type:
DP
Feature:
Release:
V15
floor
Description:
Value range:
[1 to 2 characters]
Object:
Type:
DD
flowControlMaxDelay
Description:
This attribute specifies the maximum time interval between two consecutive FLOW-CONTROL-MS messages sent to the SGSN.
Value range:
[5 to 6000] seconds
Default value:
300
Object:
pcusn
Type:
DP
Release:
V14
flowControlMaxRate
Description:
This attribute specifies the minimum interval between sending consecutive Flow-Control PDU for a given BVC or for a MS. It represents the C
timer in the ETSI GPRS specifications.
Value range:
[1001 to 9999] ms
Default value:
2000
Object:
pcusn
Type:
DP
Release:
V14
fnOffset class 2
Description:
Value range:
[0..84863]
Feature:
Network Synchronization
Default value:
Object:
btsSiteManager
Type:
DP
Release:
V15
Note:
Minimum signal strength level received by the mobiles to be granted access to a neighbor cell in case of forced handover.
Value range:
[less than -110, -110 to -109,..., -49 to -48, more than -48] dB
Default value:
Object:
adjacentCellHandOver
Type:
DP
Release:
V9
frAmrPriority Class 2
Description:
Value range:
Default value:
Object:
transceiver
Type:
DP
Release:
V14
Note:
frequencyHoppingSystem
Description:
Value range:
[0 to 2147483646]
Object:
frequencyHoppingSystem
Type:
Id
Checks:
[C]: The associated bts object is created and the frequencyHoppingSystem object is not created for that object.
[C/D]: If the application database of the related BSC is built, the parent
bsc object is unlocked.
[M]: The parent bsc object is unlocked and the associated bts object
is locked.
Checks:
[D]: If the application database of the related BSC is not built, it has
been reset by an Off line reset BDA command.
[D]: No channel object dependent on the bts object refers to the frequencyHoppingSystem object (fhsRef attribute).
frPowerControlTargetMode Class 3
Description:
This attribute defines the target codec mode for AMR FR power control.
This attribute is modified by the Manager.
Value changes are notified to the Manager.
This attribute is modified if the powerControl object instance is unlocked.
Value range:
Default value:
FR 12.2
Object:
powerControl
Type:
DP
Release:
V14
Note:
frPowerControlTargetModeDl Class 3
Description:
Downlink AMR codec target used to define the downlink power control
threshold for FR AMR calls.
Value range:
Default value:
FR 12.2
Object:
powerControl
Feature:
Type:
DP
Release:
V16
Note:
ftpUserPassword
Description:
Password of the 'comu' user for connecting to the BSC through FTP.
Value range:
0 to 128 symbols
Default value:
null/empty string
Object:
bscMdInterface
Feature:
Type:
DI
Release:
V18 P&C5
Note:
Checks
fullDlKa Class 3
Description:
Value range:
[disabled / enabled]
Default value:
disabled
Object:
bts
Feature:
Extended UL TBF
Type:
DP
Note:
Release:
V15
fullHRCellLoadEnd Class 3
Description:
This parameter defines the threshold that triggers the end of the congestion period of the AMR maximization. The AMR maximization is activated as soon as the fullHRCellLoadStart and fullHRCellLoadEnd
parameters are both different from 100.
Value range:
[0...100], step = 1
Default value:
100
Object:
bts
Feature:
AMR maximization
Type:
DP
Check:
Check:
[C/M]: If the values of both hrCellLoadStart and fullHRCellLoadStart parameters are different from 100, it means both AMR Based On
Traffic (ABOT) and AMR maximization are activated.
Release:
V18.0
fullHRCellLoadStart Class 3
Description:
This parameter defines the threshold that triggers the beginning of the
congestion period of the AMR maximization.
The AMR maximization is activated as soon as the
fullHRCellLoadStart and fullHRCellLoadEnd parameters are both
different from 100.
Value range:
[0...100], step = 1
Default value:
100
Object:
bts
Type:
DP
Checks:
[C/M]: If the values of both hrCellLoadStart and fullHRCellLoadStart parameters are different from 100, it means both AMR Based On
Traffic (ABOT) and AMR maximization are activated. Then a semantic
control checks the following:
Check:
2.8.
Check:
[C/M]: If the values of both hrCellLoadStart and fullHRCellLoadStart parameters are equal to 100, it means both AMR Based On Traffic (ABOT) and AMR maximization are not activated. No semantic
control occurs.
Release:
V18.0
geographical coordinates
Description:
Value range:
Object:
bsc
btsSiteManager
md
transcoder
Type:
DI
Release:
V11
geographical coordinates
Description:
Value range:
Object:
pcu, pcusn
Feature:
Type:
DI
Release:
V12
globalInterBscNaccActivation
Description:
Class
Value range:
Disabled=0, Enabled=1
Default value:
Disabled
Object:
PCU
Feature:
Type:
DP
Release:
V18 P&C5
Note:
Checks:
Before modifying the naccInterBscIntraPcusnActivation parameter value, verify that globalInterBscNaccActivation parameter value is "disabled".
gprsAvgParam Class 3
Description:
nAvgT
nAvgW
V12
gprsCellActivation Class 3
Description:
Value range:
[disabled / enabled]
Object:
bts
Feature:
Default value:
disabled
Type:
DP
Release:
V12
gprsNetworkModeOperation Class 3
Description:
Value range:
[0..2] with:
0 = NMO II
Object:
bts
Feature:
Default value:
0 (NMO II)
Type:
DP
Release:
V15
gprsPcuCrossConnectList Class 2
Description:
nbrTch
Feature:
Release:
V12
gprsNetworkModeOperation Class 3
Description:
Value range:
[0..2] with:
0 = NMO II
Object:
bts
Feature:
Default value:
0 (NMO II)
Type:
DP
Release:
V15
gprsPcuCrossConnectList Class 2
Description:
nbrTch
Feature:
Release:
V12
gprsPcuLockExtendedConf Class 2
Description:
agprsTSharingProtection
[disabled / 0]
Release:
V12
gprsPermittedAccess Class 3
Description:
Value range:
[0 to 7]
Object:
bts
Default value:
Feature:
Type:
DP
Release:
V12
gprsPreemption Class 3
Description:
Set to yes, it allows the PCU to refuse GSM preemption over shared
GSM/GPRS TS if GPRS resources are not sufficient to ensure the minimum bandwidth for each MS.
In the case of lack of GSM radio TS, the BSC has to allocate one shared
GSM/GPRS radio TS to GSM and a preemption procedure is started.
When one shared radio TS temporarily allocated to GSM is released
(end of GSM allocation due to end of call or handover), then a reallocation procedure is started to increase the GPRS capacity.
Value range:
[yes / no]
Object:
bts
Default value:
yes
Feature:
Type:
DP
Release:
V12
gprsPreemptionForHR Class 3
Description:
Value range:
disabled/enabled
Object:
bsc
Default value:
0 (disabled)
Recommended
value:
1 (enabled)
Type:
DP
Release:
V17
gprsPreemptionProtection Class 3
Description:
Protection timer used by the BSC in order to reduce the load in case of
PCU TDMA TS Status Nack message reception during a preemption
procedure. This message is sent by the PCU.
Value range:
[1 to 60] second(s)
Object:
bts
Default value:
10
Feature:
Type:
DP
Release:
V12
Value range:
Object:
transceiver
Default value:
p1
Feature:
Type:
DP
Release:
V12
gprsState
Description:
Object:
bts (cell)
Type:
DD
Release:
V15
gprsState
Description:
Object:
transceiver
Type:
DD
Release:
V15
gsmPriority
Description:
Value range
(0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7)
Object:
bts
Type:
DP
Checks
The GSM priority value must be different from all LTE priority values and
from all 3G priority values.
Perform the following checks on the bts object:
"The gsmPrirority parameter value must be different from ltePriority
parameter value for each lteAdjacentCellReselection.
Default value
Class
Release:
V18 P&C4
gsmToLteReselection
Description:
Value range:
Object:
Bts
Class
Default value:
Disabled
Check
Create bts with gsmToLteReselection=enabled is forbidden (in online only) (just because no lteAdjacentCellReselection created
yet)
Type:
DP
Release:
V18
gsmTo3GReselection
Description:
3GSearchLevel
3GReselectionOffset
3GAccessMinLevel
3GAccessMinLevelOffset
3GReselectionThreshold
3GReselection ARFCN
ARFCN
3Gpriority
threshold3Ghigh
threshold3Glow
3GQRxLevMin
Object:
bts
Type:
DP
Checks:
Release:
V14
gsmToUMTSServiceHo Class 3
Description:
Allows the customer to set a value that the BSC uses when the MSC
does not provide optional service handover information in
ASSIGN_REQUEST or HANDOVER_REQUEST messages
Value range:
Object:
bsc
Default value:
Type:
DP
Release:
V17
Note:
gsmToUMTSHoEnhancement Class 3
Description:
Value range:
Object:
bsc
Default value:
disabled (0)
Type:
DP
Release:
V18 P&C4
Note:
GsmUmtsCombBcchTeiVal Class 2
2.9.
Description:
The TEI value of the GSM TRX which is combined with an UMTS TRX.
Value range:
0 to 254, empty
Object:
bts
Default value:
empty
Type:
DP
Release:
V18.0.0 P&C2
Value range:
[enabled / disabled]
Object:
handOverControl
Default value:
disabled
Type:
DP
Remark:
The attribute was named TCH and sDCCHHandOver on the V8 OMCR MMI.
handOverControl
Description:
Identifier of a handOverControl object that defines handover management parameters in a cell. A bts object may reference one and only one
object of this type.
Value range:
[0 to 2147483646]
Object:
handOverControl
Type:
Id
Checks:
[C]: The associated bts object is created and the handOverControl object is not created for that object.
[M]: The parent bsc object is unlocked. If class 2 attributes are modified, the associated bts object is locked.
[C/D]: If the application database of the related BSC is built, the parent
bsc object is unlocked and the associated bts object is locked.
[M/D]: The handOverControl object is created.
[D]: The associated bts object is not referenced, except by a powerControl object.
[D]: If the application database of the related BSC is not built, it has
been reset by an Off line reset BDA command.
Value range:
Object:
transceiverEquipment
Feature:
Default value:
Type:
DP
Checks:
[M]: Checks that the default value is not left on BTS 18000. In case of
Release:
BTS 18000
(btsModel = 910, 911, 900, 901), checks at unlock transceiverEquipment
that its HardwareConfiguration is different from DRX, DCU2, DCU4.
[M]: Checks that the default value is not left on BTS 6000 or BTS
18000. In case of BTS 6000 or BTS 18000 (btsModel = 910, 911, 900,
901), checks at unlock transceiverEquipment that its HardwareConfiguration is one of the following DCU2, DCU4. or "DRX"
[M]: Checks that default value is set on other BTS than BTS 18000. In
case of BTS different from BTS 18000 (btsModel = 910, 911, 900, 901),
this checks at unlock
transceiverEquipment that its Hardware Configuration is different from
Rm, Hprm, Mprm, Hprm3t or Other.
[M]: Checks that default value is set on other BTS than BTS 6000 or
BTS 18000. In case
of BTS different from BTS 6000 or BTS 18000 (btsModel = 910, 911,
900, 901), this
checks at unlock transceiverEquipment that
its Hardware Configuration is different from
Rm, Hprm, Mprm, Hprm3t or Other.
[M]: Consistency inside an RM definition. In case of BTS 18000 (btsModel = 910, 911, 900, 901), this checks at unlock transceiverEquipment that its hardware configuration is the same as the other unlocked
transceiver equipment of the same
RM.
[M]: Consistency inside an RM definition. In case of BTS 6000 or BTS
18000 (btsModel = 910, 911, 900, 901), this checks at unlock transceiverEquipment that its hardware configuration is the same as the other
unlocked transceiver equipment of the same RM.
[M]: Software Reference coherency inside an RM. Existing check that
must be run after previous checks.
[M]: If the sWVersionRunning parameter of the software-transceiverEquipment object is ERMxxxxxx, it is not possible to configure the
RM3 hardware configurations.
If the sWVersionRunning parameter of the software-transceiverEquipment object is NRMxxxxxx, it is not possible to configure the
hardware configurations other than RM3.
V11
hardwareRef Class 2
Description:
Value range:
[0 to 65535]
Object:
btsSiteManager
Type:
DP
hardwareRef Class 2
Description:
Value range:
[0 to 65535]
Object:
transceiverEquipment
Type:
DP
hexa text
Description:
Value range:
[chain of characters]
Object:
Type:
DI
Release:
V12
highSpeedUplinkDistortionRemoval
Description:
This parameter is used to control the high speed uplink distortion removal feature; when enabled, some uplink distortion caused by high speed
mobiles will be removed by the BTS
Value range:
[disabled / enabled]
Object:
bts
Default value:
disabled
Feature:
Type:
DP
Release:
V18.0 P&C3
highSpeedUplinkDistortionRemovalOnPacketData
Description:
This parameter is used to control the high speed uplink distortion removal feature on packet data; when enabled, the BTS removes the uplink
distortion caused by high speed mobiles on (E-)GPRS.
Value range:
Object:
bts
Class
Default value:
disabled
Checks
Feature:
Type:
DP
Release:
V18.0 P&C4
hoMargin Class 3
Description:
Value range:
[-63 to 63] dB
Object:
adjacentCellHandOver
Default value:
Type:
DP
hoMarginAMR Class 3
Description:
This attribute defines the handover margin linked to AMR quality handover.
This attribute is modified if the adjacentCellHandOver object instance
is unlocked.
Value range:
[-63 to 63] dB
Object:
adjacentCellHandOver
Default value:
-2
Type:
DP
Release:
V14
hoMarginAMRUTRAN Class 3
Description:
Margin to be used for intercell quality handover to UMTS for AMR calls
Value range:
-63...63
Object:
adjacentCellUTRAN
Default value:
63
Type:
DP
Checks:
Release:
V17
Note:
hoMarginBeg Class 3
Description:
Value range:
[0..63] dB
Object:
bts
Default value:
Type:
DP
Checks:
Note:
Release
V11
hoMarginDist Class 3
Description:
Value range:
[-63 to 63] dB
Object:
adjacentCellHandOver
Default value:
-24 dB
Type:
DP
Release:
V8
hoMarginDistUTRAN Class 3
Description:
Value range:
-63...63 dB
Object:
adjacentCellUTRAN
Default value:
63
Type:
DP
Checks:
Release:
V17
Note:
hoMarginRxLev Class 3
Description:
Value range:
[-63 to 63] dB
Object:
adjacentCellHandOver
Default value:
-24 dB
Type:
DP
Release:
V8
hoMarginRxQual Class 3
Description:
Value range:
[-63 to 63] dB
Object:
adjacentCellHandOver
Default value:
-24 dB
Type:
DP
Release:
V8
hoMarginTiering Class 3
Description:
Note:
Value range:
[0 to 63] dB
Object:
handOverControl
Default value:
4 dB
Feature:
Type:
DP
Release:
V12
hoMarginRxLevUTRAN Class 3
Description:
Value range:
-63...63 dB
Object:
adjacentCellUTRAN
Default value:
63
Type:
DP
Checks:
Release:
V17
Note:
hoMarginRxQualUTRAN Class 3
Description:
Value range:
-63...63 dB
Object:
adjacentCellUTRAN
Default value:
63
Type:
DP
Checks:
Release:
V17
Note:
hoMarginTrafficOffset Class 3
Description:
Minimum signal strength margin with the serving cell allowing the best
neighbor cell selection when a handover is triggered for overload reasons.
Value range:
[0 to 63] dB
Object:
adjacentCellHandOver
Feature:
Default value:
0 dB
Type:
DP
Checks:
Release:
V12
Note:
This attribute only applies to BTSs equipped with non mixed DCU4 or
DRX boards.
hoMarginTrafficOffsetUTRAN Class 3
Description:
Value range:
0...63 dB
Object:
adjacentCellUTRAN
Default value:
63
Type:
DP
Checks:
Release:
V17
Note:
hoMarginUTRAN Class 3
Description:
Value range:
-63...63 dB
Object:
adjacentCellUTRAN
Default value:
63
Type:
DP
Checks:
Release:
V17
Note:
hoPingpongCombination Class 3
Description:
Value range:
Object:
adjacentCellHandOver
Feature:
Type:
DP
Checks:
Notes:
Release
V12
hoPingpongCombinationUTRAN Class 3
Description:
Value range:
List of cause GSM to UMTS and cause UMTS to GSM (traffic, powerBudget, directedRetry, rxLev, rxQual, distance, OaM (forced ho), all, allPowerBudGeT)
Object:
adjacentCellUTRAN
Default value:
("rxQual", "powerBudget")
Type:
DP
Checks:
Release:
V17
Note:
hoPingpongTimeRejection Class 3
Description:
Value range:
[0 to 60] s
Object:
adjacentCellHandOver
Feature:
Default value:
[30 sec]
Release:
V12
hoPingpongTimeRejectionUTRAN Class 3
Description:
Value range:
Object:
adjacentCellUTRAN
Default value:
30s
Type:
DP
Checks:
Release:
V17
Note:
hoRejectionTimeOverloadUTRAN Class 3
Description:
Value range:
Object:
bsc
Default value:
30s
Type:
DP
Checks:
Release:
V17
Note:
hoppingSequenceNumber Class 2
Description:
Hopping sequence number used by a radio time slot which obeys frequency hopping laws.
Select different HSNs for nearby cells that use the same set of frequencies.
Value range:
[0 to 63]
Object:
frequencyHoppingSystem
Type:
DP
Checks:
hoSecondBestCellConfiguration Class 3
Description:
Value range:
[1 to 3]
Object:
bsc
Default value:
Type:
DP
Release:
V9
hoTraffic Class 3
Description:
Value range:
[disabled / enabled]
Object:
bsc
Feature:
Default value:
disabled
Type:
DP
Release:
V12
Note:
Enabling this parameter allows the related BTSs with DCU4 or DRX
transceiver architecture handle handovers for traffic reasons.
hoTraffic Class 3
Description:
Value range:
[disabled / enabled]
Object:
bts
Feature:
Default value:
enabled
Type:
DP
Release:
V12
Note:
hrAmrPriority Class 2
Description:
Value range:
[0 to 2]
Priority 0 is given to a high priority TDMA
Priority 1 is given to a low priority TDMA
Priority 2 disables this service on the TDMA
Object:
transceiver
Default value:
Type:
DP
Release:
V14
Note:
hrCellLoadEnd Class 3
Description:
This attribute defines the cell load threshold used for AMR FR/HR decision. This attribute is modified by the Manager.
Value changes are notified to the Manager.
This attribute can only be modified if the bts object instance is unlocked.
Value range:
[0 to 100]
Object:
bts
Default value:
Type:
Checks:
DP
hrCellLoadEnd Class 3
Checks:
Release:
V14
Note:
hrCellLoadStart Class 3
Description:
Value range:
[0 to 100]
Object:
bts
Default value:
100
Type:
DP
Checks:
hrCellLoadStart Class 3
Checks:
Release:
V14
Note:
hrPowerControlTargetMode Class 3
Description:
Value range:
Object:
powerControl
Default value:
HR 7.4
Type:
DP
Release:
V14
Note:
hrPowerControlTargetModeDl Class 3
Description:
Downlink AMR codec target used to define the downlink power control
threshold for HR AMR calls.
Value range:
Object:
PowerControl
Type:
DP
Feature:
Default value:
HR 7.4
Notes:
Release:
V16
hsaPcmList Class 3
Description:
Note:
Value range:
[0 .. 83]
Object:
Feature:
AR 1209 - V13.1
Type:
Checks:
DP
[C/M]: HsaRc under Bsc not possible for a non existing referenced PcmCircuit.
[C/M]: HsaRc under Transcoder not possible for a non existing referenced PcmCircuit.
[C/M]: HsaRc under Bsc not possible if a referenced pcmCircuit is already referenced by another HsaRc.
[C/M]: HsaRc under Transcoder not possible if a referenced pcmCircuit is already referenced by another HsaRc.
[C/M]: Creation/Modification HsaRc under Transcoder is not possible
hsaPcmList Class 3
Checks:
Release:
hsaRc
Description:
The High Speed Access Resource Complex module, which provides the
optical interface for the OC3/STM1 interfaces.
Value range:
[0 to 2147483646]
Object:
hsaRc
Type:
DP
hysteresisPrio
2.10.
Description:
Value range:
(- infinity, 5 , 4 , 3 )
Object:
bts
Default value
-infinity
Class
Type:
DP
Release
V18 P&C4
identifier
Description:
Value range:
[XXXabcdef]
Object:
Type:
DD
identifier
Description:
Value range:
[BSxabvcdefgh]
Object:
Type:
DD
identifier
Description:
Value range:
[BSxabvcdefgh]
Object:
Type:
DD
identifier
Description:
Value range:
[0 to 65535]
Object:
short message
Type:
DD
iem
Description:
The Interface Electronic Module, is part of the LSA RC (Low Speed Access Resource Complex) module.
Value range:
[0 to 2147483646]
Object:
iem
Type:
DP
Note:
V13
iemId
Description:
Identifier of the iem object class. This identifier is allocated by the MDR at object creation, depending on the shelf and slot numbers indicated
by the BSC. This attribute cannot be modified. This attribute is relevant
for BSC 3000 and TCU 3000.
Value range:
[0 to 2147483646]
Object:
iem
Type:
DP
Release:
V13
iMSIAttachDetach Class 2
Description:
Value range:
Object:
bts
Default value:
allowed
Type:
DP
in
Description:
Value range:
[0 to 0]
Object:
interfaceNode
Type:
DP
inactivity timeout
Description:
Maximum time between two user commands, over which the system induces an automatic logout procedure.
Value range:
Object:
user profile
Type:
DP
Remark:
Moving the mouse inside an MMI window on the terminal screen resets
the counter.
To select messages according to their fault number. The filtering list can
contain one (or several) interval(s). For example, interval 5~8 enables
to retrieve fault numbers 15, 6, 7, and 8.
Do not fill in if this criterion is not to be selected.
Value range:
[0 to 65535 - 0 to 65535]
Object:
Type:
DP
Release:
V12
To select messages according to their fault number. The filter can contain one (or several) fault number(s).
Do not fill in if this criterion is not to be selected.
Value range:
[0 to 65535]
Object:
Type:
DP
Release:
V12
incomingHandOver Class 3
Description:
Value range:
[enabled / disabled]
Object:
handOverControl
Default value:
enabled
Type:
DP
inhibitRequest
Description:
Value range:
[true / false]
Object:
Type:
DP
Checks:
Remark:
[M]: The parent bsc object and the signallingLink object are unlocked.
An inhibit request may have no immediate effect and can even be refused. Run a Display all command on the signallingLink object to display
the resource state of the SS7 channel and check that the system has
applied the request (signallingLinkResState).
inId
Description:
Value range:
[0 to 0]
Object:
interfaceNode
Type:
DP
Release:
V13
initialMCSDL Class 3
Description:
Value range:
Default value:
Object:
MCS2
transceiver
Feature:
Default value:
MCS2
Type:
DP
Release:
V15
Note:
Note:
initialMCSUL Class 3
Description:
Value range:
Default value:
Object:
transceiver
Feature:
Default value:
MCS2
Type:
DP
Release:
V15
Note
interBscDirectedRetry Class 3
Description:
Value range:
Object:
bsc
Default value:
allowed
Type:
DP
Release:
V9
Note:
interBscDirectedRetryFromCell Class 3
Description:
Value range:
Object:
bts
Default value:
allowed
Type:
DP
Release:
V9
Note:
interCellHOExtPriority Class 3
Description:
Value range:
Object:
bts
Default value:
17
Type:
DP
interCellHOIntPriority Class 3
Description:
Value range:
Object:
bts
Default value:
17
Type:
DP
interferenceType Class 3
Description:
Value range:
Object:
adjacentCellHandOver
Feature:
Default value:
notApplicable
Type:
DP
Release
V12
interferenceMatrixRunningOnBsc
Description:
Value range:
[yes (if at least one cell below BSC with the parameter is equal to yes
/ no (if no cell below BSC with the interferenceMatrixRunningOnBts
parameter is equal to no]
Object:
bts
Feature:
Default value:
Type:
DD
Note:
Checks
[C/M]:
The OMC-R prevents a simultaneous activation of measurement distributions and the switch interference matrix. The
IM_FREQUENCIES_MEASUREMENT TGE is prohibited on
the bts that has the distributionActivation parameter set to
enabled. In this case, the following error message is displayed:Interference Matrix cannot be launched on a cell performing Measurement Distributions.
interferenceMatrixRunningOnBts
Description:
Value range:
1 interferenceMatrixOnBts is running.
Object:
bts
Feature:
Default value:
Type:
DD
Note:
Checks:
[C/M]:
Vice versa, when activating the dropped call analysis on a cell, a control is run at the OMC-R. If in a
BSC, the interferenceMatrixRunningOnBts parameter in at least one cell is still set to yes, then the
callDropActivation parameter cannot be set to enable.
Checks
(contd....):
Vice versa, when activating Measurement Distributions on a cell, the OMC-R checks for the interferenceMatrixRunningOnBts flag. If the cell is still
running with interference matrix measurements, the
distributionActivation parameter cannot be set to
enable.
[C/M]: Cannot create or delete an instance of adjace ntCellUTRAN and cannot change fDDARFCN or scramblingCode
parameter values if parameter interferenceMatrixRunningOnBts is equal to yes. The purpose of this check is to
forbid UTRAN neighbour cell creation or deletion or UMTS
frequency plan change if Interference Matrix feature is activated on the BSC.
Correlation ratio of the input signals received from the normal and diversity antennas. This ratio enables to adapt the SPU software (the interferer cancellation algorithm) to the propagation conditions. Correlation
ratio = 0 means that the interferer cancellation algorithm is inactive.
Value range:
[0 to 100]%
Object:
bts
Default value:
Type:
DP
Release:
V10
interOmuEtherlinkOper
Description:
Value range:
[disabled / enabled]
Object:
controlNode
Feature:
AR 1209 - V13.1
Type:
DD
Release:
V13
intraCell Class 3
Description:
Whether intra-bts handovers on TCH are allowed in a cell for interference reasons or Cell Tiering reasons.
Value range:
Object:
handOverControl
Feature:
Default value:
handoverNotAllowed
Type:
DP
intraBscDirectedRetry Class 3
Description:
Value range:
Object:
bsc
Default value:
allowed
Type:
DP
Release:
V9
Note:
intraBscDirectedRetryFromCell Class 3
Description:
Value range:
Object:
bts
Default value:
allowed
Type:
DP
Release:
V9
Note:
intraCellHOIntPriority Class 3
Description:
Value range:
[0 to 17]
Object:
bts
Default value:
17
Type:
DP
intraCellQueueing Class 3
Description:
Whether intra-bts handover requests are queued for a cell. This parameter is significant only when queuing radio resource allocation requests
is allowed in the BSS.
Refer to the bscQueueingOption entry in the Dictionary.
Value range:
[enabled / disabled]
Object:
bts
Default value:
disabled
Type:
DP
intraCellSDCCH Class 3
Description:
Whether intra-bts handovers on SDCCH are authorized in a cell for interference reasons.
Value range:
[enabled / disabled]
Object:
handOverControl
Default value:
disabled
Type:
DP
Release:
V8
iom
Description:
The Interface Electronic Module, is part of the HSA RC (High Speed Access Resource Complex) module.
Value range:
[0 to 2147483646]
Object:
iom
Type:
DP
Note:
If so, it the time will not expire and there will be no automatic logout procedure.
Object:
ipm
Feature:
Abis Over IP
Type:
DD
Note:
V18
IPM IP@
Description:
Object:
ipm
Feature:
Abis Over IP
Type:
DD
Note:
V18
ipAggregateEthernetPortMonitored
Description:
Value range:
0..65535
Object:
ipgRc
Type:
DP
Default value:
Release:
V18.0
ipAggregateTraffic_TosDscp Class 3
Description:
Defines the DSCP value that the BSC must set at the Layer 3 level for
the traffic on the Aggregate port. Corresponds to the 6 higher bits in the
"Type Of Service" field in the IP header and must be compliant with the
values defined in RFC2474, RFC2475, and RFC3260. Three groups of
values are defined in these RFCs:
assured forwarding (DSCP 10, 12, 14, 18, 20, 22, 26, 28, 30, 34,
36, 38): value recommended for packets which need to have a
high level of delivery reliability
The chosen value must be compliant with what is available at the provider network side.
Value range:
[0....63]
Object:
ipgRc
Feature:
Abis Over IP
Default value:
10
Recommended
value:
10, 12, 14, 18, 20, 22, 26, 28, 30, 34, 36, 38
Type:
DP
Note:
V18
ipAggregateTraffic_userPriority Class 3
Description:
Defines the priority that the BSC must set at the Layer 2 level for the IP
traffic on the Aggregate interface. Meaningful only if VLAN tags are used
on the Aggregate interface. General recommendations are:
The chosen value must be compliant with what is available at the provider network side.
Value range:
[0...7]
Object:
ipgRc
Feature:
Abis Over IP
Default value:
Recommended
value:
1, 2, 3, 4
Type:
DP
Note:
V18
ipCompressionActivation Class 3
Description:
Value range:
Object:
btsSiteManager
Feature:
Abis Over IP
Type:
DP
Default value:
Not Used
Release:
V18.0
ipCompressionDepth Class 2
Description:
Defines the compression depth which must be used. Has a direct impact
on the RTD between the BSC and the IPM.
Value range:
Unit:
ms
Object:
btsSiteManager
Feature:
Abis Over IP
Default value:
40
Recommended
value:
40
Type:
DP
Release:
V18.0
Note:
Checks:
ipCRPnChannel_TosDscp Class 3
Description:
Defines the DSCP value that the BSC must set at the Layer 3 level for
CRPn Channel. Corresponds to the 6 higher bits in the "Type Of Service" or Differentiated Services field in the IP header.
The chosen value must be compliant with the type of domain (DS or
TOS) which is available at provider network side.
For example, if the type of domain is DS, 3 groups of values are defined
in RFC 2474, 2475 and 3260 :
best effort PHB (DSCP 0):this value is not recommended.
assured forwarding (DSCP 10, 12, 14, 18, 20, 22, 26, 28, 30, 34, 36,
38): value recommended for packets which need to have a high level
of delivery reliability
(if the type of domain is TOS, see RFC 791)
Value range:
[0...63]
Object:
ipgRc
Feature:
Abis Over IP
Default value:
46 (DSCP 46)
Recommended
value:
Type:
DP
Release:
V18.0
Note:
Checks:
ipCRPnChannel_userPriority Class 3
Description:
Defines the priority that the BSC must set at the Layer 2 level for CRPn
Channel. Meaningful only if VLAN tags (IEEE802.1Q) are used on the
Abis backhaul. General recommendations are:
0: best effort (not recommended)
The chosen value must be compliant with what is available at the provider network side.
Value range:
[0...7]
Object:
ipgRc
Feature:
Abis Over IP
Default value:
Recommended
value:
5, 6
Type:
DP
Release:
V18.0
Note:
Checks:
ipDefaultGateway Class 3
Description:
Defines the IP address of the default Gateway. It is used by router function inside the BSC.
Value range:
Object:
ipgRc
Feature:
Abis Over IP
Default value:
Empty list
Recommended
value:
Not applicable
Type:
DP
Release:
V18.0
Checks:
[C/M]: A consistency check is done to verify if the IP address of the default Gateway can be empty: in this case, the 0 value is sent to the BSC;
otherwise the following checks are done:
address format: xx.yy.zz.tt, each value xx, yy, zz, tt is an integer incluced in the range [0...255]
0.0.0.0
127.0.0.0 to 127.0.0.255 (local addresses)
255.255.255.255 (broadcast address)
224.0.0.0 to 239.255.255.255 (multicast addresses)
ipDHCPServerList Class 3
Description:
Defines the list of IP addresses of the DHCP servers used on the system
for IPM IP addresses definition. It is used by DHCP relay function inside
the BSC.
Value range:
List of up to 10 IP addresses, compliant with semantic check "IP addresses allowed va ues"
Object:
ipgRc
Feature:
Abis Over IP
Default value:
Empty list
Type:
DP
Release:
V18.0
Checks:
address format: xx.yy.zz.tt, each value xx, yy, zz, tt is an integer incluced in the range [0...255]
0.0.0.0
127.0.0.0 to 127.0.0.255 (local addresses)
255.255.255.255 (broadcast address)
224.0.0.0 to 239.255.255.255 (multicast addresses)
ipgPcmList Class 3
Description:
Defines the list of PCMs handled by the ipgRc (coming from S-links). Up
to 84 PCMs can be created on T1 configurations and 63 PCMs in E1
configurations.
Value range:
bsc30000electrical_ip
bsc 3000optical_ip
Object:
ipgRc
Feature:
Abis Over IP
Default value:
Empty list
Type:
DP
Release:
V18.0
Checks:
ipgRc Reference
Description:
Value range:
[0 to 255]
Object:
igm
Feature:
Abis Over IP
Type:
DP
Release:
V18.0
ipIBOSEthernetPortMonitored Class 3
Description:
Value range:
Object:
ipgRc
Feature:
Abis Over IP
Type:
DP
Release:
V18.0
ipIBOSEthernetPortUsed Class 3
Description:
Value range:
Object:
ipgRc
Feature:
Abis Over IP
Default value:
Not used
Type:
DP
Note:
V18
ipIBOSTraffic_TosDscp Class 3
Description:
Defines the DSCP value that the BSC must set at the Layer 3 level for
the traffic on the IBOS port. Corresponds to the 6 higher bits in the "Type
Of Service" field in the IP header and must be compliant with the values
defined in RFC2474, RFC2475, and RFC3260.
Three groups of values are defined in these RFCs:
assured forwarding (DSCP 10, 12, 14, 18, 20, 22, 26, 28, 30, 34,
36, 38): value recommended for packets which need to have a
high level of delivery reliability
The chosen value must be compliant with what is available at the provider network side.
Value range:
[0...63]
Object:
ipgRc
Feature:
Abis Over IP
Default value:
10
Recommended
value:
10, 12, 14, 18, 20, 22, 26, 28, 30, 34, 36, 38
Type:
DP
Note:
V18
ipIBOSTraffic_userPriority Class 3
Description:
Defines the priority that the BSC must set at the Layer 2 level for the IPtraffic on the IBOS interface. Meaningful only if VLAN tags are used on
the IBOS.
General recommendations are:
The chosen value must be compliant with what is available at the provider network side.
Value range:
[0...7]
Object:
ipgRc
Feature:
Abis Over IP
Default value:
Recommended
value:
1, 2, 3, 4
Type:
DP
Note:
V18
ipIBOSTraffic_TosDscp Class 3
Description:
Defines the DSCP value that the BSC must set at the Layer 3 level for
the traffic on the IBOS port. Corresponds to the 6 higher bits in the "Type
Of Service" or Differentiated Services field in the IP header.
The chosen value must be compliant with the type of domain (DS or
TOS)
which is available at provider network side.
Three groups of values are defined in the RFC 2474, 2475 and 3260:
best effort PHB (DSCP 0) this value is not recommended.
assured forwarding (DSCP 10, 12, 14, 18, 20, 22, 26, 28, 30, 34, 36,
38): value recommended for packets which need to have a high level
of delivery reliability
(if the type of domain is TOS, please see RFC 791).
Value range:
[0...63]
Object:
ipgRc
Feature:
Abis Over IP
Default value:
Recommended
value:
10, 12, 14, 18, 20, 22, 26, 28, 30, 34, 36, 38
Type:
DP
Release:
V18.0
ipIBOSTraffic_userPriority Class 3
Description:
Defines the priority that the BSC must set at the Layer 2 level for the
IPtraffic on the IBOS interface. Meaningful only if VLAN tags are used
on the IBOS. General recommendations are:
0: best effort (not recommended)
[0...7]
Object:
ipgRc
Feature:
Abis Over IP
Default value:
Recommended
value:
1, 2, 3, 4
Type:
DP
Release:
V18.0
This parameter defines the matrix connection used for LMU feature. It
provides the list of (Abis PCM,TS) (SMLC PCM,TS) (BTSSM id)
interconnection which must be configured inside BSC in order to
interconnect Timeslots on LMU PCM side with virtual IP timeslots on
Abis IP interface. BTSSM id is present in order to resolve PCM sharing
issue
Value range:
Object:
bsc
Feature:
Abis Over IP
Default value:
Empty list
Type:
DP
Release:
P&C2
Object:
ipm
Feature:
Abis Over IP
Default value:
Type:
DD
Note:
PC2
ipAggregateEthernetPortUsed Class 3
Description:
Value range:
Object:
ipgRc
Feature:
Abis Over IP
Default value:
Not used
Type:
DP
Release:
V18
ipIpgRcCounterPeriod Class 3
Description:
Defines the periodicity for the counters collection inside the IGM.
0 means no counter is collected inside the IPG
other values means the IPG cyclically collects counters with the specified period
Value range:
[0 / 5 / 10 / 15 / 20 / 30 / 60]
Unit:
min
Object:
ipgRc
Feature:
Abis Over IP
Default value:
15
Type:
DP
Release:
V18.0
bts
Description:
Value range:
[1]
Object:
ipm
Feature:
Abis Over IP
Type:
Id
Release:
V18.0
Defines the primary MAC address of the IPM / IPM-USER for the authentication
Value range:
[0x000000000000...0xFFFFFFFFFFFF]
Object:
ipm
Feature:
Abis Over IP
Type:
DP
Release:
V18.0
Checks:
[C/M]: No more than two IPMs with the same MAC address are allowed.
Defines the secondary MAC address of the RIPM /RIPM-USER for the
authentication.
Value range:
[0x000000000000...0xFFFFFFFFFFFF]
Object:
ipm
Feature:
Abis Over IP
Type:
DP
Release:
V18.0
Checks:
[C/M]: No more than two IPMs with the same MAC address are allowed.
ipOtherAbisTraffic_TosDscp Class 3
Description:
Defines the DSCP value that the BSC must set at the Layer 3 level for
the other Abis traffic (DSCP, ...).
Corresponds to the 6 higher bits in the "Type Of Service" field in the IP
header and must be compliant with the values defined in RFC2474,
RFC2475, and RFC3260.
Three groups of values are defined in these RFCs:
best effort PHB (DSCP 0)
expedited forwarding (DSCP 46): value recommended for real-time
packets
assured forwarding (DSCP 10, 12, 14, 18, 20, 22, 26,28, 30, 34, 36,
38): value recommended for packets which need to have a high level of
delivery reliability
The chosen value must be compliant with what is available at the provider network side.
Value range:
[0...63]
Object:
ipgRc
Feature:
Abis Over IP
Default value:
Recommended
value:
10, 12, 14, 18, 20, 22, 26, 28, 30, 34, 36, 38
Type:
DP
Release:
V18
ipOtherAbisTraffic_userPriority Class 3
Description:
Defines the priority that the BSC must set at the Layer 2 level for other
traffic on the Abis interface (DSCP...). Meaningful only if VLAN tags are
used on the Abis backhaul. General recommendations are:
0: best effort (not recommended)
1-4: business critical data
5-6: delay sensitive data
7: network control information
The chosen value must be compliant with what is available at the provider network side.
Value range:
[0...7]
Object:
ipgRc
Feature:
Abis Over IP
Default value:
Type:
DP
Release:
V18
ipPdvManualSet Class 2
Description:
Value range:
[1...4] with:
1: #1 must be used
2: #2 must be used
3: #3 must be used
4: #4 must be used
Object:
btsSiteManager
Feature:
Abis Over IP
Default value:
Type:
DP
Release:
V18.0
Note:
Checks:
ipPdvSelfTuningRange Class 2
Description:
Value range:
[1...15]
Object:
btsSiteManager
Feature:
Abis Over IP
Default value:
Type:
DP
Release:
V18.0
Note:
Checks:
ipPortAddress Class 3
Description:
Value range:
Object:
ipgRc
Feature:
Abis Over IP
Default value:
Empty list
Type:
DP
Release:
V18.0
Checks:
[C/M]: The maximum number of Abis entries with the same VRId inside the table of the ipPortIPaddress_VRId_List parameter is 255.
[C/M]: Only one entry can be defined with the IBOS interface inside
the table of the ipPortIPaddress_VRId_List parameter.
[C/M]: Only one entry can be defined with the Aggregate interface
inside the table of the ipPortIPaddress_VRId_List parameter.
address format: xx.yy.zz.tt, each value xx, yy, zz, tt is an integer included in the range [0...255]
0.0.0.0
[C/M]: The following syntaxic checks are performed on the Mask column of the ipPortIPaddress_VRId_List parameter:
all the bits set to 1 must be aligned on the left part of the mask
Example:
The following value is allowed: 255.255.240.0
(11111111.11111111.11110000.00000000).
Example:
The following values are not allowed:
63.255.255.240 (00111111.1111.....)
255.240.255.0 (11111111.11110000.111 11111.0)
ipRedundancyProtocolOnAbisPort Class 3
Description:
Defines the protocol used on the Abis ports to aggregate the IP and
MAC addresses. It is used by the Ethernet redundancy function inside
the BSC.
Value range:
0..65535
Object:
ipgRc
Feature:
Abis Over IP
Default value:
VRRPn
Type:
DP
Release:
V18.0
ipRedundancyProtocolOnAggregatePort Class 3
Description:
Value range:
0..65535
Object:
ipgRc
Feature:
Abis Over IP
Default value:
VRRPn
Type:
DP
Release:
V18.0
ipRoutingProtocolOnAbisPort Class 3
Description:
Defines the protocol used to provide external gateways on the Abis port
with the routing tables known by the ipgRc. It is used by router function
inside the BSC.
Value range:
static (0)
Object:
ipgRc
Feature:
Abis Over IP
Default value:
Type:
DP
Release:
V18
Note:
ipRedundancyProtocolOnIBOSPort Class 3
Description:
Defines the protocol used on the IBOS ports to aggregate the IP and
MAC addresses. It is used by the Ethernet redundancy function inside
the BSC.
Value range:
0..65535
Object:
ipgRc
Feature:
Abis Over IP
Default value:
VRRPn
Type:
DP
Release:
V18.0
ipRoutingProtocolOnAggregatePort Class 3
Description:
Value range:
static (0)
Object:
ipgRc
Feature:
Abis Over IP
Default value:
Type:
DP
Release:
V18.0
Note:
ipRoutingProtocolOnIBOSPort Class 3
Description:
Defines the protocol used to provide external gateways on the IBOS port
with the routing tables known by the ipgRc. It is used by the router function inside the BSC.
Value range:
static (0)
Object:
ipgRc
Feature:
Abis Over IP
Default value:
Type:
DP
Release:
V18.0
Note:
ipRoutingTable Class 3
Description:
Value range:
Object:
ipgRc
Feature:
Abis Over IP
Default value:
Empty list
Type:
DP
Release:
V18.0
Checks:
ipRTPnChannel_TosDscp Class 3
Description:
Defines the DSCP value that the BSC must set at the Layer 3 level for
RTPn Channel. Corresponds to the 6 higher bits in the "Type Of Service"
or
Differentiated Services field in the IP header and must be compliant
with the values defined in RFC2474, RFC2475, and RFC3260.
Three groups of values are defined in these RFCs:
best effort PHB (DSCP 0)
expedited forwarding (DSCP 46): value recommended for real-time
packets
assured forwarding (DSCP 10, 12, 14, 18, 20, 22, 26, 28, 30, 34, 36,
38): value recommended for packets which need to have a high level of
delivery reliability
The chosen value must be compliant with what is available at the provider network side.
(if the type of domain is TOS, see RFC 791)
Value range:
[0...63]
Object:
ipgRc
Feature:
Abis Over IP
Default value:
46
Recommended
value:
46
Type:
DP
Release:
V18.0
ipRTPnChannel_userPriority Class 3
Description:
Defines the priority that the BSC must set at the Layer 2 level for RTPn
Channel. Meaningful only if VLAN tags are used on the Abis backhaul.
General recommendations are:
0: best effort (not recommended)
1-4: business critical data
5-6: delay sensitive data
7: network control information
The chosen value must be compliant with what is available at the provider network side.
Value range:
[0...7]
Object:
ipgRc
Feature:
Abis Over IP
Default value:
Recommended
value:
5, 6
Type:
DP
Release:
V18.0
Set through the SET command with the warning about the reset being
mandatory.
Value range:
Object:
ipm
Feature:
Abis Over IP
Default value:
Type:
DP
Release:
V18.0
ipSelfTuning Class 2
Description:
Value range:
0, 1
Object:
btsSiteManager
Feature:
Abis over IP
Default value:
Recommended
value:
Type:
DP
Release:
V18.0
ipServiceChannel_TosDscp
Description:
This parameter defines the 6 higher bits in the Type Of Service or Differentiated Services Field in the IP header, which must be set by BSC at
Layer 3 level for Service Channel on Abis port. When IBOS is connected
on
Abis port, it also applies to IGM/IBOS service channel The chosen value
must be compliant with the type of domain (DS or TOS)
which is available at provider network side.
For example, if the type of domain is DS, 3 groups of values are defined
in RFC 2474, 2475 and 3260 :
Best Effort PHB (DSCP 0): this value is not recommended.
Expedited Forwarding (DSCP 46): this value is recommended for real
time packets (voice)
0..63
Object:
ipgRc
Feature:
Abis over IP
Default value:
Recommended
value:
10, 12, 14, 18, 20, 22, 26, 28, 30, 34, 36, 38
Type:
DP
Release:
V18.0
ipServiceChannel_userPriority Class 3
Description:
Defines the priority that the BSC must set at the Layer 2 level for Service
Channel. Meaningful only if VLAN tags are used on the Abis backhaul.
0: best effort (not recommended)
1-4: business critical data
5-6: delay sensitive data
7: network control information
The chosen value must be compliant with what is available at the provider network side.
Value range:
[0...7]
Object:
ipgRc
Feature:
Abis Over IP
Default value:
Recommended
value:
1, 2, 3, 4
Type:
DP
Release:
V18.0
ipSynchroPacketPeriod Class 2
Description:
Value range:
21
Object:
ms
Feature:
Abis Over IP
Default value:
21
Recommended
value:
21
Type:
DP
Release:
V18.0
Checks:
ipSynchroType Class 2
Description:
Value range:
0..2
Object:
btsSiteManager
Feature:
Abis over IP
Default value:
Recommended
value:
Not applicable
Type:
DP
Release:
V18.0
ipSynchroUplinkActivation Class 2
Description:
Defines if the uplink traffic for the IPM clock synchronization is activated
or not activated..
Value range:
[Not activated]
Object:
btsSiteManager
Feature:
Abis Over IP
Default value:
Not activated
Recommended
value:
Not activated
Type:
DP
Release:
V18.0
Checks:
ipTrafficPacketPeriod Class 2
Description:
Value range:
[4]
Unit:
ms
Object:
btsSiteManager
Feature:
Abis Over IP
Default value:
Type:
DP
Release:
V18.0
Note:
Checks:
lteARFCN
Description:
Value range:
[0 65535]
Object:
lteAdjacentCellReselection
Type:
DP
Release:
V18
2.11.
job
Description:
Value range:
Object:
job
Type:
Id
Checks:
jobResult
Description:
Value range:
[case sensitive]
Object:
jobResult
Type:
Id
jokerPerMainTarget Class 3
Description:
Value range:
0 to 4
Object:
transceiver
Feature:
Default value:
Type:
DP
Notes:
Release:
V15
2.12.
label
Description:
Value range:
Object:
Type:
DP
language
Description:
Value range:
Object:
short message
Type:
DP
lapdLink
Description:
Value range:
[0 to 2147483646]
Object:
lapdLink
Type:
Id
Checks:
[C]: The number of LAPD links per BSC is limited to 841. Fourteen
links can be assigned to the TCUs on the Ater interface or to the PCU
on the Agprs interface, 147 links can be assigned to the radio sites on
the Abis interface, and the remaining links can be assigned to the TRX/
DRXs on the Abis interface, with two links per TRX/DRX.
[C]: The software object related to the parent bsc object is created.
[C]: The number of lapdLlink objects dependent on the same bsc object that use the same lapdTerminalNumber is limited to maxTeiPerLapdCh (static configuration data).
[C]:
[C/D]: If the application database of the related BSC is built, the parent
bsc object is unlocked.
[D]: If the application database of the related BSC is not built, it has
been reset by an Off line reset BDA command.
[D]: No btsSiteManager, transceiverEquipment, or transcoder objects
A lapdLink object has no administrativeState of its own; its operationalState depends on the administrativeState of the parent bsc object.
lapdLinkOMLRef Class 2
Description:
Value range:
[0 to 2147483646]
Object:
btsSiteManager
Type:
DP
Checks:
[C/M]:
[C/M]: The number of objects dependent on a bsc object that refer to
lapdLinkOMLRef Class 2
Description:
Identifier of the lapdLink object with sapi = OML referenced by the transceiverEquipment object.
Value range:
[0 to 2147483646]
Object:
transceiverEquipment
Type:
DP
Checks:
[C]: The number of LAPD channels used by a site and its related TRX/
DRXs is limited to maxLapdChPerBtsSM (static configuration data).
[C/M]:
[C/M]: The number of btsSiteManager and transceiverEquipment objects dependent on a bsc object that refer to lapdLink objects using the
same lapdTerminalNumber is limited to maxTeiPerLapdCh (static
configuration data).
[M]: The parent bsc object is unlocked, the parent btsSiteManager object and the transceiverEquipment object are locked.
lapdLinkRSLRef Class 2
Description:
Identifier of the lapdLink object with sapi = RSL referenced by the transceiverEquipment object.
Value range:
[0 to 2147483646]
Object:
transceiverEquipment
Type:
DP
Checks:
[C]: The number of LAPD channels used by a site and its related TRX/
lapdTerminalNumber Class 0
Description:
Value range:
[0 to 7] (BSC type 1)
[0 to 15] (BSC type 2)
[0 to 23] (BSC type 3)
[0 to 31] (BSC type 4)
[0 to 39] (BSC type 5)
[0 to 254] (BSC 3000)
Object:
lapdLink
Default value:
Feature:
Type:
DP
Checks:
[C/M]: The number of SICD ports in a BSC depends on its type, know-
BSC type
T1
T2
T3
T4
T5
SICD ports
16
24
32
40
ing that a SICD board manages four ports and a SICD8V board manages eight ports.
layer3MsgCyphModComp Class 1
Description:
Value range:
[true / false]
Object:
signallingPoint
Default value:
False
Type:
DP
Release:
V8
lcsType Class 0
Description:
Value range:
Object:
bsc
Type:
DP
Note:
Checks:
Release:
level to process
Description:
Identifier of a set of SDO resultant data files. Level 1 identifies the latest
set produced by the SDO machine.
As many as three sets of resultant data files created from the same workstation can exist in the SDO machine. Any one can be selected for report
display or purge purposes.
Value range:
[1, 2, 3]
Object:
Type:
DP
Checks:
Value range:
Object:
md - Display RM capacity
bsc - Display RM capacity
btsSiteManager - Display RM capacity
Feature:
Release:
V17
Value range:
Object:
md - Display RM capacity
bsc - Display RM capacity
btsSiteManager - Display RM capacity
Feature:
Release:
V17
Value range:
[Present / Absent]
Object:
btsSiteManager
Type:
DP
Release:
V9
line
Description:
Value range:
[1 to 2147483646]
Object:
commandFile - Run
Type:
DP
locationAreaCode Class 3
Description:
Value range:
[0 to 65535]
Object:
adjacentCellHandOver
Type:
DP
Checks:
[C/M]: A CGI is unique in the set including a serving cell and its neighbor cells.
locationAreaCode Class 3
Description:
Class:
Value range:
[0 to 65535]
Object:
adjacentCellReselection
Type:
DP
Feature:
Note:
This parameter is available for BSC 3000 only. The adjacentCellReselection object is enhanced for V18 P&C5 to include the LAC information
through this parameter and the LAC information of every BTS is communicated to PCU as a part of adjacentcellreseletion list.
Checks:
[C/M]: A CGI is unique in the set including a serving cell and its neighbor cells.
locationAreaCode Class 2
Description:
Value range:
[0 to 65535]
Object:
bts
Type:
DP
Checks:
[C/M]: A CGI is unique in the set including a serving cell and its neighbor cells.
locationAreaCodeUTRAN Class 3
Description:
Value range:
0...65535
Object:
adjacentCellUTRAN
Default value:
N.A.
Type:
DP
Release:
V17
Note:
log
Description:
Identifier of a log object defined with regard to the md object. It is assigned by the OMC-R agent.
The current alarm log is no.1. Current observations logs are created in
ascending numerical order each time a new mdScanner object is created. Current trace logs are created in ascending numerical order each
time a new callPathTrace or traceControl object is created.
A restored log is created each time a Restore command on the md object related to faults, observations, or trace data is run.
Value range:
[0 to 2147483646]
Object:
log
Type:
Id
Checks:
Restrictions:
Notes:
The log objects are created by the OMC-R agent and can be deleted
by users under certain conditions (see above).
The attributes of the log objects are not managed by users.
logFullAction
Description:
Value range:
Object:
log - Display
Type:
DP
Note:
logicalFiberInfo
Description:
Value range:
List of logicalFiberInfo descriptions [[fiberRxState, fiberTxState, crossoverRx, crossoverTx], with: fiberRxState: NotUsed / OK / KO / Undefined
fiberTxState: NotUsed / OK / KO / Undefined
crossoverRx: NotUsed / OK / KO / Undefined
crossoverTx: NotUsed / OK / KO / Undefined
Object:
cemRc
Type:
DD
Feature:
Release:
V18.0
Value range:
Object:
user profile
longTbfLossThroughput Class 3
Description:
Value range:
[0 to 100] in %
Object:
bts
Feature:
Default value:
Type:
DP
Release:
V12
longTbfSizeThreshold Class 3
Description:
Threshold for long TBF size, in Kbytes. This parameter is used in the
functionality which penalizes long TBF.
Value range:
[1 to 65535]
Object:
bts
Feature:
Default value:
100
Type:
DP
Release:
V12
lRxLevDLH Class 3
Description:
Signal strength threshold in BTS-to-MS direction, below which a handover may be triggered.
Value range:
[less than -110, -110 to -109, ... , -49 to -48, more than -48] dB
Object:
handOverControl
Default value:
Type:
DP
lRxLevDLP Class 3
Description:
Signal strength threshold in BTS-to-MS direction, below which the power control function increases power. .
Value range:
[less than -110, -110 to -109, ... , -49 to -48, more than -48] dB
Object:
powerControl
Default value:
-95 to -94 dB
Type:
DP
lRxLevULH Class 3
Description:
Signal strength threshold in MS-to-BTS direction, below which a handover may be triggered.
Value range:
[less than -110, -110 to -109, ... , -49 to -48, more than -48] dB
Object:
handOverControl
Default value:
-101 to -100 dB (GSM 900 and GSM 850) -99 to -98 dB (GSM 1800/
1900)
Type:
DP
lRxLevULP Class 3
Description:
Value range:
[less than -110, -110 to -109, ... , -49 to -48, more than -48] dB
Object:
powerControl
Default value:
-95 to -94 dB
Type:
DP
lRxQualDLH Class 3
Description:
Bit error rate threshold in BTS-to-MS direction, above which an inter cell
handover may be triggered.
Value range:
[less than 0.2, 0.2 to 0.4, 0.4 to 0.8, ... , 6.4 to 12.8, more than 12.8] %
Object:
handOverControl
Feature:
Default value:
1.6 to 3.2 %
Type:
DP
lRxQualDLP Class 3
Description:
Bit error rate threshold in BTS-to-MS direction, above which the power
control function increases power. It is greater than or equal to uRxQualDLP.
Value range:
[less than 0.2, 0.2 to 0.4, 0.4 to 0.8, ... , 6.4 to 12.8, more than 12.8] %
Object:
powerControl
Default value:
0.4 to 0.8
Type:
DP
Checks:
Note:
The uRxQualDLP parameter is ignored when the BTS uses the advanced "one shot" power control algorithm.
lRxQualULH Class 3
Description:
Bit error rate threshold in MS-to-BTS direction, above which an inter cell
handover may be triggered.
Value range:
[less than 0.2, 0.2 to 0.4, 0.4 to 0.8, ... , 6.4 to 12.8, more than 12.8] %
Object:
handOverControl
Default value:
1.6 to 3.2 %
Feature:
Type:
DP
lRxQualULP Class 3
Description:
Bit error rate threshold in MS-to-BTS direction, above which the power
control function increases power. It is greater than or equal to uRxQualULP.
Value range:
[less than 0.2, 0.2 to 0.4, 0.4 to 0.8, ... , 6.4 to 12.8, more than 12.8] %
Object:
powerControl
Default value:
0.4 to 0.8
Type:
DP
Checks:
Note:
lsaPcmList Class 3
Description:
Note:
Value range:
[0 to 167]
Object:
iem, lsaRc
Feature:
AR 1209 - V13.1
Type:
DP
Checks:
[C/M]: LsaRc under Bsc not possible for a non existing referenced PcmCircuit.
[C/M]: LsaRc under Transcoder not possible for a non existing referenced PcmCircuit.
[C/M]: LsaRc under Bsc not possible if a referenced pcmCircuit is already referenced by another LsaRc.
[C/M]: LsaRc under Transcoder not possible if a referenced pcmCircuit is already referenced by another LsaRc.
[C/M]: Creation/Modification LsaRc under Transcoder is not possible
for referenced PcmCircuit different than Ate r, A, A_Lb or Lb types.
[C/M]: A LSA under Transcoder module of E1 type handles 21 PCMs.
[C/M]: LsaRc under Transcoder not possible for an A referenced PcmCircuit which is not defined under the same transcoder.
[C/M]: LsaRc under Transcoder not possible for an A referenced PcmCircuit with a port number equal to 0, 1, 2 or 3.
[C/M]: LsaRc under Transcoder is not possible for referenced PcmCircuit different than Ater or A type. [C/M]: The association between Pcm
and port of LsaRc is incorrect.
Release:
V13
lsaRc
Description:
The Low Speed Access Resource Complex module, which provides the
electrical interface for the DS1 (Digital Signal level 1) or PCM30 interfaces.
Value range:
[0 to 2147483646]
Object:
lsaRc
Type:
DP
lsaRcId
Description:
Identifier of the lsaRc object class. This identifier is allocated by the MDR at object creation, depending on the shelf and slot numbers indicated
by the BSC. This attribute cannot be modified. This attribute is relevant
for BSC 3000 and TCU 3000.
Value range:
[0 to 2147483646]
Object:
lsaRc
Type:
DP
Release:
V13
lsaRc Reference
Description:
Value range:
[0 to 2147483646]
Object:
iem
Feature:
AR 1209 - V13.1
Release:
V13
lteRxLevMin
Description:
Value range:
Object:
lteAdjacentCellReselection
Default value
-140
Type:
DP
Class
Release:
V18 P&C4
lteARFCN
Description:
Value range:
[0...39649]
Object:
lteAdjacentCellReselection
Type:
DP
Check
The operator has to set this parameter for the creation of lteAdjacentCellReselection object. 8 instances are the maximum "lteAdjacentCellReselection" objects which can be created for one cell. For one cell,
lteARFCN parameter value from each lteAdjacentCellReselection instance must be unique.
Class
Release:
V18 P&C4
ItePriority
2.13.
Description:
Value range:
Object:
lteAdjacentCellReselection
Checks
Type:
DP
Class
Release:
V18 P&C4
machine name
Description:
Value range:
[case sensitive]
Object:
job
Type:
DP
Checks:
Note:
Use only alphanumeric characters (30 max.), beginning with a letter and
is case sensitive, for ALL parameter names (such as TRX, BSC, BTS,
BTSSM). All other symbols/characters are prohibited.
machine name
Description:
Name of the machine, as defined in its profile for a terminal, in which the
associated job was run ("server" identifies the OMC-R server).
Object:
jobResult
Type:
DD
Note:
mainNetworkBand Class 0
Description:
Object:
jobResult
Type:
DD
Note:
Use only alphanumeric characters (30 max.), beginning with a letter and
is case sensitive, for ALL parameter names (such as TRX, BSC, BTS,
BTSSM). All other symbols/characters are prohibited.
mainNetworkBand Class 0
Description:
Value range:
Object:
bsc
Type:
DP
Release:
V15
maio Class 2
Description:
Index in the list of frequencies allotted to a radio time slot which obeys
frequency hopping laws.
Setting this attribute, together with the fhsRef attribute, allows the time
slot to obey frequency hopping laws.
This offset allows to differentiate channel objects that reference frequencyHoppingSystem objects with identical attributes (orthogonality principle).
Value range:
Object:
channel
Type:
DP
Checks:
managedObjectClass
Description:
Value range:
[adjacentCellHandOver / adjacentCellReselection / bsc / bscMdInterface / bts / btsSiteManager /callPathTrace / channel / efd / frequencyHoppingSystem / handOverControl / lapdLink / log / md / mdScanner /
mdWarning / pcmCircuit / powerControl / signallingLink / signallingLinkSet / signallingPoint / software / traceControl / transceiver / transceiverEquipment / transceiverZone / transcoder / xtp]
Object:
Type:
DP
managedObjectInstance
Description:
Object:
Type:
DP
Value range:
[internal / external]
Object:
efd - Display
Type:
DP
Checks:
manager addresses
Description:
Object:
efd - Display
Type:
DP
Restrictions:
managerServer
Description:
Object:
md - Display
Type:
DP
manufacturerIntervention
Description:
Value range:
Object:
alarm criteria
Type:
DP
marking type
Description:
Value range:
[prom / soft]
Object:
Type:
DP
masterBtsSMId class 2
Description:
When its value is not empty, this parameter identifies the master BTS
(for synchronization purpose).
Object:
btsSiteManager
Value range:
[0 to 499 or empty]
Type:
DP
Feature:
BTS Synchronization
Default value:
empty
Release:
V15
Note:
Object:
log - Display
Type:
DP
Remark:
The attributes of the log objects are not managed by the users.
maxAdjCHOARMPerBts
Description:
Value range:
[32]
Object:
OMC-R
Type:
DS
maxBscPerNetwork
Description:
Value range:
[20]
Object:
OMC-R
Type:
DS
maxBsTransmitPowerInnerZone Class 3
Description:
Maximum level of BTS transmission power in the inner zone of a dualband cell.
Value range:
[2 to 51]
Object:
bts
Feature:
Default value:
Type:
DP
Release:
V12
maxBtsPerBtsSM
Description:
Maximum number of radio cells controlled by a site (static OMC-R configuration data).
Value range:
Object:
OMC-R
Type:
DS
maxBtsPerNetwork
Description:
Value range:
[3200]
Object:
OMC-R
Type:
DS
maxDnTbfP1P2Threshold Class 3
Description:
Value range:
[1 to 32]
Object:
bts
Feature:
Default value:
16
Release:
V12
maxDnTbfPerTs Class 3
Description:
Value range:
[1 to 8]
Object:
bts
Feature:
Default value:
Type:
DP
Release:
V12
maxDwAssign Class 3
Description:
Value range:
[1 to 32] blocks
Object:
bts
Feature:
Default value:
Type:
DP
Release:
V12
Note:
maxFileSize Class 2
Description:
Maximum size of the call path tracing data file in the BSC.
Value range:
Object:
callPathTrace
Type:
DP
Checks:
Notes:
tinues to send the current trace messages to the OMC-R agent, but no
notifications are issued.
If trace data collecting is stopped by locking the object or on reaching
the end-of-session criterion, it is automatically restarted whenever the
callPathTrace object is unlocked. For instance, if the end-of-session criterion defines a period of time that elapsed, data collecting will restart for
the entire period.
Value range:
[<date>,<time>]
Object:
Type:
DP
Checks:
Value range:
[0 to 2147483646]
Object:
Type:
DP
Checks:
To select alarms cleared at that time or before. Absolute time format entry forms are detailed in GSM OMC-R Commands Reference - Security,
Administration, SMS-CB, and Help menus (411-9001-130).
Do not fill in if this criterion is not to be selected.
Value range:
[<date>,<time>]
Object:
Type:
DP
Checks:
Value range:
[<date>,<time>]
Object:
Type:
DP
Checks:
Value range:
[0 to 2147483646]
Object:
Type:
DP
Checks:
Value range:
[0 to 2147483646]
Object:
Type:
DP
Checks:
Value range:
[<date>,<time>]
Object:
Type:
DP
Checks:
maxLapdChPerBtsSM
Description:
Maximum number of LAPD channels used by a radio site (static OMCR configuration data).
Value range:
[6]
Object:
OMC-R
Type:
DS
maxNbrConsMess
Description:
Maximum number of messages stored in the BSC log files. This number
is allocated by the MD-R at object creation. This attribute can be modified only if the bsc object instance is locked.
Value range:
[1 to 7]
Object:
bscLog
Type:
DP
Release:
V13
maxNbOfCells Class 2
Description:
Value range:
[1 to maxBtsPerBtsSM]
Object:
btsSiteManager
Type:
DP
Checks:
[C/M]: The number of cells controlled by a site is limited to maxBtsPerBtsSM (refer to this entry in the Dictionary).
[M]: This number must be greater than the bts object greatest identifier
created for the btsSiteManager object.
Value range:
[1 to 10]
Object:
transceiver
Feature:
Default value:
Type:
DP
Release:
V12
Value range:
[1 to 255]
Object:
transceiver
Feature:
Default value:
10
Type
DP
Release:
V12
Value range:
[1 to 255]
Object:
transceiver
Feature:
Default value:
10
Type:
DP
Release:
V12
maxNumberRetransmission Class 3
Description:
Value range:
Object:
bts
Default value:
two
Type:
DP
maxPcmCPerBtsSM
Description:
Maximum number of PCM links used by a radio site on the Abis interface
(static OMC-R configuration data).
Value range:
[6]
Object:
OMC-R
Type:
DS
maxPcmCPerTranscd
Description:
Value range:
[4]
Object:
OMC-R
Type:
DS
maxRACH Class 3
Description:
Value range:
[0 to 15]
0: disabled
1..15: enabled
Object:
bts
Feature:
Default value:
Type:
DP
Notes:
Release:
V12
maxRowCount
Description:
Maximum number of information lines per table to access. "0" means accessing all data. The default value is "1000".
Value range:
[0 to 1000]
Object:
Type:
DP
maxSigLPerSigLS
Description:
Maximum number of SS7 channels linked to a BSC (static OMC-R configuration data).
Value range:
16 (BSC 3000)
Object:
OMC-R
Type:
DS
maxTeiPerLapdCh
Description:
Value range:
[15]
Object:
OMC-R
Type:
DS
maxTranscdBPerTranscd
Description:
Value range:
Object:
OMC-R
Type
DS
maxTranscdPerBsc
Description:
Value range:
Object:
OMC-R
Type:
DS
maxUpTbfP1P2Threshold Class 3
Description:
Value range:
[1 to 32]
Object:
bts
Feature:
Type:
DP
Default value:
16
Release:
V12
maxUpTbfPerTs Class 3
Description:
Value range:
[1 to 8]
Object:
bts
Feature:
Type:
DP
Default value:
Release:
V12
measurementBandwidth
Description:
Value range:
Object:
lteAdjacentCellReselection
Unit
NRB
Default value
Class
Type:
DP
Release
V18 P&C4
md
Description:
Value range:
[1]
Object:
md
Type:
Id
md notification number
Description:
Value range:
[0 to 2147483646]
Object:
Type:
DP
mdArchive
Description:
Value range:
Object:
mdScanner
Type
DP
Checks:
mdConfirm
Description:
Value range:
Object:
mdScanner - Display
Type:
DP
Checks:
mdFileName
Description:
Object:
mdScanReportRecord
Type:
DP
Note:
Use only alphanumeric characters (30 max.), beginning with a letter and
is case sensitive, for ALL parameter names (such as TRX, BSC, BTS,
BTSSM). All other symbols/characters are prohibited.
mdGranularityPeriod
Description:
Value range:
Object:
mdScanner
Type:
DP
Checks:
Restrictions:
Note:
time with a 5-minute recovery period in the BSSs managed on the OMCR is limited to 50.
rary xxx". Stop the observation if necessary by deleting the concerned
mdScanner object and create it back with a new observation period.
For a BSC 3000 the mdGranularityPeriod can be reduced:
mdGranularityPeriod
Description:
Value range:
Object:
mdScanReportRecord
Type:
DP
mdGranularityPeriod
Description:
Value range:
Object:
observationFileReadyRecord
Type:
DP
mdId
Description:
Value range:
[1]
Object:
md - Display
Type:
DP
Checks:
mdLog
Description:
Whether the observation messages processed are saved on the OMCR agent disks.
The value of this attribute is "not logged" when mdScannerType = "performance monitor" (instrument
panel observation) and "logged" otherwise.
Value range:
Object:
mdScanner
Type
DP
Checks:
mdObjectList
Description:
Identification of the observed object. It depends on the type of the defined observation.
mdScannerType
mdObjectList
permanent general md
md
bsc
mdObjectList
Description:
Identification of the observed object. It depends on the type of the defined observation.
mdScannerType
mdObjectList
general statistic
(OGS)
bsc
fast statistic
(OFS)
bsc
performance
monitor
bsc
bsc
temporary signallingLink*
temporary Abis
Interface bts*
diagnostic
(ODIAG)
mdObjectList
Description:
Identification of the observed object. It depends on the type of the defined observation.
Value range:
[1 to 66]
Object:
Type
DP
mdObjectList
Description:
Value range:
[1 to 66]
Object:
Type:
DP
mdScanner
Description:
Value range:
[0 to 2147483646]
Object:
mdScanner
Type:
Id
Checks:
Remark:
mdScannerType
Description:
Value range:
[fast Statistic / general statistic / real Time / diagnostic / temporary interference / temporary signallingLink /
temporary Abis Interface bts / permanent general md / permanent general manager]
Object:
Type:
DP
mdScannerType
Description:
Value range:
[fast Statistic / general statistic / real Time / diagnostic / temporary interference / temporary signallingLink /
temporary Abis Interface bts / permanent general md / permanent general manager
Object:
Type:
DP
mdScannerType
Description:
Value range:
[fast Statistic / general statistic / real Time / diagnostic / temporary interference / temporary signallingLink / temporary Abis Interface bts / permanent general md / permanent general manager]
Object:
Load formulae
Type:
DP
mdScannerType
Description:
Value range:
[fast Statistic / general statistic / real Time / diagnostic / temporary interference / temporary signallingLink /
temporary Abis Interface bts / permanent general md / permanent general manager / pcuSN]
Object:
Type:
Checks:
Restrictions:
Notes:
mdScanner
DP
mdScannerType
Description:
Value range:
[fast Statistic / general statistic / real Time / diagnostic / temporary interference / temporary signallingLink / temporary Abis Interface bts / permanent general md / permanent general manager / pcuSN]r]
Object:
report template
Type:
DP
mdStorageDuration
Description:
Storage duration of the observation messages processed on the OMCR agent disks.
Observation messages are kept on the OMC-R agent disks for a limited
period of time, provided the mdLog attribute of the associated log object
is "logged". They are automatically purged at regular intervals. The user
must archive the observation data, for data analysis occurring after the
purge time set by the static configuration.
Value range:
[N] hour. N is a static configuration data. Since instrument panel observation messages are not kept, N equals zero for the log objects that describe these observations.
Object:
mdScanner
Type:
DP
Restrictions:
mdTransferMode
Description:
Value range:
Object:
mdScanner - Display
Type:
DP
Restrictions:
mdWarning
Description:
Value range:
[0 to 2147483646]
Object:
mdWarning
Type:
Id
MIB version
Description:
Object:
executableSoftware
Feature:
Flexible OMC-R
Type:
DP
Release:
V18.0
microCellCaptureTimer Class 3
Description:
Time used to confirm a capture (signal strength stability) when using micro-cell Algorithm type A.
Value range:
Time = N multiplied by <runHandOver>. According to microCellCaptureTimer value, N values are the following:
[0 to 249] N = [0 to 249]
250 N = 512
251 N = 1024
252 N = 2048
253 N = 4096
254 N = 8192
255 N = 16384
Object:
adjacentCellHandOver
Default value:
Condition:
Type:
DP
Checks:
Release:
V8
Note:
microCellStability Class 3
Description:
Value range:
[0 to 255] dB
Object:
adjacentCellHandOver
Default value:
10
Condition:
Type:
DP
Checks:
Note:
Value range:
[<date>,<time>]
Object:
Type:
DP
Checks:
Value range:
[0 to 2147483646]
Object:
Type:
DP
Checks:
Value range:
[<date>,<time>]
Object:
Type:
DP
Checks:
Value range:
[<date>,<time>]
Object:
Type
DP
Checks:
Value range:
[0 to 2147483646]
Object:
Type:
DP
Checks:
Value range:
[0 to 2147483646]
Object:
Type:
DP
Checks:
Value range:
[<date>,<time>]
Object:
Type:
DP
Checks:
minNbOfJokersPerConnectedMain Class 3
Description:
Value range:
Object:
transceiver
Default value:
Type:
DP
Feature
Checks:
Release:
Note:
V16
This parameter is mandatory. It is only available for BSC
3000.
minNbOfTDMA Class 2
Description:
Value range:
[1 to 16]
Object:
bts
Default value:
Type:
DP
Checks:
minNbrGprsTs Class 3
Description:
Value range:
[0 to 127]
Object:
bts
Feature:
Default value:
Type:
DP
Release:
V12
minTimeQualityIntraCellHO Class 3
Description:
This attribute defines the minimum time between one intracell HO and
the next quality intracell HO.
This attribute can only be modified if the handOverControl object instance is unlocked
Value range:
[0 to 120] %
Object:
handOverControl
Default value:
Type:
DP
Release:
V12
minTimeQualityIntraCellHO Class 3
Description:
This attribute defines the minimum time between one intracell HO and
the next quality intracell HO.
This attribute can only be modified if the handOverControl object instance is unlocked
Value range:
[0 to 120] %
Object:
handOverControl
Default value:
Type:
DP
Release:
V14
Note:
missDistWt Class 3
Description:
Value range:
[100 to 200] %
Object:
handOverControl
Default value:
110
Type:
DP
missRxLevWt Class 3
Description:
Value range:
[0 to 100] %
Object:
handOverControl
Default value:
90
Type:
DP
missRxQualWt Class 3
Description:
Value range:
[100 to 200] %
Object:
handOverControl
Default value:
110
Type:
DP
mms
Description:
The Memory Mass Storage module, which holds all the private data (for
OMU) and those that must be secured and still accessible in the event
of an OMU failure or disk failure (for Control Node).
Value range:
[0 to 2147483646]
Object:
mms
Type:
Id
Used to view the status of MMS scan, whether MMS board scan is in
progress or not.
Value range:
Object:
bsc
Type:
DP
Release:
V 18 P&C3
mmsId
Description:
Identifier of the mms object class. This identifier is allocated by the MDR at object creation, depending on the shelf and slot numbers indicated
by the BSC. This attribute cannot be modified. This attribute is relevant
for BSC 3000 and TCU 3000.
Value range:
[0 to 2147483646]
Object:
mms
Type:
DP
Release:
V 13
mmsUsage
Description:
Value range:
[0 (Shared) to 1 (Private)]
Object:
mms
Feature:
AR 1209 - V13.1
Type:
DP
Checks:
[M]: The MMS disc scan can be launched only for MMS objects that
Release:
V13
mobileAllocation Class 2
Description:
Value range:
Object:
frequencyHoppingSystem
Type:
Checks:
DP
[C/M]: Each frequency occurs once in the list and is allotted to the parent bts object (cellAllocation).
[M]: If the frequencyHoppingSystem object is referenced by a channel
object dependent on the associated bts object, the parent bsc object is
unlocked and the associated bts object is locked.
mobileCountryCode Class 3
Description:
Value range:
[0 to 999]
Object:
adjacentCellHandOver
Type:
DP
Checks:
bor cells.
mobileCountryCode Class 3
Description:
Class:
Value range:
[0 to 999]
Object:
adjacentCellReselection
Type:
DP
Feature:
Note:
This parameter is available for BSC 3000 only. The adjacentCellReselection object is enhanced for V18 P&C5 to include the MCC information
through this parameter and the MCC information of every BTS is communicated to PCU as a part of adjacentcellreseletion list.
Checks:
mobileCountryCode Class 1
Description:
Code of the PLMN home country. It is defined when theMSC does not
manage cell global identifiers (CGI). The MSC does not manage cell
global identifiers (CGI) for a GSM-R network (Group call). Refer to the
next entry.
Value range:
[0 to 999]
Object:
bsc
Condition:
For a GSM network: to define when the MSC does not manage cell global identifiers (CGI).
Condition:
For a GSM-R network: mandatory as the MSC does not manage cell
global identifiers (CGI) for Group Call.
Type:
DP
mobileCountryCode Class 2
Description:
Value range:
[0 to 999]
Object:
bts
Type:
DP
Checks:
mobileCountryCodeUTRAN Class 3
Description:
Value range:
000..999 (string)
Object:
adjacentCellUTRAN
Default value:
NA
Type:
DP
Checks:
Release:
V17
Note:
mobileNetworkCode Class 3
Description:
Value range:
[0 to 999]
Object:
adjacentCellHandOver
Type:
DP
Checks:
mobileNetworkCode Class 3
Description:
Class:
Value range:
[0 to 999]
Object:
adjacentCellReselection
Type:
DP
Feature:
Note:
This parameter is available for BSC 3000 only. The adjacentCellReselection object is enhanced for V18 P&C5 to include the MNC information
through this parameter and the MNC information of every BTS is communicated to PCU as a part of adjacentcellreseletion list.
Checks:
mobileNetworkCode Class 1
Description:
Code of the PLMN in the country. It must be defined when the MSC
does not manage cell global identifiers (CGI). Refer to the next entry.
Value range:
[0 to 999]
Object:
bsc
Type:
DP
mobileNetworkCode Class 2
Description:
Value range:
[0 to 999]
Object:
bts
Type:
DP
Checks:
mobileNetworkCodeUTRAN Class 3
Description:
Value range:
00..999 (string)
Object:
adjacentCellUTRAN
Default value:
N.A.
Type:
DP
Checks:
Release:
V17
Note:
modeModifyMandatory Class 3
Description:
Whether a CHANNEL MODE MODIFY message is sent to the mobile after a directed retry handover in the BSS.
Value range:
Object:
bsc
Default value:
not used
Type:
DP
Checks:
[C/M]: The attribute value can only be "used" if directed retry hando-
Release:
V9
monitoredObjectClass
Description:
Value range:
Object:
mdWarning
Feature:
Type:
DP
Note:
monitoredObjectInstance
Description:
Identification of a serving object in the class. They identify the object that
issued the processed notifications. Enter the concerned object identification sequence.
Value range:
Object:
mdWarning
Type:
DP
monitoredSpecificProblemsList
Description:
Value range:
Object:
Type:
DP
month
Description:
Identifies the month the observation report was created. Date format entry forms are detailed in GSM OMC-R Commands Reference - Security,
Administration, SMS-CB,
and Help menus (411-9001-130).
Value range:
[<date>]
Object:
Type:
DP
msBtsDistanceInterCell Class 3
Description:
To determine whether inter-bts handovers are allowed in a cell for distance reasons.
Value range:
[enabled / disabled]
Object:
handOverControl
Default value:
enabled
Type:
DP
msCapWeightActive Class 2
Description:
Value range:
[yes / no]
Object:
bts
Feature:
Default value:
yes
Type:
DP
Release:
V12
msLeakRate
Description:
This attribute specifies the leak rate parameter for one GPRS MS with 1
TS. This value is used only once at the MS Bucket creation time on
SGSN side. For GPRS, (that is, if EDGE is not activated in the cell or
there is no TDMA that is EDGE capable in the cell), this value is sent to
the SGSN in the FLOW-CONTROL-BVC message as the default MS
Leak Rate. (60kbps is considered as soon as one EDGE TDMA is activated in the cell).
Value range:
[2W, 8 W, 2W + 8 W]
Default value:
2W + 8W
Release:
V12
msPowerClassToggle Class 3
Description:
Value range:
[2W / 8W / 2W + 8W]
Object:
bts
Feature:
Default value:
2W + 8W
Type:
DP
Release:
V15
msRangeMax Class 3
Description:
Maximum MS-to-BTS distance beyond which a handover may be triggered. It can be set to 1 for a microcell and is less than callClearing in
all cases. The attributes msRangeMax and concentAlgoIntMsRange=
must verify msRangeMax >= concentAlgoIntMsRange.
Value range:
Object:
handOverControl
Default value:
Type:
DP
Checks:
msTxPwrMax Class 3
Description:
Maximum MS transmission power in a serving cell. It is equal to msTxPwrMaxCCH in a GSM 900 network.
Value range:
Object:
bts
Default value:
Default value:
Type:
DP
Checks:
Note:
msTxPwrMax2ndBand Class 2
Description:
Maximum MS transmission power in the band 1 of the dualband cell depending on the network type (BCCH is only defined in band 0).
Value range:
Object:
bts
Default value:
Typical value of 33 dB for GSM 900 and GSM 850 handhelds, 30 dB for
GSM 1800 and 1900
Feature:
Type:
DP
Checks:
[C/M]: 464C001 The attribute value must be even and located be-
Note:
Release:
V12
msTxPwrMaxCCH Class 3
Description:
Value range:
[[5 to 43, by steps of 2] dB (GSM 900, GSM 850, GSM-R, and GSM 900
- GSM 1800 networks) [0 to 36, by steps of 2] dB (GSM 1800, and GSM
1800 - GSM 900 networks) [0 to 33] dB (GSM 1900, 1900-850, and
GSM-R networks)
Object:
bts
Default value:
Typical value of 33 dB for GSM 900 and GSM 850 handhelds, 30 dB for
GSM 1800 and 1900
Type
DP
Remark:
If the cell is used as a neighbor cell of another serving cell in the network,
msTxPwrMaxCCH must be identical to the msTxPwrMaxCell power
defined for the corresponding adjacentCellHandOver object (the values
must be checked by users).
Note:
msTxPwrMaxCell Class 3
Description:
Maximum MS transmission power in a neighbor cell. It is equal to msTxPwrMaxCCH when the cell is declared as a serving cell on the network
(the value must be checked by users).
Value range:
Object:
adjacentCellHandOver
Default value:
Type:
DP
Remark:
If the cell is used as a neighbor cell of another serving cell in the network,
msTxPwrMaxCell should be identical to the msTxPwrMaxCCH power
defined for the corresponding adjacentCellHandOver object (the values
must be checked by users).
Notes:
Minimum number of cells multibanding MSs, report their radio measurements in each frequency band.
Value range:
[the six strongest cells / the strongest cell out band / the two strongest
cells out band / the three strongest cells out band]
six strongest allowed cells irrespective of their frequency band
the strongest allowed cell outside the current frequency band
the two strongest allowed cells outside the current frequency band
the three strongest allowed cells outside the current frequency band
Object:
bts
Default value:
Type:
DP
Release:
V10
multiple site
Description:
Value range:
[0 to 65535]
Object:
multiple site
Type:
Id
Checks:
[C]: The multiple site object is not created for the parent bsc object.
[C/M]: The btsSiteManager objects in the btsSiteManagerList list are
created for the parent bsc object and are not referenced by another multiple site object.
[M/D]: The multiple site object is created and the current btsSiteManager objects referenced in the btsSiteMan agerList list are locked.
Release:
V8
multipleVocoders Class 1
Description:
Whether the BSC is linked to one or more MSCs using different speech
coding protocols.
An MSC uses either the GSM protocol or the JTC protocol. "False"
means that only the GSM protocol is compatible.
Value range:
[true / false]
Object:
bsc
Default value:
False
Type:
DP
Notes:
Release:
V8
CVAR) is set to ON (as detailed in NTP < 455 >), then the following BSC
parameters must be set to TRUE:
chosenChannelAsscomp
chosenChannelHoReq
chosenChannelHoPerf
chosenChannelCompL3Info
muxNumber Class 3
Description:
Value range:
2.14.
Object:
pcusn
Feature:
Type:
DP
Release:
V12
N
n3103 Class 3
Description:
Value range:
[1 to 64]
Object:
bts
Default value:
Feature:
Type:
DP
Release:
V12
Maximum number of consecutive RLC data blocks sent by the PCU with
a valid RRBP and not having been acknowledged by the MS.
Value range:
[1 to 64]
Object:
transceiver
Default value:
Feature:
Type:
DP
Release:
V12
nACCActivation Class 3
Description:
Value range:
[disabled / enabled]
Object:
bts
Default value:
disabled
Feature:
Type:
DP
Release:
V16
Note:
naccInterBscIntraPcusnActivation Class 3
Description:
Class
Value range:
Disabled = 0 , Enabled = 1
naccInterBscIntraPcusnActivation Class 3
Default value:
Disabled
Object:
PCU
Type:
DP
Feature:
NACCInterBSCIntraPCUSN feature
Release:
V18 P&C5
Note:
nAMRWBRequestedCodec Class 3
Description:
Value range:
0 to 196
Object:
handOverControl
Default value:
44
Feature:
Release:
V18.0
Signal strength filter used for MS output power control. It specifies the
"Interference signal strength filter" constant for power control. NAVG -I =
2 (k/2) with k = nAvgI.
Value range:
[0 to 15]
Object:
bts
Default value:
Feature:
Type:
DP
Release:
V12
Signal strength filter used for MS output power control, which specifies
the "Signal strength filter period" for power control in packet transfer
mode. TAVG -T = 2 (k/2) /6 with k =
nAvgT.
Value range:
[0 to 25]
Object:
bts
Default value:
Feature:
Type:
DP
Checks:
Release:
V12
Signal strength filter used for MS output power control, which specifies
the "Signal strength filter period" for power control in packet idle mode.
TAVG -W = 2 (k/2) /6 with k =nAvgW.
Value range:
[0 to 25]
Object:
bts
Feature:
Type:
DP
Checks:
Release:
V12
Note:
nbOfFramesForFER Class 3
Description:
Number of frames taken into account for FER (Frame Erasure Rate)
evaluation.
Value range:
Int [0 to 65535]
Object:
bts
Type:
DP
Checks:
Feature:
Default value:
Release:
V14
Note:
nbOfRepeat Class 2
Description:
Maximum number of times that paging messages are repeated to mobiles that belong to the same paging sub-group.
It is set to "3" in former BSS versions (static configuration parameter).
The following inequality, that is not checked by the system, must be true
(refer to these entries in the Dictionary):
retransDuration (delayBetweenRetrans + 1) x nbOfRepeat
Value range:
[0 to 22]
Object:
bts
Default value:
Type:
DP
Release:
V8
nbrFreeTchBeforeAnticipation Class 3
Description:
Value range:
[0]
Object:
bts
Feature:
Default value:
Type:
DP
Release:
V12
nbrFreeTchToEndAnticipation Class 3
Description:
Value range:
[0]
Object:
bts
Default value:
Feature:
Type:
DP
Release:
V12
nCapacityFRRequestedCodec Class 3
Description:
Value range:
[0 to 196]
Object:
handOverControl
Default value:
44
Type:
DP
Release:
V14
Note:
nCHPosition Class2
Description:
Defines the number of blocks and position of the first block for NCH.
Value range:
[0 block
1 block, first block 0
1 block, first block 1
1 block, first block 2
1 block, first block 3
1 block, first block 4
1 block, first block 5
1 block, first block 6
2 blocks, first block 0
2 blocks, first block 1
2 blocks, first block 2
2 blocks, first block 3
2 blocks, first block 4
2 blocks, first block 5
3 blocks, first block 0
3 blocks, first block 1
3 blocks, first block 2
3 blocks, first block 3
3 blocks, first block 4
4 blocks, first block 0
4 blocks, first block 1
4 blocks, first block 2
4 blocks, first block 3
5 blocks, first block 0
5 blocks, first block 1
5 blocks, first block 2
6 blocks, first block 0
6 blocks, first block 1
7 blocks, first block 0]
Object:
bts
Feature:
(GSM-R V12)
Default value:
0 block
Type:
DP
Release:
V12
Note:
channelType
nCHPosition
noOfBlocksFor AccessGrant
mainBCCH
>= 1
>= 2
>= 3
>= 4
>= 5
>= 6
=7
mainBCCHCo
mbined
1 or 2
= 12
= 12
networkColourCode Class 3
Description:
Class:
Value range:
[-1 to 7]
Default value:
-1
Object:
adjacentCellReselection
Type:
DP
Feature:
Release:
V18 P&C5
Note:
Checks:
networkColourCode Class 3
Description:
Color code of the mobile network. The (BCC,NCC) pair forms the cell
BSIC.
Value range:
[0 to 7]
Object:
adjacentCellHandOver
Type:
DP
Checks:
olourCode)
combination is unique in the set including a serving cell and its neighbor
cells.
[M]: Modification of bCCHFrequency, baseColourCode and networkColourCode is forbidden while interference matrix is running.
networkColourCode Class 2
Description:
Color code of the mobile network. It allows countries with common borders to allocate BCCs and BCCH frequencies at their own convenience
in international border areas. The (BCC,NCC) pair forms the cell BSIC.
The information is broadcasted on the cell SCH.
The Base Station Identity Code (BSIC) is a six-bit code: bits 6-5-4 = NCC
(PLMN color code), bits 3-2-1 = BCC (Base station color code). Outside
border areas, the NCC bits can be used to increase the number of BCC
possibilities.
Value range:
[0 to 7]
Object:
bts
Type:
DP
networkColourCode Class 2
Checks:
Remark:
The NCC should not be confused with the MCC (Mobile Country Code)
nor the MNC (Mobile Network Code), which are part of the CGI (Cell
Global Identifier).
Note:
Use only alphanumeric characters (30 max.), beginning with a letter and
is case sensitive, for ALL parameter names (such as TRX, BSC, BTS,
BTSSM). All other symbols/characters are prohibited.
networkIndicator Class 1
Description:
Value range:
Object:
signallingPoint
Type:
DP
Checks:
[C/M]: For 3G, any value in the value range can be used.
networkIndicator Class 1
Description:
Value range:
Object:
signallingPoint
Type:
DP
Checks:
[C/M]: For 3G, any value in the value range can be used.
networkResourceIdentifierLength
Description:
This parameter gives the length of the NRI, which the BSS has to extract
from the TMSI to recover the MSC identifier.
Setting this parameter value to 0 deactivates the A Flex - GSM Access
feature.
For more information about NRI, refer GSM BSS Fundamentals Operating Principles (411-9001-007).
Class:
Value range:
0 to 10
Default Value:
Object:
SignallingPoint
Type:
DP
Checks:
NetworkResourceIdentifier value must be < 2^networkResourceIdentifierLength (on SignallingPoint). The check is done on:
Create remoteSignalingPoint
Set remoteSignalingPoint
Set signallingPoint
networkResourceIdentifierLength
Feature
Release:
V 18 P&C5
Note:
This parameter is available only for BSC 3000. Also, this parameter will
be available for configuration only if A Flex - GSM Access or Quasi Associated Mode feature is activated.
networkResourceIdentifierList
Description:
Class:
Value range:
Default Value:
Empty List
Object:
RemoteSignallingPoint
Type:
DP
Note:
Feature
Release:
V 18 P&C5
Note:
This parameter is available only for BSC 3000. Also, this parameter will
be available for configuration only if A Flex - GSM Access or Quasi Associated Mode feature is activated.
As more NRIs are added to a remoteSignallingPoint (for MSC) instance, operator has to ensure that the number of SLKs associated
with the remoteSignallingPoint instance are configured accordingly.
Users new password to use in the next login request. Following are the
rules for creating a new password:
The password should begin with a letter (upper (A-Z) or lower case (
a-z)).
The password should include at least one non-alphabetical character
in the first eight characters.
If the password does not comply with any of the above rules, an
appropriate warning message will be displayed.
Value range:
[6 characters minimum]
Object:
Type:
DP
If the password begins with a letter and contains one non-alphanumerical character among the first eight characters.
If the new password is more than 8 characters, only the first 8 characters are meaningful, though user can type more than 8 characters.
If the user inputs a valid password (6-8 characters) followed by additional characters or symbols, the user will still be able to login to OMCR GUI successfully.
Second definition of the users new password that will not be validated
unless it is exactly the same as new password 1st try. It is not displayed.
Refer to the new password 1st try entry in the dictionary. The new
password is validated when opening a new session.
Value range:
[case sensitive]
Object:
Type:
DP
Checks:
[A]: It begins with a letter and contains one non-alphanumerical character among the first eight characters.
[A]: It is at least six-character long.
[A]: It is different from the N previous occurrences
(N is set in static configuration data).
Value range:
Object:
bts
Feature:
Default value:
one shot
Type:
DP
Release:
The "enhanced one shot" attribute value can only apply to non mixed
DCU4 or DRX transceiver architecture.
Use only alphanumeric characters (30 max.), beginning with a letter
and is case sensitive, for ALL parameter names (such as TRX, BSC,
BTS, BTSSM). All other symbols/characters are prohibited.
V9
Value range:
[<date> <time>]
Object:
job - Display
Condition:
This parameter is significant and displayed only when a job run periodicity is defined.
Type:
DD
nFRRequestedCodec Class 3
Description:
This attribute modifies the "n" parameter in the AMR full rate "(n,p) voting" mechanism used for FR->HR handovers.
This parameter is used by all AMR FR HO not only FR=>HR.
This attribute can only be modified if the handOverControl object instance is unlocked.
Value range:
Int [0 to 196]
Object:
handOverControl
Default value:
24
Type:
DP
Release:
V14
Note:
nHRRequestedCodec Class 3
Description:
This attribute modifies the "n" parameter in the AMR half rate "(n,p) voting" mechanism used for FR->HR handovers.
This parameter is used by all AMR HR HO not only FR=>HR.
This attribute can only be modified if the handOverControl object instance is unlocked.
Value range:
Int [0 to 196]
Object:
handOverControl
Default value:
34
Type:
DP
Release:
V14
Note:
night intervention
Description:
This attribute modifies the "n" parameter in the AMR half rate "(n,p) voting" mechanism used for FR->HR handovers.
This parameter is used by all AMR HR HO not only FR=>HR.
This attribute can only be modified if the handOverControl object instance is unlocked.
Value range:
Int [0 to 196]
Object:
handOverControl
Default value:
34
Type:
DP
Release:
V14
Note:
night intervention
Description:
Value range:
Object:
alarm criteria
Type:
DP
noOfBlocksForAccessGrant Class 2
Description:
Value range:
Object:
bts
Default value:
Type:
DP
Checks:
[M]: This number is greater than zero if the channelType of one of the
channel objects dependent on the bts object is "sdcch8CBCH" (refer to
this entry in the Dictionary).
[M]: This number is strictly greater than zero if the SysInfo 2Q and/or
SysInfo 13 on extended BCCH features are activated.
Checks:
[M]: If Bit 9 (SI13) or Bit 10 (SI2Quater) in value of label 64 in bscDataConfig table is set, the value of NoOfBlocksForAccessGrant in the bts
object cannot be set to 0.
A structure visible under lteAdjacentCellReselection object and composed of not Allowed PCIDs and PCID Bitmap Group parameters.
Value range:
See not Allowed PCIDs on page 324 and PCID Bitmap Group
Object:
lteAdjacentCellReselection
Default value
empty list
Class
Type:
DP
Release
V18 P&C4
on page 358
List of PCIDs not allowed for reselection (belonging to Not allowed cells
composite attribute)
Value range:
Object:
lteAdjacentCellReselection
Default value
empty list
Class
Type:
DP
Release
V18 P&C4
noOfMultiframesBetweenPaging Class 2
Description:
Value range:
Object:
bts
Default value:
Type:
DP
notAllowedAccessClasses Class 3
Description:
List of mobile access classes that are forbidden in the cell, except case
of congestion.
This attribute, together with the emergencyCallRestricted attribute, allows to control access to a cell according to the service classes authorized.
Value range:
Object:
bts
Default value:
notAllowedAccessClasses Class 3
Type:
DP
Remark:
notification number
Description:
Value range:
[0 to 2147483646]
Object:
Type:
DP
notification type
Description:
Value range:
Object:
Type:
DP
nullNRI
Description:
This parameter represents the null NRI value for the current Public Land
Mobile Network (PLMN). The null NRI value is unique per PLMN.
Class:
Value range:
0 to 1023
Default Value:
1023
Object:
SignallingPoint
Type:
DP
Feature:
Release:
P&C5
Note:
This parameter is available only for BSC 3000. Also, this parameter will
be available for configuration only if A Flex - GSM Access or Quasi Associated Mode feature is activated.
numberOfJokerDS0 Class 2
Description:
Value range:
[0 to 8]
Object:
transceiver
Feature:
numberOfJokerDS0 Class 2
Default value:
Type:
DP
Checks:
Checks:
Release:
V15
Note:
number of records
Description:
Number of records.
Object:
log - Display
Type:
DP
Remark:
The attributes of the log objects are not managed by the users.
Mean number of logical channels belonging to the larger frequency reuse pattern and used at the same time for data communications which
is used for cell tiering.
Value range:
[-16 to +16]
Object:
handOverControl
Type:
DP
Release:
V15
numberOfEnabledHDLCPorts
Description:
Number of enabled HDLC ports in the TMU or IEM module. Operational State of the HDLC channels in the TMU/IEM modules. Operational
State of the HDLC channels in the TMU/LSA modules. The global Operational State of the HDLC feature is given by the number of ports/
channels with an individual operational state set to enabled.
This attribute is dynamically managed by the BSS. It is set to NULL at
iem or tmu object instance creation. Value changes are not notified to
the Manager. This attribute is relevant for BSC 3000.
Value range:
[0 to 65535]
Object:
iem, tmu
Feature:
AR 1209 - V13.1
Type:
DD
numberOfEnabledHDLCPorts
Release:
V13
Note:
numberOfPwciSamples Class 3
Description:
Minimum number of PwCI samples required to reach a reliable distribution. This attribute allows the configuration of CellTieringConfiguration at
bts level.
Value range:
[0 to 60]
Object:
handOverControl
Feature:
Default value:
20
Type:
DP
Release:
V12
Note:
numberOfSlotsSpreadTrans Class 3
Description:
MS Phase 1
The time T between two transmissions of the same RACH burst is the
following:
T= [D + (N+1) x 4.615]ms where
D is the maximum system response pending time:
N is the randomly number generated by the mobile in the range [0 to
numberOfSlotsSpreadTrans-1]
4.615 ms is the time occupied by a time slot.
numberOfSlotsSpreadTrans Class 3
MS Phase 2
The time T between two transmissions of the same RACH burst is the
following (whichever is the BCCH, combined or not):
T= 4.615 x [S+(N + 1)] ms where
S is a parameter depending on the BCCH configuration and on the
value of numberOfSlotsSpreadTrans (see table hereafter)
N is the randomly number generated by the mobile in the range [0 to
numberOfSlotsSpreadTrans-1]
4.615 ms is the time occupied by a time slot.
NumberOfSlotsSpreadTrans
S on combined BCCH
3, 8, 14, 50
55
41
4, 9, 16
76
52
5, 10, 20
109
58
6, 11, 25
163
86
7, 12, 32
217
11
Value range:
Object:
bts
Default value:
32
Type:
DP
Note:
numberOfTCHFreeBeforeCongestion Class 3
Description:
Minimum number of free TCHs triggering the beginning of the TCH congestion phase and the beginning of the traffic overload condition.
Value range:
[0 to 128]
Object:
bts
Default value:
Type:
DP
Checks:
Release:
V9
ToEndCongestion
numberOfTCHFreeToEndCongestion Class 3
Description:
A threshold giving the number of free TCHs, which triggers the end of
TCH congestion phase and the end of the traffic overload condition (additionally, this parameter takes into account the preempted PDTCH).
Value range:
[0 to 128]
Object:
bts
Default value:
Type:
DP
Checks:
Release:
V9
BeforeCongestion
numberOfTCHQueuedBeforeCongestion Class 3
Description:
Value range:
[0 to 127]
Object:
bts
Default value:
Type:
DP
Checks:
Release:
V9
QueuedToEndCongestion
numberOfTCHQueuedToEndCongestion Class 3
Description:
Value range:
[0 to 127]
Object:
bts
numberOfTCHQueuedToEndCongestion Class 3
Default value:
Type:
DP
Checks:
Release:
V9
QueuedBeforeCongestion
Value range:
[0..NNNN]
Object:
Feature:
Release:
V17
nUsfExt Class 3
Description:
Value range:
Note:
Object:
bts
Feature:
Extended UL TBF
Default value:
Type:
DP
Release:
V15
nwExtUtbf Class 3
Description:
Value range:
[disabled / enabled]
Object:
bts
Feature:
Extended UL TBF
Default value:
disabled
Type:
DP
Checks:
Release:
2.15.
O
objectClass
Description:
Q3 object class
Value range:
Object:
Type:
DP
objectInstance
Description:
Object:
alarm criteria
Type:
DP
Value range:
objects [adjacentCellHandOver / adjacentCellReselection /adjacentCellUTRAN / atmRm / bsc /bscMdInterface / bts / btsSiteManager / cc / cem
/ cem3 / cemRc Bsc / cemRcTcu / channel / control node / frequencyHoppingSystem /handOverControl / hardware bsc 3G / hardware transcoder 3G / hsaRc / hsaRc Tcu / ibos / iem / igm / interface node /iom /
ipgRc / ipm / lapdLink / log / lsaRc Bsc / lsaRc Tcu /md / mdScanner /
mdWarning / mms / network / omc / omu/ pcmCircuit / pcu / pcusn / powerControl / signallingLink/ signallingLinkSet / signallingPoint / software /
sw8kRm /tmu / transceiver / transceiverEquipment / transceiverZone /
transcoder / trm / xtp]
Object:
Type:
DP
Release:
V12
objects
Description:
Value range:
Object:
Type:
DP
objects assigned
Description:
List of the BSSs assigned to the relay. Fill in the list with bsc object identifiers or names.
Value range:
[1 to 255]
Object:
relay
Type:
DP
Remark:
observation type
Description:
Value range:
Object:
bscCounterList
Type:
DP
Release:
V11
observation type
Description:
Value range:
Object:
report template
Type:
DP
Release:
V11
observed counters
Description:
Object:
report template
Value range:
Type:
DP
Release:
V11
Value range:
[bsc / btsSiteManager / bts / pcmCircuit / adjacentCellHandOver / transceiverZone / transceiverEquipment / omu / tmu/ cc / cem / pcmPort / signallingLink / channel / omc / md / machine]
Object:
report template
Type:
DP
Release:
V11
occupationState
Description:
Determines whether the PCM TS used by the terrestrial circuit is occupied by an SS7 channel. This attribute is significant provided the xtp object is unlocked.
Value range:
[preempted / notPreempted]
preempted........ The terrestrial circuit is mapped on a time slot occupied by an SS7 channel on the Ater interface.
notPreempted..... The PCM time slot is available for the traffic.
Object:
xtp
Type:
DD
offsetLoad Class 3
Description:
Value range:
[0 to 63] dB
Object:
adjacentCellHandOver
Feature:
Handover decision according to adjacent cell priority and load (TF716 V12)
Default value:
Type:
DP
Checks:
Notes:
Release:
V12
offsetPriority Class 3
Description:
Value range:
[1 to 5]
Object:
adjacentCellHandOver
Feature:
Handover decision according to adjacent cell priority and load (TF716 V12)
Default value:
Type:
DP
Checks:
Release:
V12
Note:
offsetPriorityUTRAN Class 3
Description:
Value range:
1...5
Object:
adjacentCellUTRAN
Default value:
Type:
DP
Checks:
Release:
V17
Note:
Value range:
[0 to 2147483646]
Object:
Type:
DP
omuId
Description:
Identifier of the omu object class. This identifier is allocated by the MDR at object creation, depending on the shelf and slot numbers indicated
by the BSC. This attribute cannot be modified and is relevant for BSC
3000 and TCU 3000.
Value range:
[0 to 2147483646]
Object:
omu
Type:
DP
Release:
V13
on error
Description:
Whether to stop running commands when an applicative error is detected by the system (stop).
Value range:
[stop / continue]
Object:
commandFile - Run
Type:
DP
onlyExtUtbf Class 3
Description:
Value range:
[disabled / enabled]
Object:
bts
Feature:
Extended UL TBF
Default value:
disabled
Type:
DP
Release:
V15
Note:
onePhaseAccess Class 2
Description:
Value range:
Object:
bts
Feature:
Default value:
disabled
Type:
DP
Checks:
Notes:
Release:
V15
onePhaseDnMsCapability Class 3
Description:
Value range:
[1 to 255]
Object:
bts
Feature:
onePhaseDnMsCapability Class 3
Default value:
Type:
DP
Release:
V15
Note:
operationalState
Description:
ISO state
Value range:
[enabled / disabled]
The state parameter combinations for the atmRm object are as follows:
administrative
State
operationalState
availability Status
{}
disabled
notInstalled
{}
disabled
{}
{}
disabled
failed
{}
disabled
dependency
{}
enabled
{}
Object:
atmRm
Feature:
Type:
DD
Release:
V13
operationalState
Description:
ISO state
Value range:
[enabled / disabled]
The state parameter combinations for the bsc object are as follows:
administrative
State
operational
State
availability
Status
locked
disabled
{}
unlocked
disabled
{}
unlocked
disabled
dependency
unlocked
disabled
failed
Meaning
operationalState
unlocked
enabled
Object:
bsc
Type:
DD
{}
operationalState
Description:
ISO state
Value range:
[enabled / disabled]
The state parameter combinations for the bscMdInterface object are as follows:
administrative
State
operational
State
availability
Status
locked
disabled
{}
unlocked
disabled
{}
unlocked
disabled
dependency
unlocked
disabled
failed
unlocked
enabled
{}
Object:
bscMdInterface
Type:
DD
Meaning
operationalState
Description:
ISO state
Value range:
[enabled / disabled]
The state parameter combinations for the bts object are as follows:
administrative
State
operational
State
availability
Status
locked
disabled
{}
unlocked
disabled
dependency
unlocked
enabled
{}
shutting Down
enabled
busy
Meaning
operationalState
Object:
bts
Type:
DD
operationalState
Description:
ISO state
Value range:
[enabled / disabled]
The state parameter combinations for the btsSiteManager object are as follows:
administrative
State
operational
State
availability
Status
locked
disabled
{}
unlocked
disabled
{}
unlocked
disabled
dependency
unlocked
disabled
failed
unlocked
enabled
{}
Object:
btsSiteManager
Type:
DD
Meaning
operationalState
Description:
ISO state. "disabled" means the BSC cannot send the messages to
the OMC-R agent.
Value range:
[enabled / disabled]
The state parameter combinations for the callPathTrace object are as follows:
administrative
State
operational
State
usage
State
locked
enabled
idle
unlocked
enabled
busy
unlocked
enabled
idle
Meaning
operationalState
unlocked
enabled
Object:
callPathTrace
Type:
DD
operationalState
Description:
ISO state
Value range:
[enabled / disabled]
availabilityStatus
disabled
notInstalled
disabled
{}
disabled
failed
disabled
dependency
enabled
online
Object:
cc
Feature:
Type:
DD
Release:
V13
operationalState
Description:
ISO state
Value range:
[enabled / disabled]
The state parameter combinations for the cem object are as follows:
administrative
State
operational State
availability Status
{}
disabled
notInstalled
{}
disabled
{}
{}
disabled
failed
{}
disabled
dependency
{}
enabled
{}
Object:
cem
Feature:
Type:
DD
Release:
V13
operationalState
Description:
ISO state
Value range:
[enabled / disabled]
The state parameter combinations for the controlNode object are as follows:
administrative
State
operational State
availability Status
{}
disabled
{}
{}
disabled
failed
{}
disabled
degraded
{}
enabled
online
Object:
controlNode
Feature:
Type:
DD
Release:
V13
operationalState
Description:
ISO state
Value range:
[enabled / disabled]
Object:
efd
Type:
DD
operationalState
Description:
ISO state
Value range:
[enabled / disabled]
The state parameter combinations for the g3BscEqp object are as follows:
administrative
State
operational
State
availability Status
{}
disabled
{}
{}
enabled
{}
{}
disabled
dependency
Object:
g3BscEqp
Feature:
Type:
DD
Release:
V13
operationalState
Description:
ISO state
Value range:
[enabled / disabled]
The state parameter combinations for the g3Transcoder object are as follows:
administrative
State
operational
State
availability Status
{}
disabled
{}
{}
disabled
failed
{}
disabled
dependency
{}
enabled
degraded
{}
enabled
{}
Object:
hardware transcoder 3G
Feature:
Type:
DD
Release:
V13
operationalState
Description:
ISO state
Value range:
[enabled / disabled]
The state parameter combinations for the hsaRc object are as follows:
operational State
availability Status
disabled
dependency
disabled
{}
degraded
operationalState
disabled
{}
Object:
hsaRc
Feature:
Type:
DD
Release:
V17
operationalState
Description:
ISO state
Value range:
[enabled / disabled]
The state parameter combinations for the iem object are as follows:
administrative
State
operational
State
availability Status
{}
disabled
not installed
{}
disabled
{}
{}
disabled
failed
{}
disabled
dependency
{}
enabled
{}
Object:
iem
Feature:
Type:
DD
Release:
V13
operationalState
Description:
ISO state
Value range:
[enabled / disabled]
The state parameter combinations for the igm object are as follows:
operational State
availability
Status
Meaning
disabled
notInstalled
disabled
failed
enabled
onLine
enabled
degraded
IGM operational, but with fault on one or several following interfaces: Ethernet port (Abis, IBOS, Aggregation), optical fiber 0, optical fiber 1
Object:
igm
Feature:
Abis over IP
Type:
DD
Release:
V18.0
operationalState
Description:
ISO state
Value range:
[enabled / disabled]
The state parameter combinations for the iom object are as follows:
administrative
State
operational
State
availability Status
{}
disabled
not installed
{}
disabled
{}
{}
disabled
failed
{}
disabled
dependency
{}
enabled
{}
Object:
iom
Feature:
Type:
DD
Release:
V17
operationalState
Description:
ISO state
Value range:
[enabled / disabled]
The state parameter combinations for the interfaceNode object are as follows:
operational State
availability Status
disabled
dependency
disabled
{}
degraded
disabled
{}
Object:
interfaceNode
Feature:
Type:
DD
Release:
V13
operationalState
Description:
ISO state
Value range:
[enabled / disabled]
The state parameter combinations for the ipgRc object are as follows:
operationalState
availabilityStatus
disabled
notInstalled
disabled
{}
operationalState (Continued)
enabled
degraded
enabled
{}
Object:
igm
Feature:
Abis over IP
Type:
DD
Release:
V18.0
operationalState
Description:
ISO state
Value range:
[enabled / disabled]
The state parameter combinations for the ipm object are as follows:
administrative
State
operational
State
availability
Status
Meaning
locked
disabled
{}
IPM locked
locked
disabled
{}
unlocked
enabled
{}
unlocked
disabled
{}
unlocked
disabled
failed
Object:
ipm
Feature:
Abis over IP
Type:
DD
Release:
V18.0
operationalState
Description:
ISO state
Value range:
[enabled / disabled]
The state parameter combinations for the log object are as follows:
operational State
availability
Status
disabled
{}
disabled
logFull
enabled
{}
Object:
log
Type:
DD
Meaning
operationalState
Description:
ISO state
Value range:
[enabled / disabled]
The state parameter combinations for the lsaRc object are as follows:
operational
State
availability Status
disabled
dependency
disabled
{}
enabled
degraded
disabled
{}
Object:
lsaRc
Feature:
Type:
DD
Release:
V13
operationalState
Description:
ISO state. "disabled" means the BSC cannot send the messages to the
OMC-R agent.
Value range:
[enabled / disabled]
The state parameter combinations for the mdScanner object are as follows:
operational State
availability
Status
disabled
{}
disabled
{offDuty}
enabled
{}
enabled
{offDuty}
Object:
mdScanner
Type:
DD
Meaning
operationalState
Description:
ISO state
Value range:
[enabled / disabled]
The state parameter combinations for the mms object are as follows:
administrative
State
operational
State
availability Status
locked
{}
{}
Object:
mms
Feature:
Type:
DD
Release:
V13
operationalState
Description:
ISO state
Value range:
[enabled / disabled]
The state parameter combinations for the omu object are as follows:
administrative
State
operational
State
availability Status
locked
{}
{}
Object:
omu
Feature:
Type:
DD
Release:
V13
operationalState
Description:
ISO state
Value range:
[enabled / disabled]
The state parameter combinations for the pcmCircuit object are as follows:
administrative
State
operational
State
availability
Status
locked
disabled
{}
unlocked
disabled
dependency
unlocked
disabled
failed
unlocked
enabled
{}
Meaning
operationalState (Continued)
Object:
pcmCircuit
Type:
DD
operationalState
Description:
ISO state
Value range:
[enabled / disabled]
The state parameter combinations for the pcu object are as follows:
administrative
State
operational
State
availability
Status
locked
disabled
{}
unlocked
disabled
dependency
unlocked
enabled
{}
Object:
pcu
Feature:
Type:
DD
Release:
V12
Meaning
operationalState
Description:
ISO state
Value range:
[enabled / disabled]
The state parameter combinations for the pcu object are as follows:
operational State
availability
Status
Meaning
disabled
{}
disabled
dependency
enabled
{}
Object:
pcusn
Feature:
Type:
DD
Release:
V12
Note:
operationalState
Description:
ISO state
Value range:
[enabled / disabled]
The state parameter combinations for the signallingLink object are as follows:
administrative
State
operational
State
availability
Status
locked
disabled
{}
unlocked
disabled
dependency
unlocked
disabled
failed
unlocked
enabled
{}
Object:
signallingLink
Type:
DD
Meaning
operationalState
Description:
ISO state
Value range:
[enabled / disabled]
The state parameter combinations for the sw8kRm object are as follows:
administrative
State
operational
State
availability Status
{}
disabled
not installed
{}
disabled
{}
{}
disabled
failed
{}
disabled
dependency
{}
enabled
{}
Object:
sw8kRm
Feature:
Type:
DD
Release:
V13
operationalState
Description:
ISO state
Value range:
[enabled / disabled]
The state parameter combinations for the tmu object are as follows:
administrative
State
operational
State
availability Status
locked
disabled
not installed
unlocked
disabled
{}
{}
disabled
failed
{}
disabled
dependency
{}
enabled
degraded
{}
enabled
{}
Object:
tmu
Feature:
Type:
DD
Release:
V13
operationalState
Description:
Value range:
[enabled / disabled]
The state parameter combinations for the traceControl object are as follows:
operational State
availability
Status
locked
enabled
locked
disabled
unlocked
enabled
unlocked
disabled
Object:
traceControl
Type:
DD
Meaning
operationalState
Description:
ISO state
Value range:
[enabled / disabled]
The state parameter combinations for the transceiver object are as follows:
operational
State
availability
Status
disabled
dependency
disabled
failed
enabled
{}
Object:
transceiver
Type:
DD
Meaning
operationalState
Description:
ISO state
Value range:
[enabled / disabled]
The state parameter combinations for the transceiverEquipment object are as follows:
administrative
State
operational
State
availability
Status
locked
disabled
{}
unlocked
disabled
{}
unlocked
disabled
dependency
unlocked
disabled
failed
unlocked
enabled
{}
shutting Down
enabled
{}
Object:
transceiverEquipment
Type:
DD
Meaning
operationalState
Description:
ISO state
Value range:
[enabled / disabled]
The state parameter combinations for the transcoder object are as follows:
administrative
State
operational
State
availability
Status
locked
disabled
{}
unlocked
disabled
dependency
unlocked
enabled
{}
Object:
transcoder
Type:
DD
Meaning
operationalState
Description:
ISO state
Value range:
[enabled / disabled]
The state parameter combinations for the trm object are as follows:
administrative
State
operational
State
availability Status
locked
disabled
not installed
unlocked
disabled
{}
{}
disabled
failed
{}
disabled
dependency
{}
enabled
{}
Object:
trm
Feature:
Type:
DD
Release:
V13
operationalState
Description:
ISO state
Value range:
[enabled / disabled]
The state parameter combinations for the xtp object are as follows:
administrative
State
operational
State
usage
State
availability
Status
locked
disabled
idle
{}
Meaning
The CIC has just been
created or locked.
operationalState (Continued)
unlocked
disabled
idle
dependency
unlocked
disabled
idle
failed
unlocked
enabled
idle
{}
unlocked
enabled
busy
{}
shutting Down
enabled
busy
{}
Object:
xtp
Type:
DD
otherServicesPriority Class 3
Description:
Value range:
[0 to 17]
Object:
bts
Default value:
17
Type:
DP
output classes
Description:
List of authorized output classes defining a terminal output domain. Output classes grant access to various types of data.
Value range:
Object:
terminal profile
Type:
DP
output classes
Description:
Value range:
Object:
user profile
Type:
DP
owner
2.16.
Description:
Value range:
[case sensitive]
Object:
commandFile
Type:
DP
P
packetAckTime Class 3
Description:
Release:
V12
packetFlowContext Class 3
Description:
pfcArp1StreamingCSCallProtectin
pfcArp2ConversationalCSCallProtection
pfcArp2StreamingCSCallProtectin
pfcArp3ConversationalCSCallProtection
pfcArp3StreamingCSCallProtectin
pfcNrtRequestedDnMbrCounterThreshold
pfcNrtRequestedUpMbrCounterThreshold
pfcPreemptionRatioGold
pfcPreemptionRatioSilver
pfcRtDowngradeAllowed
pfcRtRequestedDnGbrCounterThreshold
pfcRtRequestedUpGbrCounterThreshold
pfcT6
pfcT8
pfcTsGuaranteedBitRateDl
pfcTsGuaranteedBitRateUl
powerControl
Feature:
Type:
DP
Release:
V16
Notes:
packetSiStatus Class 3
Description:
Value range:
[disabled / enabled]
Object:
bts
packetSiStatus Class 3
Default value:
disabled
Feature:
Type:
DP
Release:
V16
Note:
pagingOnCell Class 3
Description:
Value range:
[enabled / disabled]
Object:
bts
Default value:
enabled
Type:
DP
Release:
V9
pan Class 3
Description:
panDec
panMax
V12
Value range:
Object:
bts
Feature:
Default value:
Type:
DP
Release:
V12
Note:
Value range:
Object:
bts
Feature:
Default value:
Type:
DP
Release:
V12
Note:
Maximum value of the counter N3102 (used in case of block acknowledgment time out), set by the MS at each cell reselection.
Value range:
Object:
bts
Feature:
Default value:
Type:
DP
Release:
V12
Note:
parameter(s)
Description:
Object:
commandFile
Type:
DP
partialRecordCriteriaType Class 2
Description:
Criterion that defines the type of partial records to generate in the BSC.
Value range:
Object:
traceControl
Type:
DP
Checks:
partialRecordCriteriaEventType
Description:
Create traceControl. Select this criterion when partialRecordCriteriaType is equal to "Event type".
Value range:
handover
Type:
DP
partialRecordCriteriaNbEvent
Description:
Create traceControl. Enter the number of events when partialrecordCriteriaType is equal to "Numbered".
Value range:
[1 to 64]
Type:
DP
partialrecordCriteriaTimer
Description:
Value range:
[1 to 60] minutes
Type:
DP
particular intervention
Description:
Value range:
particular intervention
Object:
alarm criteria
Type:
DP
password
Description:
Value range:
[case sensitive]
Object:
Type:
DP
password
Description:
Users password. It begins with a letter, contains at least one non-alphabetical character among the first eight characters, and is case sensitive.
Value range:
[6 characters min]
Object:
Type:
DP
Checks:
[C/M]: The password begins with a letter and contains one non-alphanumerical character among the first eight characters.
[C/M]: The password is at least six-character long.
password duration
Description:
Value range:
Object:
user profile
Type:
DP
Note:
Value range:
Object:
lteAdjacentCellReselection
Type:
DP
Dafault value:
000000
Class
Release
V18 P&C4
PCID to TA mapping
Description:
Value range:
Object:
lteAdjacentCellReselection
Type:
DP
Dafault value:
empty list
Class
Release
V18 P&C4
pcmCircuit
Description:
Value range:
[0..363]
Max number of pcmCircuit T1: 0..168 (BSC 3000); 0..364 (BSC 3000
Optical); 0..88 (TCU 3G) Max number of pcmCircuit E1: 0..126 (BSC
3000); 0..252 (BSC 3000 Optical); 0..66 (TCU 3G)
Object:
Feature:
Type:
Id
Checks:
[C]: The number of external PCM links allotted to a BSC on the Ater
interface depends on the number of TCUs linked to the BSC (one TCU
uses one link).
[C]: The software object related to the parent bsc object is created.
[C/D]: If the application database of the related BSC is built, the parent
bsc object is unlocked.
[D]: If the application database of the related BSC is built, the pcmCircuit object is locked.
[D]: If the application database of the related BSC is not built, it has
been reset by an Off line reset BDA command.
[D]: No btsSiteManager object (Abis PCM) or transcoder object (Ater
PCM) or pcu object (Agprs PCM) refers to the pcmCircuit object.
[D]: No mdScanner object describing a temporary observation refers
to the pcmCircuit object (no observation is running on the concerned
PCM).
Setting the active PCM of a secured loop on a locked PCM must be
forbidden by OMC-R.
pcmCircuit
Description:
Value range:
[0 to 3]
Type:
Id
Checks:
pcmCircuitBsc
Description:
Value range:
Object:
btsSiteManager
Type:
DP
pcmCircuitBtsSiteManager
Description:
Identifier of the PCM link defined with regard to the BTS. It is related to
the number of the DTI or PCMI board to which the link is physically connected in the BTS.
Refer to the bscSitePcmList entry in the Dictionary, which defines the
relationship between these two attributes.
Value range:
[0 to 5]
Object:
btsSiteManager
Type:
DP
pcmCircuitId
Description:
Value range:
Object:
lapdLink
pcmCircuitId
Note:
This parameter is only available for the lapdLink OML object on BSC
3000.
Type:
DD
pcmCircuitId Class 2
Description:
Identifier of the PCM link used by an SS7 channel on the A interface, defined with regard to the TCU.
Value range:
[0 to 2147483646]
Object:
signallingLink
Type:
DP
Checks:
[C/M]: The pcmCircuit object is created for the transcoder object referenced by thesignallingLink object (transcoderId).
[C/M]: If the described link is PCMA no.3, the time slot used by the SS7
pcmCircuitId Class 2
Description:
Value range:
[0 to 2147483646]
Object:
xtp
Type:
DP
Checks:
[C/M]: The pcmCircuit object is created for the transcoder object referenced by the xtp object (transcoderId).
[C/M]: If the described link is PCMA no.3, the time slot used by the ter-
pcmErrorCorrection Class 2
Description:
Whether the bts uses the new ETF (Enhanced TRAU Frame) frame (set
to "1") or the ETSI "Rec 08.60" frame (set to "0").
Value range:
[0 / 1]
Object:
bts
Feature:
Default value:
Type:
DP
Checks:
pcmErrorCorrection Class 2
Release:
V12
Note:
This parameter is only available for BTSs equipped with non mixed
DCU4 or DRX transceiver architecture.
Value range:
Object:
pcu
Feature:
Default value:
None
Type:
DP
Release:
V12
pcmTimeSlotNumber Class 2
Description:
For a TDM BTS, this parameter indicates the rendezvous time slot of the
site.
For an IP BTS, this parameter indicates the time slot used for the main
lapd on the BSC side. The time slot used for the main lapd, on the BTS
side, is always DS0#1.
Value range:
Object:
btsSiteManager
Type:
DP
Checks:
Notes:
Release:
V8
Value range:
Object:
pcmCircuit
Feature:
Type:
DP
Checks:
[M]: If the current attribute value is pcmAter, no transcoder object refers to that object (pcmCircuitId ).
pcu
Description:
Value range:
[0 to 2147483646]
Object:
pcu
Feature:
Type:
Id
Release:
V12
pcuCellState
Description:
From the BSC point of view, this parameter corresponds to the GPRS
configuration of the cell in the PCU. This is made possible through the
messages exchanged between the BSC and the PCU.
Value range:
Object:
pcu
Type:
DD
Release:
V16
pcusn
Description:
Value range:
[0 to 255]
Object:
pcusn
Feature:
Type:
Id
Release:
V12
pcuSNName
Description:
Value range:
Object:
pcusn
Type:
DP
Checks:
Release:
V12
Note:
Use only alphanumeric characters (30 max.), beginning with a letter and
is case sensitive, for ALL parameter names (such as TRX, BSC, BTS,
BTSSM). All other symbols/characters are prohibited.
The valid symbols are:
letter characters: A, B, C..., Z, a, b, c..., z
- digit symbols: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9
- minus sign: - undescore: _
penaltyTime Class 3
Description:
Value range:
[20 to 640, by steps of 20] seconds. The value "640" is reserved and indicates that the temporary offset is ignored in the re-selection criterion
(C2) calculation. It also changes the sign in the C2 formula.
Object:
bts
Feature:
AR 264
Default value:
20
Type:
DP
Release:
V8
perceived severity
Description:
Value range:
Object:
Type:
DP
periodicity
Description:
Value range:
[1 to 2147483646] minute(s)
Object:
job
Condition:
Type:
DP
pfcActivation Class 2
Description:
Value range:
[disabled / enabled]
Object:
bts
Default value:
disabled
Feature:
Type:
DP
Release:
V16
Note:
pfcArp1ConversationalCSCallProtection Class 3
Description:
Indicates if the real time PFCs Conversational of ARP 1 (allocation / retention priorities 1) are protected against voice preemption. This parameter is not used.
Value range:
[false / true]
Object:
powerControl
Default value:
false
Feature:
Type:
DP
Note:
Release:
V16
pfcArp1StreamingCSCallProtection Class 3
Description:
Value range:
[false / true]
Object:
powerControl
Default value:
false
Feature:
Type:
DP
Note:
pfcArp1StreamingCSCallProtection Class 3
Note:
Release:
V16
pfcArp2ConversationalCSCallProtection Class 3
Description:
Indicates if the real time PFCs Conversational of ARP 2 (allocation / retention priorities 2) are protected against voice preemption. This parameter is not used.
Value range:
[false / true]
Object:
powerControl
Default value:
false
Feature:
Type:
DP
Note:
Release:
V16
pfcArp2StreamingCSCallProtection Class 3
Description:
Value range:
[false / true]
Object:
powerControl
Default value:
false
Feature:
Type:
DP
Note:
Release:
V16
pfcArp3ConversationalCSCallProtection Class 3
Description:
Indicates if the real time PFCs Conversational of ARP 3 (allocation / retention priorities 3) are protected against voice preemption. This parameter is not used.
Value range:
[false / true]
Object:
powerControl
Default value:
false
Feature:
Type:
DP
Note:
Release:
V16
pfcArp3StreamingCSCallProtection Class 3
Description:
Value range:
[false / true]
Object:
powerControl
Default value:
false
Feature:
Type:
DP
Note:
Release:
V16
pfcFlowControlActivation Class 2
Description:
Activates the flow control of the Packet Flow Context in the cell.
Value range:
[disabled / enabled]
Object:
bts
Default value:
disabled
Feature:
Type:
DP
Checks:
Release:
V16
Note:
pfcMinNrtBandwidthPerTs Class 3
Description:
Value range:
[0 to 100] %
Object:
transceiver
Default value:
Feature:
Type:
DP
Release:
V16
Note:
Note:
The value 0 or a very low value may result in a TBF with only NRT PFC
not being allocated enough bandwidth. This results in TBF drops. The
value 0 is internally converted to 1 inside the PCU.
Note:
The value 100 or a very high value may result in all RT PFC being
downgraded or deleted. This value is internally converted to 99 inside
PCU.
pfcMinNumberOfJokersforTsGuaranteedBitRate Class 3
Description:
This parameter represents the number of jokers that are required to ensure both the pfcTsGuaranteedBitRateUl and the pfcTsGuaranteedBitRateDl. Refer to the pfcTsGuranteedBitRateUl and the
pfcTsGuranteedBitRateDl entries in this dictionary.
Value range:
[0 to 4] 16 kbit/s PCM TS
Object:
transceiver
Default value:
Feature:
Type:
DP
Checks:
Note:
Release:
V16
pfcNrtRequestedDnMbrCounterThreshold Class 3
Description:
Value range:
[0..568] kbit/s
[0..568] kbit/s
powerControl
Default value:
Feature:
Type:
DP
Note:
Release:
V16
pfcNrtRequestedUpMbrCounterThreshold Class 3
Description:
Value range:
[0..568] kbit/s
Object:
powerControl
Default value:
Feature:
Type:
DP
Note:
Release:
V16
pfcPreemptionRatioGold Class 3
Description:
Defines the percentage of raw radio bandwidth a gold NRT PFC (THP1)
may preempt from silver and bronze NRT PFC (THP2 or THP3 or background or MS without PFC support)
Value range:
Object:
powerControl
Default value:
0 (no preemption)
Type:
DP
Release:
Note:
The value may be decreased to lower the impact on Silver and Bronze
subscribers when the traffic is high.
pfcPreemptionRatioSilver Class 3
Description:
Defines the percentage of raw radio bandwidth a silver NRT PFC (THP2)
may preempt from bronze NRT PFC (THP3 or background or MS without PFC support)
Value range:
Object:
powerControl
Default value:
0 (no preemption)
Type:
DP
Release:
Note:
pfcRtDowngradeAllowed Class 3
Description:
In case the guaranteed bit rate of a real time PFC cannot be granted, this
parameter indicates whether the PFC is deleted or downgraded into a
non real time PFC. If it is downgraded into a non real time PFC, the parameter specifies which traffic class and PFC are used for the downgrade.
Value range:
Object:
powerControl
Default value:
Feature:
Type:
DP
Note:
Release:
V16
pfcRtRequestedDnGbrCounterThreshold Class 3
Description:
Value range:
[0..568] kbit/s
Object:
powerControl
Default value:
Feature:
Type:
DP
Note:
Release:
V16
pfcRtRequestedUpGbrCounterThreshold Class 3
Description:
Value range:
[0..568] kbit/s
Object:
powerControl
Default value:
Feature:
Type:
DP
Note:
Release:
V16
pfcT6 Class 3
Description:
pfcT6 is the guard timer for the Download Packet Flow Context procedure.
Value range:
Object:
powerControl
Default value:
Feature:
Type:
DP
Note:
Release:
V16
pfcT8 Class 3
Description:
pfcT8 is the guard timer for the Modify Packet Flow Context
procedure.
Value range:
pfcT8 Class 3
Object:
powerControl
Default value:
Feature:
Type:
DP
DP
Release:
V16
pfcTsGuaranteedBitRateDl Class 3
Description:
Object:
powerControl
Default value:
Value range
[1 to 60] kbit/s
Feature:
Type:
DP
Note:
with pfcMinNumberOfJokersforTsGuaranteedBitRate=0.
Release:
V16
pfcTsGuaranteedBitRateUl Class 3
Description:
Object:
powerControl
Default value:
Value range:
[1 to 60] kbit/s
Feature:
Type:
DP
pfcTsGuaranteedBitRateUl Class 3
Note:
Release:
with pfcMinNumberOfJokersforTsGuaranteedBitRate=0.
V16
physicalFiberInfo
Description:
Value range:
Object:
cem3
Type:
DD
Feature:
Release:
V18
plmnPermitted Class 3
Description:
List of NCC of the PLMNs on which MSs are allowed to take measurements for handovers. Listening to the PLMN to which the cell belongs
must be authorized.
Value range:
[0 to 7]
Object:
bts
Default value:
Type:
DP
pODType
Description:
Type of the BSC or BTS involved, as defined in the Physical Objects Dictionary.
Value range:
Object:
alarm criteria
Type:
DP
pointCode Class 1
Description:
Value range:
Object:
signallingLinkSet
Type:
DP
Note:
If A Flex - GSM Access or Quasi Associated Mode feature is activated, this parameter will be available under SignallingLinkSet and
RemoteSignallingPoint objects. However; pointCode parameter
under SignallingLinkSet object is not used and the default value will
be Empty.
pointCode Class 1
Description:
Value range:
Object:
signallingPoint
Type:
DP
Value range:
[enabled/disabled]
Object:
omu
Feature:
AR 1209 - V13.1
Type:
DD
Release:
V13
Value range:
Object:
omu
Feature:
AR 1209 - V13.1
Type:
DD
Release:
V13
positionInShelf
Description:
Value range:
[1 to 15]
Object:
atmRm, cc, cem, iem, lsaRc, mms, omu, sw8kRm, tmu, trm, hsaRc,
hsaRcTcu, iom
Feature:
AR 1209 - V13.1
Type:
DD
Release:
V13
positionInShelf Class 0
Description:
Value range:
for bsc30000electrical_ip: 1, 2
Object:
igm
Feature:
Abis Over IP
Type:
DP
Release:
V18.0
positionInShelf Class 0
Description:
Defines the slot position for the ipgRc. IGM0 is the reference used for
the ipgRc position in the shelf.
Value range:
for bsc30000electrical_ip: 1
for bsc3000optical_ip: 9
Object:
ipgRc
Feature:
Abis Over IP
positionInShelf Class 0
Type:
DP
Release:
V18.0
powerBudgetInterCell Class 3
Description:
Value range:
[enabled / disabled]
Object:
handOverControl
Default value:
enabled
Type:
DP
powerClass
Description:
Value range:
[powerClass5 (GSM 900 network, GSM-R network, E-GSM, GSM 850 GSM 1900 and GSM 900 - GSM 1800 network) powerClass1 (GSM
1800 network, GSM 1900 network, GSM 1800 - GSM 900 network and
GSM 1900 - GSM 850)]
Object:
transceiver
Default value:
powerClass1
Type:
DP
Checks:
[C]: The attribute value complies with the type of network in which the
Restrictions:
powerControl
Description:
Identifier of a powerControl object that defines the power control management parameters in a cell. A bts object may reference one and only
one object of this type.
Value range:
[0 to 2147483646]
Object:
powerControl
Type:
Id
Checks:
[C]: The associated bts object is created and the powerControl object
is not created for that object.
[C/D]: If the application database of the related BSC is built, the parent
bsc object is unlocked and the associated bts object is locked.
[M]: The parent bsc object is unlocked.
[M/D]: The powerControl object is created.
[D]: The associated bts object is not referenced, except by an handO-
verControl object.
[D]: If the application database of the related BSC is not built, it has
been reset by an Off line reset BDA command.
powerControlIndicator Class 3
Description:
Value range:
Object:
bts
Default value:
Type:
DP
powerIncrStepSizeUpLink Class 3
Description:
Increment step size for uplink power control. This is applicable to BSC
3000 only.
This attribute is modified by the Manager. Value changes are notified to
the Manager.
This attribute can only be modified if the bsc object instance is unlocked.
This attribute can only be modified if the bts object
instance is unlocked.
Value range:
[2 to 30] dB
Object:
powerControl
Default value:
Type:
DP
Checks:
Release:
V14
Note:
powerIncrStepSizeDownLink Class 3
Description:
Value range:
[2 to 30] dB
Object:
powerControl
Default value:
Type:
DP
Checks:
Release:
V14
powerRedStepSizeDownLink Class 3
Description:
Value range:
[2 to 8] dB
Object:
powerControl
Default value:
Type:
DP
Checks:
0567CO01 - The attribute powerRedStepSizeDL must verify: uRxLevDLP - powerRedStepSizeDL >= 1RxLevDLP
Release:
V14
Note:
powerRedStepSizeUpLink Class 3
Description:
Decrement step size for uplink power control. This is applicable to BSC
3000 only.
This attribute is modified by the Manager.
Value changes are notified to the Manager.
This attribute can only be modified if the bsc object instance is unlocked.
This attribute can only be modified if the bts object instance is unlocked.
Value range:
[2 to 30] dB
Object:
powerControl
Default value:
Type:
DP
Checks:
Release:
V14
Note:
preemptionAuthor Class 3
Description:
Value range:
Object:
signallingPoint
Default value:
forbidden
Feature:
Type:
DP
Release:
V12
Note:
preemptionConfiguration Class 3
Description:
This parameter is composed of preemptionAuthor and eMLPPThreshold. Refer to these entries in the Dictionary.
Object:
signallingPoint
Type:
DP
Release:
V14
preferredNonAdaptativeAMRcodec Class 3
Description:
Object:
bsc
Value range:
Default value:
Type:
DP
Release:
V18.0 P&C3
Note:
pRequestedCodec Class 3
Description:
This attribute defines the "p" parameter in the AMR "(n,p) voting" mechanism.
This attribute can only be modified if the handOverControl object instance is unlocked.
Value range:
Object:
handOverControl
Default value:
48
Type:
DP
Release:
V14
Note:
preemptionConfiguration Class 3
Description:
This parameter is composed of preemptionAuthor and eMLPPThreshold. Refer to these entries in the Dictionary.
Object:
signallingPoint
Type:
DP
Release:
V14
preSynchroTimingAdvance Class 3
Description:
Pre-defined timing advance used in a pre-synchronized handover procedure between the serving cell and this neighbor cell.
This value of timing advance is used when the parameter "synchronized" is set to "pre sync HO with timing advance".
The operator defines a predefined timing advance when a phase 2 MS
goes from the serving cell to this neighbor cell approximately at the
same place (railway, highway).
Value range:
[0 to 35] (km)
Object:
adjacentCellHandOver
Default value:
Type:
DP
Release:
V10
priority Class 2
Description:
Value range:
[0 to 255]
Object:
transceiver
Type:
DP
Checks:
[M]: The parent bsc object is unlocked and the associated bts object
is locked.
privateMmsOmuRef
Description:
Pointer to the associated omu object instance for private MMS, NULL
for shared-mirrored MMS.
This attribute cannot be modified.
It is set by the MD-R at MMS creation.
Value range:
[0 to 2147483646]
Object:
mms
Feature:
AR 1209 - V13.1
Type:
DP
Release:
V13
privilegedCell Class 3
Description:
Value range:
[no, yes]
privilegedCell Class 3
Object:
bts
Default value:
no
Feature:
Type:
DP
Release:
V16
Notes:
account by the BSC immediately and it does not trigger any re-configuration of Agprs.
probable cause
Description:
To select messages according to the numerical value of the ISO probableCause field.
Do not fill in if this criterion is not to be selected.
The following table indicates the messages displayed according to the
probable cause.
Alarm type
Probable cause
Value
Communications
62
4
5
6
9
12
13
25
27
28
29
40
42
54
Environmental
58
14
18
21
30
Equipment
Equipment absent
Equipment malfunction
Heating, ventilation, or cooling system problem
Input/output device error
Input device error
Material supply exhausted
Power problem
Processor problem
Receive failure
Receiver failure
Storage capacity problem
Temperature unacceptable
Timing problem
Transmit failure
Transmitter failure
60
15
21
23
24
30
35
37
40
41
49
50
52
54
55
ProcessingError
59
61
2
7
9
17
32
39
46
47
48
49
56
57
QualityOfService
Shutdown
Congestion
Performance degraded
Queue size exceeded
Resource at or nearing capacity
Response time excessive
Retransmission rate excessive
Threshold crossed
63
8
34
39
43
44
45
51
Value range:
[1 to 150]
Object:
Type:
DP
processor identity
Description:
Object:
mdWarning (create)
Type:
DP
processor identity
Release:
V11
Note:
During the command "create mdWarning", the operator can define either "equipment identity" or "processor identity", but not both.
pwciHrequave Class 3
2.17.
Description:
Note:
Value range:
[0 to 16]
Object:
handOverControl
Default value:
Type:
DP
Q
qsearchC Class 3
Description:
Value range:
0:"<-98 dBm"
1: < -94 dBm
2: < -90 dBm
3: < -86 dBm
4: < -82 dBm
5: < -78 dBm
6: < -74 dBm
7: always
8: > -78 dBm
9: > -74 dBm
10: > -70 dBm
11: > -66 dBm
12: > -62 dBm
13: > -58 dBm
14: > -54 dBm
15: never
Object:
handOverControl
Default value:
15
Type:
DP
Checks:
Release:
V17
Notes:
2.18.
R
radChanSelIntThreshold Class 3
Description:
Maximum interference level on free radio channels, below which are arranged in groups of priority allocation.
The information is used to allocate free channels with the lowest interference level. The levels depend on the thresholdInterference attribute
value defined for the cell. Refer to this entry in the Dictionary.
The BSC distributes free radio channels among two groups:
The first group contains the list of channels with a measured averaged
interference level equal to or lower than the defined level.
The second group contains the list of channels with a measured averaged interference level higher than the defined level, and recently released channels for which no measurement is available.
Four resource pools are defined for each SDCCH or TCH type of channel:
low interference level radio channels that are authorized to hop
low interference level radio channels not authorized to hop
high interference level radio channels authorized to hop
high interference level radio channels not authorized to hop
FIGURE 9. Channels are allocated cyclically inside each pool
Value range:
[0 to 4]
Object:
handOverControl
Default value:
Type:
DP
Release:
V8
radioLinkTimeOut Class 3
Description:
Maximum value of the counter (S) associated with the downlink SACCH
messages, beyond which the radio link is cut off. It is lower than or equal
to t3109.
Mobiles comply with system operating conditions when the counter (S)
is assigned a value lower than or equal to t3109.
If the receiver is unable to decode a downlink SACCH message (BTSto-MS direction), the counter is decreased by 1. If the message is received, the counter is increased by 2. When the counter goes down to
zero, the radio link is declared "faulty".
Value range:
Object:
bts
Default value:
20 SACCH
Type:
DP
Checks:
Notes:
radioSiteMask
Description:
Definition of the PCM time slots used by a site. TS n is masked when bit
n is set to 0, it is used when bit n is set to 1 in the binary field.
The radio site mask is immediately displayed in the hexadecimal field
just below. The radio site mask is set
using the hexadecimal field as well as the binary field.
The mask defines the time slots used in each PCM link allotted to a given radio site. Time slot allocation is managed by the BSC; a time slot
available on a site is used either by a radio time slot for traffic purposes
or by a LAPD link which does not carry the link with the site BCF for signaling.
A PCM E1 link carries thirty-two time slots. TS 0 (least significant bit) is
always masked since it cannot be used. The radioSiteMask of a site using E1 links is as follows:
radioSiteMask = xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx0
TS31 23 15 7 TS0
|||||
||
Sites that do not share PCM links are assigned the full set.
In a BTS chain, the scheduled time slots of each radio site must be allotted in ascending order (such as TS1, TS2, TS3), beginning with the
site closest to the BSC. Refer to the pcmTimeSlotNumber entry.
Value range:
[32-bit mask]
Class
Object:
btsSiteManager
Type:
DP
Checks:
[C/M]: The radioSiteMask of all sites sharing a same PCM link (drop
and insert connections) are dissociated.
[M]: The scheduled time slot of the radio site (pcmTimeSlotNumber)
is masked [0] since it cannot be used.
On unlocking the btsSiteManager object, if the securedLoopActivation parameter is set to "enabled", the OMC-R checks whether the
TS#31 does not belong to the radio site mask of each BTS for the given loop.
radioSiteMaskOffset Class 2
Description:
radioSiteMaskOffset Class 2
According to the radioSiteMaskOffset value (named s below), the radio
site mask on BTS side (RSMbts) is:
Object:
btsSiteManager
Type:
Checks:
DP
of the resultant BTS radio site mask must be lower than or equal to 31
(case of an E1 PCM) or to 24 (case of a T1 PCM).
[C/M]: the radioSiteMaskOffset is in the range [-28, +28] (case of an
E1 PCM) or in the range [-21,+21] (case of a T1 PCM).
[C/M]: When the btsType parameter is set to IP or when a btsSiteManager object is created with he btsType parameter set to IP, the radioSiteMaskOffset parameter must be equal to 0.
Release:
V14
radioSiteName
Description:
Value range:
Object:
multiple site
Type:
DP
Checks:
Note:
Use only alphanumeric characters (30 max.), beginning with a letter and
is case sensitive, for ALL parameter names (such as TRX, BSC, BTS,
BTSSM). All other symbols/characters are prohibited.
The valid symbols are:
- letter characters: A, B, C..., Z, a, b, c..., z
- digit symbols: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9
- minus sign: - undescore: _
- space
radResSupBusyTimer Class 3
Description:
Maximum time that SDCCH or TCH can be continuously occupied without generating an alarm.
Value range:
[1 to 18] hours
Object:
bsc
radResSupBusyTimer Class 3
Default value:
Type:
DP
Release:
V8
radResSupervision Class 3
Description:
Indicates whether radio resources are controlled at the cell level (both
busy resources and free resources).
When no control is performed, no alarm related to the use or non use of
an SDCCH or TCH is generated. Refer to the radResSupBusyTimer
and radResSupFreeTimer entries in the Dictionary.
Value range:
[true / false]
Object:
bts
Default value:
true
Type:
Notes:
DP
radResSupBusyTimer and radResSupFreeTimer can be set automatically by the OMC-R calendar function.
The activation of this feature does not induce any signaling or CPU
overload. Only the BSS-OMC-R link is overloaded at a rate of
radResSupBusyTimer or radResSupFreeTimer.
Release:
V8
radResSupFreeTimer Class 3
Description:
Maximum time an SDCCH or TCH can be continuously free without generating an alarm.
Value range:
[1 to 18] hours
Object:
bsc
Default value:
18
Type:
DP
Release:
V8
range
Description:
Time period chosen over which the counter values are read.
Value range:
Object:
report template
Notes:
Type:
The authorized values for OFS observation type are 60 min, 2 hours,
6 hours, 12 hours, and 24 hours.
The authorized values for ORT and Performance Monitor observation
types are 5 min, 15 min, 30 min, 60 min, and 2 hours.
DP
reception time
Description:
Value range:
[<date>,<time>]
Object:
Type:
DP
record reference
Description:
Value range:
[0 to 63]
Object:
Type:
DP
Checks:
redundantPcmNumber
Description:
Value range:
[0 to 47]
Object:
btsSiteManager
Type:
DD
Remark:
redundantPcmPresence Class 2
Description:
Value range:
[true / false]
Object:
btsSiteManager
redundantPcmPresence Class 2
Type:
DP
Checks:
includes two items, one identifies the PCM active link, and the other
identifies the PCM redundant link.
On unlocking the btsSiteManager object, if the configRef supports SecuredLoop (configRef with R2 field set to 1), the OMC-R checks the redundantPcmPresence parameter is set to "TRUE".
refPeriod
Description:
Value range:
[0 to 345600] seconds
Object:
alarm criteria
Condition:
Type:
DP
refPeriod
Description:
Value range:
[0 to 2147483646] minutes
Object:
Type:
DP
Object:
ipm
Value range:
Default value:
Empty list
Feature:
Abis Over IP
Type:
DP
Release:
V18.0
relatedSoftwares
Description:
This attribute identifies the list of software identified separately. This list
represents the units of software ready for equipment use. This attribute
is allocated by the MD-R at object creation. This attribute is not modified
by the Manager.
Value range:
[0 to 10]
Object:
executableSoftware
Type:
DP
Release:
V13
relay
Description:
Value range:
[4 to 64]
Object:
relay
Type:
Id
Reminder:
OMC-R relays are used to transfer the state of system alarm counters to
remote sites and are not managed by users.
remoteSsuState
Description:
Value range:
inService ................. The MSC BSSAP service is working for the BSC.
outOfService ..... The MSC BSSAP service is not working.
Object:
signallingLinkSet
Type:
DD
[inService / outOfService]
remoteSsuState
Description:
Value range:
inService ................. The MSC BSSAP service is working for the BSC.
outOfService ..... The MSC BSSAP service is not working.
Object:
signallingLinkSet
Type:
DD
[inService / outOfService]
remoteNodeType
Description:
This parameter indicates the type of remote node to reach; that is, MSC
or SMLC
Class:
Value range:
Default Value:
MSC
Object:
RemoteSignallingPoint
Type:
DP
Feature:
Release
V 18 P&C5
Checks:
Note:
This parameter is available only for BSC 3000. Also, this parameter will
be available for configuration only if A Flex - GSM Access or Quasi Associated Mode feature is activated.
remoteSignallingPointInstance
Description:
This parameter represents the instance of the remoteSignallingPoint object which gives the pointCode the BSC has to address when it is related
to pcmA or xtp circuits. This parameter is only relevant when pcmType
= pcmA.
Class:
Value range:
0 to 15
Default Value:
Empty (MMI)
0xFF (MOD)
Object:
pcmCircuit
Type:
DP
Feature:
Release
V 18 P&C5
Checks:
Consistency check on the pcmCircuit object ensuring the remoteSignallingPoint mapping only when A-Flex is activated. The check is done on:
Note:
Build BDA
This parameter is available only for BSC 3000. Also, this parameter
will be available for configuration only if A Flex - GSM Access or Quasi Associated Mode feature is activated.
This parameter is only relevant when pcmType = pcmA. For the other
PCM types the remoteSignallingPointInstance parameter is filled with
"empty (0xFF)".
report range
Description:
Value range:
Object:
report template
Type:
DP
Notes:
The authorized values for OFS observation type are 60 min., 2 hours,
6 hours, 12 hours, and 24 hours.
The authorized values for ORT and Performance Monitor observation
V11
report template
Description:
Identifier of the report template object defined with regard to the bsc object.
Value range:
Object:
report template
Type:
DP
Release:
V11
report type
Description:
Value range:
Object:
report template
Type:
DP
Release:
V11
reportObjLevel
Description:
Value range:
Object:
Type:
DP
Checks:
[A]: If specific objects are entered, they all belong to the same class.
reportTypeMeasurement Class 3
Description:
Value range:
Object:
bts
Default value:
Type:
DP
Checks:
Release:
M: Parameter reportTypeMeasurement shall not be changed if interferenceMatrixRunningOnBts is equal to yes. This purpose of this check
is to forbid activation and deactivation of EMR if interference matrix feature is already activated on the cell.
V17
retransDuration Class 2
Description:
Maximum number of occurrences of a same paging sub-group separating the first and last transmissions of the same paging message.
Value range:
[0 to 22]
Object:
bts
Default value:
10
Type:
DP
Checks:
Release:
V8
retry on error
Description:
Value range:
Object:
commandFile - Run
Type:
DP
rlf1 Class 2
Description:
Value range:
[0 to 15]
Object:
bts
Default value:
Type:
DP
Notes:
Release:
V8
rlf2 Class 2
Description:
Step value by which the (CT) counter is increased by the radio link control algorithm when an uplink SACCH is decoded.
Refer to the rlf1 entry.
Value range:
[1 to 4] SACCH frames
Object:
bts
Default value:
Type:
DP
Release:
V8
rlf3 Class 2
Description:
Step value by which the (CT) counter is decreased by the radio link control algorithm when an uplink SACCH is not decoded.
Refer to the rlf1 entry.
Value range:
[1 to 4] SACCH frames
Object:
bts
Default value:
Type:
DP
Release:
V8
rLCPolling Class 3
Description:
Value range:
[0 to 2]
0 selects the original polling frequency of 240 ms and deactivates this
feature
1 selects a polling frequency which doubles the original to every 120
ms (during the first 240 ms, then adding one opportunity to setup a UL
TBF)
2 selects a polling frequency which quadruples the original to every 60
ms (during the first 240 ms, then adding three opportunities to setup a
UL TBF)
Object:
bts
Default value:
Type:
DP
Release:
V15
rmpConfState
Description:
Value range:
Object:
transceiver
Type:
DD
rNCId Class 3
Description:
Value range:
0...4095
Object:
adjacentCellUTRA N
Default value:
N.A.
Type:
DP
Checks:
Release:
V17
Notes:
rndAccTimAdvThreshold Class 3
Description:
Value range:
Object:
bts
Default value:
35
Type:
DP
Checks:
V8
The number of access requests that are refused for that reason is accounted by the BSC (permanent bsc observation counter 1161/6) and
fed back to the OMC-R.
routingArea Class 2
Description:
Value range:
[0 to 255]
Object:
bts
Feature:
Default value:
Release:
V12
Note:
routingArea Class 3
Description:
Class:
Value range:
[-1 to 255]
Default value:
-1
Object:
adjacentCellReselection
Type:
DP
Feature:
Release:
V18 P&C5
routingArea Class 3
Checks:
Note:
rowPosition
Description:
Value range:
Object:
Type:
DP
runCallClear Class 3
Description:
Value range:
Object:
bts
Default value:
16
runHandOver Class 3
Description:
Number of "Measurement Results" messages received before the handover algorithm in a cell is triggered.
Value range:
Object:
bts
Default value:
Type:
DP
runPwrControl Class 3
Description:
Number of "Measurement Results" messages received before the power control algorithm in a cell is triggered.
Value range:
Object:
bts
Default value:
Type:
DP
rxLevAccessMin Class 3
Description:
Minimum signal strength level received by the mobiles for being granted
access to a cell. The information is sent to MS prior to registering.
As an example, a threshold level of -104 dB corresponds to an acceptable BER of approximately 10-2 (minimum recommended value).
Value range:
[less than -110, -110 to -109, ... , -49 to -48, more than -48]
dB
Object:
bts
Default value:
Type:
DP
rxLevDLIH Class 3
Description:
Maximum interference level in BTS-to-MS direction, beyond which an intra-cell handover may be triggered.
Value range:
[less than -110, -110 to -109, ... , -49 to -48, more than -48] dB
Object:
handOverControl
Default value:
-85 to -84 dB
Type:
DP
rxLevDLPBGT Class 3
Description:
Value range:
[less than -110, -110 to -109, ... , -49 to -48, more than -48] dB
Object:
adjacentCellHandOver
Default value:
Type:
Notes:
DP
Release:
V11
rxLevDLPbgtUTRAN Class 3
Description:
Value range:
rxLevDLPbgtUTRAN Class 3
Object:
adjacentCellUTRAN
Default value:
Type:
DP
Checks:
Release:
V17
Note:
rxLevHreqave Class 3
Description:
Value range:
Object:
handOverControl
Default value:
Type:
DP
rxLevHreqaveBeg Class3
Description:
Number of measurement reports on current cell for signal strength arithmetic average for early handover mechanism.
Refer to the rxLevHreqave entry in the Dictionary. This parameter is
coupled with hoMarginBeg and rxNCellHreqaveBeg use.
Value range:
[1 to 10]
Object:
handOverControl
Default value:
Type:
DP
Notes:
Release:
V11
rxLevHreqt Class 3
Description:
Value range:
[1 to 16]
Object:
handOverControl
Default value:
Type:
DP
Checks:
rxLevMinCell Class 3
Description:
Value range:
[less than -110, -110 to -109, ... , -49 to -48, more than -48] dB
Object:
adjacentCellHandOver
Default value:
-95 to -94 dB (GSM 900 or 850), -93 to -92 (GSM 1800 or 1900)
Type:
DP
rxLevMinCellUTRAN Class 3
Description:
Value range:
<-110...>-48
Object:
adjacentCellUTRAN
Default value:
Type:
DP
Checks:
Release:
V17
Note:
rxLevNCellHreqaveBeg Class 3
Description:
Value range:
Int [1 to 10]
Object:
handOverControl
Default value:
Type:
DP
rxLevRxQualDistributionActivation Class 3
Description:
Value range:
Int [0 to 128]
Object:
bts
rxLevRxQualDistributionActivation Class 3
Type:
DP
Release:
V14
rxLevULIH Class 3
Description:
Value range:
[less than -110, -110 to -109, ..., -49 to -48, more than -48] dB, without
Uplink Mapping Feature activated. [less than -117, ... , more than -42]
dB, when the Uplink Mapping
Feature is used.
Object:
handOverControl
Feature:
Default value:
-85 to -84 dB
Type:
DP
rxLevWtsList Class 3
Description:
Value range:
[0 to 100] %
Object:
handOverControl
Default value:
100
Type:
DP
Checks:
[M]: The number of weights in the list is equal to rxLevHreqt and their
sum equals 100.
rxNCellHreqave Class 3
Description:
Value range:
Object:
handOverControl
Default value:
Type:
DP
rxQualAveBeg Class 3
Description:
This attribute defines the number of quality measures used by the power
control mechanism, in case of hopping TS or fast MS.
This attribute is modified if the handOverControl object instance is unlocked.
Value range:
[1 to 10]
Object:
handOverControl
Default value:
Type:
DP
Release:
V14
Note:
rxQualDLIH Class 3
Description:
Value range:
[less than 0.2, 0.2 to 0.4, 0.4 to 0.8, ... , 6.4 to 12.8, more than 12.8] %
Object:
handOverControl
Default value:
1.6 to 3.2 %
Type:
DP
Release:
V12
rxQualHreqave Class 3
Description:
Value range:
[1 to 16]
Object:
handOverControl
Default value:
Type:
DP
rxQualHreqt Class 3
Description:
Value range:
Object:
handOverControl
Default value:
Type:
DP
rxQualULIH Class 3
Description:
Value range:
[less than 0.2, 0.2 to 0.4, 0.4 to 0.8, ... , 6.4 to 12.8, more than 12.8] %
Object:
handOverControl
Default value:
1.6 to 3.2 %
Type:
DP
Release:
V14
rxQualThresholdDistribution Class 3
Description:
Value range:
Object:
bts
Type:
DP
Release:
V14
rxQualWtsList Class 3
2.19.
Description:
List of up to sixteen weights used to compute the average bit error rate
on a radio link.
The L1M function calculates rxQualHreqave arithmetic averages from
raw measurements, and balances rxQualHreqt averages among those
with the weights defined in rxQualWtsList.
Each arithmetic average is partnered with one weight in the list. Weight/
average associations are set in the order the weights are recorded. The
latest computed arithmetic average is always partnered with the first
weight in the list.
Value range:
[0 to 100] %
Object:
handOverControl
Default value:
100
Type:
DP
S
sIkAssociatedTmuPortPosition
Description:
Gives the TMU and port number bearing the SS7 signaling.
Value range:
Object:
signallingLink
sIkAssociatedTmuPortPosition
Type:
DD
Release:
V14
sIkATerResource
Description:
Value range:
Object:
signallingLink
Type:
DD
Release:
V14
sacchPowerOffset Class 2
Description:
Value range:
Object:
bts
Type:
DP
Feature::
Default value:
Notes:
Release:
V16
sacchPowerOffsetSelection Class 2
Description:
Value range:
Object:
bts
Type:
DP
Feature:
Default value:
Note:
Release:
V16
sapi
Description:
The Service Access Point Indicator defining the type of LAPD link use.
Value range:
[RSL / OML]
Object:
lapdLink
Type:
DP
Restrictions:
scannerId
Description:
Value range:
[0 to 2147483646] "0" identifies the OMC-R permanent manager observation. For a BSS observation or the OMC-R agent permanent observation, this parameter must match the reference number of an mdScanner
object.
Object:
Type:
DP
Checks:
scannerId
Description:
Value range:
Object:
Type:
DP
Checks:
sCCPRoutingIndicator
Description:
Value range:
[international/national]
Object:
signallingPoint
Type:
DP
Note:
scramblingCode Class 3
Description:
Value range:
0...511
Object:
adjacentCellUTRAN
Default value:
Type:
DP
Release:
V17
scramblingCode Class 3
Checks:
Note:
securedLoopActivation
Description:
Value range:
[disabled(0)/ enabled(1)]
Object:
btsSiteManager
Feature:
Default value:
Disabled
Type:
DP
securedLoopActivation (Continued)
Checks:
On unlocking the btsSiteManager object, pcm1 and pcm2 on bscSitePcmList are not provisioned if the securedLoopActivation is enabled. This is available only for S8000 BTS family and not for
BTS18000 family
On unlocking the btsSiteManager object, if the securedLoopActivation parameter is set to "enabled", the OMC-R checks no more than 2
PCMs are referenced.
On unlocking the btsSiteManager object, if the securedLoopActivation parameter is set to "enabled", the OMC-R checks whether the
TS#31 does not belong to the radio site mask of each BTS for the given loop.
On unlocking the btsSiteManager object, if the securedLoopActivation parameter is set to "enabled", the OMC-R checks whether the
BSC PCM identities belong to the same board:
S8000 BTS :
BTS9000 BTS :
Release:
V18 P&C4
selfAdaptActivation Class 3
Description:
[Enabled / Disabled]
Object:
bts
Default value:
Disabled
Type:
DP
Release:
V14
Note:
selfTuningObs Class 3
Description:
BTS mode sending the PwCI distribution on the Abis interface. This attribute allows the configuration of CellTieringConfiguration at BTS level.
Note:
Value range:
[pwCi distribution not sent, pwCi distribution sent after gathering, one
pwCi distribution sent per hour]
Object:
handOverControl
Feature:
Type:
DP
Release:
V12
Note:
PWCI distribution may be gathered and sent onto the Abis interface independently of tiering activation.
sequenceNumber
Description:
Object:
traceFileReady
Type:
DP
serial number
Description:
Three fields (geographical scope, message code, update number) identify a particular message from the source and type indicated by the Message Identifier are altered every time a given Message Identifier is
changed.
Value range:
Object:
Type:
DP
serial number
Description:
Three fields (geographical scope, message code, update number) identify a particular message from the source and type indicated by the Message Identifier are altered every time a given Message Identifier is
changed.
Value range:
Object:
Type:
DP
servingBandReporting Class 3
Description:
Value range:
Object:
bts
Default value:
Type
DP
Notes:
servingBandReportingOffset Class 3
Description:
Offset to apply to the reported value when prioritizing the cells for
reporting for GSM serving frequency band
Value range:
Object:
handOverControl
Default value:
not significant
Type:
DP
Release:
V17
Notes:
servingFactorOffset Class 3
Description:
This attribute defines the offset linked to the serving cell, used to decrease the HO margin, in some specific cases.
This attribute is only modified if the handOverControl object instance is
unlocked.
Value range:
[-63 to 63] dB
Object:
handOverControl
Default value:
-2
Type:
DP
Release
V14
Note:
Value range:
Object:
user profile
Type:
DP
Release:
V10
sGSNRelease Class 3
Description:
Value range:
Object:
bts
Default value:
Feature:
sGSNRelease Class 3
Type:
DP
Release:
V15
sharedPDTCHratio
Description:
This parameter defines the percentage of shared PDTCH TS (configured and available) taken into account in the filtered_erlang.
Value range:
[0...100], step = 1
Object:
bts
Feature:
AMR maximization
Default value:
100
Type:
DP
Release:
V18.0
shelfNumber
Description:
Value range:
[0 to 1]
Object:
atmRm, cc, cem, iem, lsaRc, mms, omu, sw8kRm, tmu, trm, hsaRc,
hsaRcTcu, iom
Feature:
Type:
DD
Release:
V13
shelfNumber Class 0
Description:
Value range:
for bsc30000electrical_ip: 0
for bscoptical_ip: 1
Object:
igm
Feature:
Abis Over IP
Type:
DP
Release:
V18.0
shelfNumber Class 0
Description:
Value range:
Object:
for bsc30000electrical_ip: 0
for bscoptical_ip: 1
ipgRc
shelfNumber Class 0
Feature:
Abis Over IP
Type:
DP
Release:
V18.0
short message
Description:
Value range:
Object:
short message
Type:
Id
Checks:
signallingLink
Description:
This field provides the Signaling Link (SLK) identifier. It is a sub-parameter field of SignallingLinkResourcesStates
Value range:
Object:
signallingLinkSet
Default value:
Not applicable
Type:
DD
Release:
V17
Note:
signallingLinkId
Description:
Value range:
[0 to 2147483646]
Object:
signallingLink
Type:
Id
signallingLinkId
Checks:
to the A interface and depends on the same transcoder object (transcoderId) as the signallingLink object.
[C/M]: The referenced PCM,TS pair (pcmCircuitId and timeSlotNumber) is not already assigned to a signallingLink or xtp object dependent onthe same transcoder object, and the time slotis not mapped on
the TS used by the OMC channel on the Ater interface.
[C/M]: If the SS7 link uses PCMA link no.3 (pcmCircuitId), the timeSlotNumber is in the range [1 to 27] if the PCM link is an E1 link or in the
range [1 to 20] if the PCM link is a T1 link. Since the last four time slots
of that link are not mapped on the Ater interface, they are unusable (refer
to the transcoderMatrix entry in the Dictionary).
[C/D]: If the application database of the related BSC is built, the parent
bsc object is unlocked.
Checks:
[D]: If the application database of the related BSC is built, the signal-
signallingLinkResourcesStates
Description:
Gives Dynamic Datas (DDs) on all SLKs below the signallingLinkSet object. This parameter is composed of the following sub-parameter fields:
signallingLInk, slkAssociatedTmuPortPosition, slkATerResource,
slkAResource, signallingLinkResState
Value range:
Contains up to 16 elements
Object:
signallingLinkSet
Default value:
Not applicable
Type:
DD
Notes:
Release:
V17
signallingLinkResState
Description:
Value range:
Object:
signallingLink
Type:
DD
signallingLinkResState field
Description:
Value range:
Object:
signallingLinkSet
Default value:
Not applicable
Type:
DD
Release:
V17
Note:
signallingLinkSet
Description:
Identifier of a signallingLinkSet object describing the route (not the linkset) between the BSC and MSC, or the BSC and SMLC.
Value range:
Object:
signallingLinkSet
Type:
Checks:
Id
[C]: The signallingLinkSet object is not created for the parent signallingPoint object.
[C]: If the application database of the related BSC is built, the parent
bsc object is unlocked.
[D]: The application database of the related BSC has been reset by an
signallingLinkSetInstances List
Description:
This parameter represents the list of routes (signallingLinkSet), which allows to reach this remote node. For each signallingLinkSet instance
there is its associated priority.
Class:
Value range:
Default Value:
Empty List
Object:
RemotesignallingPoint
Type:
DP
Feature:
Release:
V 18 P&C5
Note:
This parameter is available only for BSC 3000. Also, this parameter will
be available for configuration only if A Flex - GSM Access or Quasi Associated Mode feature is activated.
signallingPoint
Description:
Value range:
[0 to 2147483646]
Object:
signallingPoint
Type:
Id
Checks:
[C]: The signallingPoint object is not created for the parent bsc object.
[C]: The software object related to the parent bsc object is created.
[C]: If the application database of the related BSC is built, the parent
bsc object is unlocked.
[D]: The application database of the related BSC has been reset by an
sigPowerOverboost Class 3
Description:
Value range:
[0dB to 1.6dB]
Object:
bts
Default value:
0dB
Type:
DP
Checks:
Release:
V16
site
Description:
Value range:
String [1 to 16 characters]
Object:
Type:
DD
siteGsmFctList Class 2
Description:
Value range:
GSM function
Response
time
Routing mode
Without
centralized
O&M
With
centralized
O&M
GSM entity
Management
relative tei
bcf
10 seconds
downloading
relative tei
relative tei
32 secon
ds
site Management
relative tei
bcf
120 seco
nds
abis Signalling
Management
bcf
bcf
120 seco
nds
abis Traffic
Management
bcf
bcf
120 seco
nds
radio frequency
Transmission
bcf
bcf
120 seco
nds
radio frequency
Reception
not
implemented
none
0 second
cell Management
bcf
bcf
120 seco
nds
frequency
hopping
Management
relative tei
bcf
30 secon
ds
tdma
Management
relative tei
bcf
30 secon
ds
time slot
Management
relative tei
bcf
30 secon
ds
gsmTime
not
implemented
none
0 second
carrier 0 Filling
not
implemented
none
0 second
frequency
Management
bcf
bcf
120 seco
nds
siteGsmFctList Class 2
Object:
btsSiteManager
Default value:
site Mgt/abisSig
Type:
DP
siteGsmFctList Class 2
Checks:
Notes:
siteName
Description:
Reference name of a radio site on the OMC-R. It begins with a letter and
is case sensitive.
The name of a site can be used in all MMI commands to reference the
site on the OMC-R.
Value range:
Object:
btsSiteManager
Type:
DP
Checks:
Note:
Use only alphanumeric characters (30 max.), beginning with a letter and
is case sensitive, for ALL parameter names (such as TRX, BSC, BTS,
BTSSM). All other
symbols/characters are prohibited.
The valid symbols are:
letter characters: A, B, C..., Z, a, b, c..., z.
digit symbols: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9.
minus sign: undescore: _
space:
slkAResource field
Description:
Value range:
Object:
signallingLinkSet
Type:
Not applicable
Release:
V17
Notes:
slkAssociatedTmuPortPosition field
Description:
Value range:
Object:
Not applicable
Default value:
Not applicable
Type:
DD
Release:
V17
Notes:
to this SLK
path.
slkAssociatedTmuPortPosition
Description:
Value range:
Displayed fields:
shelfNumber: Integer 0-1
positionInShelf: Integer 1-15
portNumber: Integer
Object:
signallingLink
Default value:
Not applicable
Type:
DD
Release:
V17
Notes:
slkATerResource field
Description:
Value range:
Object:
signallingLinkSet
Default value:
Not applicable
Type:
DD
Release:
V17
Notes:
slkATerResource
Description:
Value range:
Displayed fields:
pcmInstance: Integer 0-363
ts: Integer 1-31
Object:
signallingLink
Default value:
Not applicable
Type:
DD
Release:
v17
Notes:
slc Class 2
Description:
Value range:
[0 to 15]
Object:
signallingLink
Type:
DP
Checks:
External priority of inter-zone handovers from the inner zone to the outer
zone in a concentric cell.
This attribute is defined if the associated bts object describes a concentric cell.
Value range:
[0 to 17]
Object:
handOverControl
Default value:
17
Condition:
Type:
DP
Release:
V9
smartPowerManagementConfig Class 3
Description:
Value range:
[disabled/enabled/enhanced]
Object:
powerControl
Type:
DP
Release:
V17
smartPowerManagementConfig Class 3
Notes:
Checks:
smartPowerSwitchOffTimer Class 3
Description:
Value range:
5-255 (minutes)
Object:
powerControl
Type:
DP
Release:
V17
Notes:
Value range:
[Present / Absent]
Object:
btsSiteManager
Type:
DP
Release:
V9
smsCB Class 3
Description:
Whether broadcasting of short messages in unacknowledged mode is authorized in a cell.
Value range:
[used / unused]
smsCB Class 3
Object:
bts
Default value:
used
Type:
DP
Checks:
Remark:
software
Description:
Value range:
[0 to 2147483646]
Object:
software
Type:
Id
Checks:
[C]: The software object is not created for the parent managed object.
[D]: If the application database of the related BSC is not built, it has
been reset by an Off line reset BDA command. Additional checks performed on the software-bsc object:
[C]:
[C/D]: If the application database of the related BSC is built, the bsc
object is locked.
[D]: All objects dependent on the bsc object are deleted. Additional
checks performed on the software-btsSiteMan ager object:
[C/D]: If the application database of the related BSC is built, the parent
bsc object is unlocked and the btsSiteManager object is locked.
[D]: All objects dependent on the btsSiteManager object are deleted.
Additional check performed on the software-transceiverE quipment object:
[C/D]: If the application database of the related BSC is built, the parent
bsc object is unlocked, the parent bts object is locked, and the transceiverEquipment object is locked.
softwareLabel
Description:
Value range:
[1 to 80]
softwareLabel
Object:
executableSoftware
Type:
DP
Release:
V13
source indicator
Description:
Value range:
Object:
Type:
DP
specific problems
Description:
Selecting messages according to a (cause, fault number) pair. This parameter allows selection of a fault number with one or more associated
causes. Refer to these entries in the Dictionary. Do not fill in if this criterion is not selected.
Object:
Type:
DP
speechMode Class 3
Description:
List of the speech algorithms associated with channel use modes in the
cell.
The "full rate" value refers to the standard algorithm.
Value range:
list of [algoid]
where:
[algoid] = full rate, enhanced full rate, AMR full rate, AMR half rate,
AMR Wide Band full rate
Object:
bts
Default value:
Type:
DP
speechMode Class 3
Checks:
[C/M]: The "full rate" value is mandatory; it must be defined in the list.
[C/M]: Checks are performed to determine the presence of a valid license for AMR-WB on the following operations:
setting the value of the speechMode parameter to "AMR Wide Band
full rate"
unlocking a TRX
unlocking a bts
unlocking a btsSiteManager
building the BDA of a BSC
resetting a BDA of a BSC
The attempt to set the "AMR Wide Band full rate" value of the speechMode parameter on the bts object is possible only when a valid license
is available. When there is a bts object with the speechMode parameter
value set to "AMR Wide Band full rate", then no TRX unlocking, no BDA
build and no BDA reset is possible on the related BSC without a valid
license. If the check fails, then the corresponding action is rejected and
a clear error message displayed
Release:
V8
speechMode Class 3
Description:
List of the speech algorithms associated with channel use modes on the
A interface. The "full rate" value refers to the standard algorithm.
Value range:
list of [algoid]
where:
[algoid] = full rate, enhanced full rate, AMR full rate, AMR half rate, AMR
Wide Band full rate
Object:
signallingPoint
Default value:
Type:
DP
Checks:
[C/M]: The "full rate" value is mandatory; it must be defined in the list.
[C/M]: Checks are performed to determine the presence of a valid license for AMR on the following operations:
setting the value of the speechMode
parameter to "AMR half rate" or "AMR full rate"
unlocking a TRX
building a BSC
resetting a BDA of a BSC
The attempt to set an "AMR half rate" or "AMR full rate" value of the
speechMode parameter on the signallingPoint object is possible only
when a valid license is available. When there is a signallingPoint object
with the speechMode parameter value set to "AMR half rate" or "AMR
full rate", then no TRX unlocking, no BDA build and no BDA reset is possible on the related BSC without a valid license.
If the check fails, then the corresponding action is rejected and a clear
error message displayed
[C/M]: Checks are performed to determine the presence of a valid license for AMR-WB on the following operations:
setting the value of the speechMode parameter to "AMR Wide Band
full rate"
unlocking a TRX building the BDA of a BSC resetting a BDA of a
BSC
The attempt to set the "AMR Wide Band full rate" value of the speechMode parameter on the signallingPoint object is possible only when a
valid license is available. When there is a signallingPoint object with the
speechMode parameter value set to "AMR Wide Band full rate", then no
TRX unlocking, no BDA build and no BDA reset is possible on the related BSC without a valid license. If the check fails, then the corresponding
action is rejected and a clear error message displayed
Release:
V8
speechOnHoppingTs Class 3
Description:
Value range:
[true, false]
Object:
bts
Feature:
Default value:
false
Type:
DP
Release:
V12
speechVersionAsscomp Class 1
Description:
Value range:
[false / true]
Object:
signallingPoint
Default value:
true
Type:
DP
Release:
V12
speechVersionHoperf Class 1
Description:
Value range:
[false / true]
Object:
signallingPoint
Default value:
Type:
DP
Release:
V12
speechVersionHoreq Class 1
Description:
Whether the "Speech version" element is used in the HANDOVER REQUEST ACKNOWLEDGE messages (Phase II compliance).
Value range:
[false / true]
Object:
signallingPoint
Default value:
true
Type:
DP
Release:
V12
speechVersionHorqd Class 1
Description:
Value range:
[false / true]
Object:
signallingPoint
Default value:
true
Type:
DP
Release:
V12
Value range:
[gsm / extended gsm / dcs 1800 / pcs 1900 / R gsm / gsm850 / gsmdcs
/ dcsgsm / pcsgsm850 / gsm850pcs]
Object:
adjacentCellHandover
Feature:
Default value:
gsm
Type:
DP
Release:
V10
Note:
"gsmdcs" and "dcsgsm" are only available for S8000 DRX transceiver
architecture.
Value range:
[gsm / extended gsm / dcs 1800 / pcs 1900 / R gsm / gsm850 / gsmdcs
/ dcsgsm / pcsgsm850 / gsm850pcs]
Object:
adjacentCellReselection
Default value:
gsm
Feature:
Type:
DP
Release:
V10
Note:
"gsmdcs" and "dcsgsm" are only available for S8000 DRX transceiver
architecture.
standardIndicator Class 2
Description:
Type of network in which the cell is working. From the value given to this
attribute, the OMC-R determines the network frequency band and the
frequencies used by all radio entities (cells and radio time slots) in the
related site.
Value range:
standardIndicator Class 2
Object:
bts
Feature:
Type:
DP
Note:
GSM 900 network (gsm) The GSM 900 frequency band is 2*25 MHz
wide and includes 124 pairs of carrier frequencies, numbered [1 to 124],
which are 200 kHz apart:
Uplink direction (MS-to-BTS) = 890 to 915 MHz
Downlink direction (BTS-to-MS) = 935 to 960 MHz A frequency N corresponds to the following Uplink frequency:
f1 = 890 + 0.2xN MHz where N = [1 to 124] For the Downlink frequency
there is the following shift:
f2 = f1 + 45 MHz
EXTENDED GSM network (extended gsm) The extended GSM frequency band is 2*35 MHz wide and includes 174 pairs of carrier frequencies, numbered [0 to 124] and [975 to 1023], which are 200 kHz
apart:
Uplink direction (MS-to-BTS) = 880 to 915 MHz
Downlink direction (BTS-to-MS) = 925 to 960 MHz A frequency N corresponds to the following Uplink frequency:
f1 = 880.2 + 0.2x(N - 975) MHz where N = [975 to 1023]
f1 = 890 + 0.2xN MHz where N = [0 to 124] For the Downlink frequency
there is the following shift:
f2 = f1 + 45 MHz
Note:
Note:
Note:
The primary band is GSM 900 (see above GSM 900 Network paragraph). The secondary band is GSM 1800 (see above GSM 1800
Network paragraph). GSM 1800 - GSM 900 network (dcsgsm)
The primary band is GSM 1800 (see above GSM 1800 Network paragraph). The secondary band is GSM 900 (see above GSM 900 Network
paragraph).
standardIndicator Class 2
Note:
"gsmdcs" and "dcsgsm" are only available for S8000 DRX transceiver
architecture. GSM 850
The GSM 850 frequency band is 2*25 MHz wide and includes 124 pairs
of carrier frequencies, numbered [128 to 251],
Uplink direction = 824 to 849 MHz
Downlink direction = 869 to 894 MHz
A frequency N corresponds to the following Uplink frequency:
f1 = 824.2 + 0.2x(N - 128) MHz where N = [128 to 251]
For the Downlink frequency there is the following shift:
f2 = f1 + 45 MHz
Release:
V9
standbyStatus
Description:
ISO State
Value range:
Object:
atmRm, cem, iem, lsaRc, omu, sw8kRm, trm, hsaRc, hsaRcTcu, iom
Feature:
AR 1209 - V13.1
Type:
DD
Release:
V13
standbyStatus
Description:
ISO State
Value range:
operationalState
standbyStatus
Meaning
disabled
coldStandby
enabled
hotStandby
enabled
providingService
Object:
igm
Feature:
Abis over IP
Type
DD
Release:
V18.0
standbyStatus TMU
Description:
This data provides the duplex operational status of the TMU board. It
can be either (for a TMU) providingService when TMU is distributed or
coldStandby when TMU is started but not (yet) distributed.
Value range:
INTEGER with:
hotStandby (0)
coldStandby (1)
providingService (2)
notSignificant (15)
Object:
TMU
standbyStatus TMU
Type:
DD
Release:
V17
Note:
start date
Description:
The date the first data is recorded in the log (default is the current date).
Date format entry forms are detailed in GSM OMC-R Commands Reference - Security, Administration, SMS-CB, and Help menus (411-9001130).
Value range:
[<date>]
Object:
Type:
DP
start time
Description:
Absolute time of first job run (default is the current date and time). Absolute time format entry forms are detailed in GSM OMC-R Commands
Reference - Security, Administration, SMS-CB, and Help menus (4119001-130). If date matches the current date, set time to a value at least
one minute after the current time.
Value range:
[<date>,<time>]
Object:
job
Type:
DP
start time
Description:
Start of system log reading on the requested start date (default is 00:00).
Time format entry forms are detailed in GSM OMC-R Commands Reference - Security, Administration, SMS-CB, and Help menus (411-9001130).
Do not fill in if this criterion is not selected.
Value range:
[<time>]
Object:
Type:
DP
startAlarmFilter
Description:
Parameter
Notification type
Operators
administrativeState
state change
availabilityStatus
state change
startAlarmFilter
bsc equipment
name
alarm
bsc model
alarm
cause
alarm
<=>
btsSiteManager
model
alarm
bts equipment
name
alarm
equipment
processor number
alarm
<=>
faultNumber
alarm
<=>
operationalState
state change
perceived severity
alarm
postMortem
alarm
usageState
state change
[logical expression]
Object:
alarm criteria
Condition:
Type:
DP
startAlarmThreshold
Description:
The maximum counting value in the reference period when a start-ofalarm message is sent. The value must be checked by users.
This attribute defines a maximum value read at the end of the defined
refPeriod. It must be greater than endAlarmThreshold. Threshold
changes are effective when the OMC-R is restarted.
Value range:
[0.00 to 2147483646]
Object:
Type:
DP
startAlarmThreshold
Description:
Value range:
[0.00 to 2147483646]
Object:
Type:
DP
Remark:
startCounterThreshold
Description:
Value range:
[0 to 100]
Object:
alarm criteria
Condition:
Type:
DP
startTime
Description:
Date and time the files were restored on the OMC-R agent
disks.
Value range:
[<date> <time>]
Object:
log - Display
Condition:
This attribute is significant and displayed only when the log object describes a log restored on the OMC-R agent disks.
Type:
DP
startTime
Description:
Value range:
[<date> <time>]
Object:
mdScanner - Display
Type:
DI
status
Description:
Class:
Value range:
Default Value:
available
Object:
RemoteSignallingPoint
Type:
DP
Feature:
Release:
V 18 P&C5
Checks:
When only one MSC is configured, the "status" should be "available" always (if A-Flex is activated). The check is done on:
Note:
Build BDA
This parameter is available only for BSC 3000. Also, this parameter will
be available for configuration only if A Flex - GSM Access or Quasi Associated Mode feature is activated.
stopTime
Description:
Date and time the OMC-R agent will purge the restored
files.
Value range:
[<date>, <time>]
Object:
log - Display
Condition:
This attribute is significant and displayed only when the log object describes a log restored on the OMC-R agent disks.
Type:
DP
stopTime
Description:
Value range:
[<date>,<time>]
Object:
Condition:
This attribute is significant and displayed only when the log object describes a log restored on the OMC-R agent disks.
Type:
DP
stopTime
Checks:
Restrictions:
[M]: This attribute cannot be modified. Stop the observation if necessary by deleting the mdScanner object and restart it by creating a new
mdScanner object with the appropriate attributes.
subChanId
Description:
Value range:
Object:
Type:
DP
Checks:
Reminder:
subject
Description:
Value range:
Object:
user message
Type:
Id
suffix
Description:
Value range:
Object:
Type:
DP
summary
Description:
Object:
commandFile
Type:
DP
suspendResumeActivation Class 3
Description:
Value range:
Default value:
disabled
Object:
bsc
Feature:
Type:
DP
Notes:
When disabled:
The Suspend is still performed.
The Resume is performed through the Routing Area
Update message.
The new value does not apply to ongoing calls. It
applies to new calls only.
Release:
V15
supportingTransceiverEquipment
Description:
Identifier of the TRX associated with the TDMA frame by the BSC.
This dynamic attribute allows the user to know the TDMA-TRX/DRX association established by the BSC. It is displayed provided the transceiver object operationalState is "enabled". Refer to this entry in the
Dictionary. If the TRX/DRX is declared faulty because of a frequency
loss, the system takes the following actions:
attempt to reconfigure the associated TDMA frame on the redundant
TRX/DRX
if there is no redundant TRX/DRX, reconfiguration of the TDMA frame
on another TRX/DRX if its priority is higher than the priority of the TDMA
frame currently configured If the associated TDMA frame cannot be reconfigured for some reason, all frames that were using the frequency
lost by the TRX/DRX will be disturbed.
Value range:
[0 to 2147483646]
Object:
transceiver
Type:
DP
Remark:
sw8kRm
Description:
Value range:
[0 to 2147483646]
Object:
sw8kRm
Type:
Id
sw8kRmId
Description:
Value range:
[0 to 2147483646]
Object:
sw8kRm
Type:
DP
Release:
V13
swVersionActive Class 3
Description:
Value range:
Object:
ipm
Feature:
Abis Over IP
Type:
DP
Release:
V18.0
Notes:
sWVersionBackUp
Description:
Value range:
Object:
software
Type:
DP
sWVersionFallBack
Description:
Reference number of the previous software release. It is updated following a version change command.
Refer to the sWVersionRunning entry in the Dictionary.
This attribute is undefined when the object is created.
As a result of an Activate new version command, the system updates
the sWVersionFallBack attribute with the reference of the software release previously running in the related BSS entity.
As a result of a Return to previous version command, the system sets
the sWVersionFallBack attribute undefined.
Value range:
Object:
software
Type:
DP
sWVersionNew
Description:
Value range:
[9 to 12] String
Object:
software
Type:
DP
sWVersionPassive Class 3
Description:
Value range:
Object:
ipm
Feature:
Abis Over IP
Default value:
Empty list
Release:
V18.0
Notes:
This parameter can be modified through the Download action in the Configuration --> Bsc menu or during an automatic upgrade.
This parameter is automatically updated when reception of the SwStatusRsp during the IPM authentication.
sWVersionRunning Class 2
Description:
Value range:
Object:
software
Type:
DP
Checks:
synchronized Class 3
Description:
Whether the neighbor cell and the associated serving cell are synchronous, and is attached to the same BTS.
Value range:
[not synchronized cells / synchronized cells / pre sync HO with timing advance / pre sync HO, default timing advance]
"not synchronized cells": the neighbor cell and theserving cell are not
attached to the same BTS
"synchronized cells": the neighbor cell and the serving cell are attached
to the same BTS
"pre sync HO with timing advance": the handover procedure between
the neighbor cell and the serving cell is pre-synchronized with the GSM
Real Time Difference between the neighbor cell and the serving cell in
the "HANDOVER COMMAND" message
"pre sync HO, default timing advance": a pre-defined timing advance is
used in the pre-synchronized handover procedure between the serving
cell and theneighbor cell. Refer to "preSynchroTimingAdvance" parameter.
Object:
adjacentCellHandOver
Default value:
Type:
DP
synchronizingCemRcFiber
Description:
Value range:
Object:
bsc
Type:
DD
Feature:
Release:
V18.0
synchronizingCemRcFiber
Description:
Value range:
Object:
transcoder
Type:
DD
Feature:
Release:
V18.0
synchronizingHsaRc
Description:
Value range:
synchronizingHsaRc
Object:
bsc
Default value:
Not applicable
Type:
DD
Release:
V17
synchronizing PCM
Description:
Value range:
Object:
bsc
Type:
DD
Release:
V10
syntheticFaultNumber
Description:
Value range:
[39500 to 39549]
Object:
alarm criteria
Condition:
Type:
DP
Checks:
systemInfoType2 Class 2
2.20.
Description:
Value range:
disabled/enabled
Object:
bts
Type:
DP
Release:
V15
T
t3101 Class 3
Description:
Value range:
[1 to 255] seconds
Object:
bts
Default value:
Type:
DP
t3103 Class 3
Description:
BSC timer triggered during the handover procedure. Use the suggested
system value.
It is set on transmission of HANDOVER COMMAND by the BSC and
canceled on receipt of either HANDOVER COMPLETE or HANDOVER
FAILURE sent by the MS (intra-bss handover), or CLEAR COMMAND
sent by the MSC (inter-bss handover). At expiry of T3103, the channel
is released.
Value range:
Object:
bts
Default value:
5 seconds
Type:
DP
Checks:
t3107 Class 3
Description:
Value range:
[2 to 255] seconds
Object:
bts
Default value:
10 seconds
Type:
DP
t3109 Class 3
Description:
BSC timer triggered during the SACCH deactivation procedure. Use the
suggested system value.
It is set on receipt of DEACTIVATE SACCH ACKNOWLEDGE sent by
the BTS and canceled on receipt of RELEASE INDICATION sent by the
BTS. If the timer expires, an RF CHANNEL RELEASE message is
sent to the BTS and an RF CHANNEL RELEASE ACK is expected.
Mobiles comply with system operating conditions when the counter (S)
associated with SACCH messages is assigned a value below or equal
to t3109.
Value range:
Object:
bts
Default value:
12 seconds
Type:
DP
Checks:
t3111 Class 3
Description:
BSC timer triggered during the radio resource clearing procedure. Use
the suggested system value.
It is set on receipt of RELEASE INDICATION sent by the BTS. On
elapse, the BSC sends RF CHANNEL RELEASE.
Value range:
[1 to 255] seconds
Object:
bts
Default value:
Type:
DP
t3121 Class 3
Description:
Value range:
2...255 seconds
Object:
bts
Default value:
12
Type:
DP
Checks:
Release:
V17
Notes:
t3122 Class 3
Description:
Value range:
[0 to 255] seconds
Object:
bts
Default value:
10 seconds
Type:
DP
t3168 Class 3
Description:
This timer is used at the MS side to define when to stop waiting for the
PUAS message after sending either a PRR message or a Channel Request in a PDAN.
Value range:
Object:
bts
Default value:
t3168 Class 3
Type:
DP
Release:
V14
t3172 Class 3
Description:
Value range:
[1 to 255]
Object:
bts
Feature:
Default value:
DP
Release:
V12
t3192 Class 3
Description:
Value range:
[0 (500 ms)
1 (1000 ms)
2 (1500 ms)
3 (0 ms)
4 (80 ms)
5 (120 ms)
6 (160 ms)
7 (200 ms)]
Object:
bts
Type:
DP
Default value:
Release:
V14
taDetectionDataExtCell class 2
Description:
Value range:
[disabled / enabled]
Object:
bts
Default value:
disabled
Type:
DP
taDetectionDataExtCell class 2
Release:
V18.0
Checks:
[C/M]: Checks are performed to determine the presence of a valid license for GPRS/Edge on Extended Cell on the following operations:
setting the value of the taDetectionDataExt Cell parameter to "enabled"
unlocking a TRX
unlocking a cell
unlocking an entire site
building a BSC
resetting a BDA of a BSC
The attempt to set the "enabled" value of the taDetectionDataExtCell
parameter on the bts object is possible only when a valid license is available. When there is a bts object with the taDetectionDataExtCell parameter value set to "enabled", then no TRX unlocking, no bts unlocking, no
btsSiteManager unlocking, no BDA build and no BDA reset is possible
on the related BSC without a valid license. If the check fails, then the corresponding action is rejected and a clear error message displayed
target Bda
Description:
Target BDA for the On-line reset command See GSM OMC-R Commands Reference - Security, Administration, SMS-CB, and Help menus
(411-9001-130).
Value range:
Object:
Type:
DP
Release:
V11
teiBtsSiteManager Class 2
Description:
E1
T1
E1
T1
1
6
TEI address of the site BCF in the LAPD protocol. In a BTS chain, the
TEI addresses must be allocated in ascending order (such as TEI0,
TEI1, TEI2), beginning with the BTS closest to the BSC. In a BTS loop
configuration, the TEI addresses must be allocated in ascending order
(such as TEI0, TEI1, TEI2), beginning with the BTS directly linked to the
BSC that uses DTI board no.0 for the Abis link input. The following TEI
values 3, 7, 11, 15, and 19 are forbidden when T1 PCMs on Abis interface are used.The relationship between internal E1 PCM TSs (DTI,
PCMI or CPCMI) or BSC (DDTI) and external PCM TSs is the
following:
17
1
8
19
13
1
4
15
20
2
1
2
2
23
24
1
6
1
7
18
19
1
0
11
2
5
2
6
27
2
0
21
1
2
2
8
13
1
4
15
10
1
1
12
29
3
0
31
22
2
3
24
E1 PCM TSs 4, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, and 28 are not mapped onto T1 PCM
TSs. The scheduled or "rendez-vous" TSs (=teiBtsSiteManager +1) cannot be defined on these internal E1 PCM TSs
Value range:
Object:
btsSiteManager
Type:
DP
Checks:
[C/M]: The number of TEI addresses allotted to a LAPD channel is limited to maxTeiPerLapdCh (static configuration data).
[C/M]: Values 3, 7, 11 and 15 are forbidden in T1 mode.
[C/M]: When the btsType parameter is set to IP or when a btsSiteManager object is created with he btsType parameter set to IP, the
teiBtsSiteManager parameter must be equal to 0.
On unlocking the btsSiteManager object, the OMC-R checks the
teiBtsSiteManager parameter is different for each Bts Site Manager of
the secured loop when the secured loop is activated
teiLapdLink
Description:
TEI address of the LAPD link in the LAPD protocol. It is updated by the
OMC-R agent according to the TEI address allotted by the user to the
entity (BCF, TRX/DRX, TCU) using the LAPD link.
Value range:
[0 to 127]
Object:
lapdLink - Display
Type:
DP
Restrictions:
teiTransceiverEqpt Class 2
Description:
Value range:
Object:
Type:
DP
Checks:
[C/M]: The number of TEI addresses allotted to a LAPD channel is limited to maxTeiPerLapdCh (static configuration data).
[C/M]: The TEI address is not assigned to another transceiverEquipment object dependent on the same bts object.
[C/M]: HPRM does not support following TEIs: 14, 17, 18, 21, 22, 25,
34, 37, 42, 45, 50, 53, 64, 67, 70, 73, 76, 79
[M]: No mdScanner object refers to the transceiverEquipment object
(no observation is running on the TRX/DRX or the parent cell). Checks:
[M]: The parent bsc object is unlocked, the parent bts object and the
transceiverEquipment object are locked.
teiTranscoder Class 2
Description:
Value range:
[0 to 126]
Object:
transcoder
Type:
DP
Checks:
. [C/M]:
Bsc 3000: No check. The TEI address is not used by BSC 3000.
. [C/M]: 0 . teiTranscoder . 126
temporaryOffset Class 3
Description:
Negative offset applied during Penalty Time for re-selecting a cell (C2
criterion).
This negative offset is applied during the entire penaltyTime duration
and allows to prevent speeding mobiles from selecting the cell. Refer to
the cellReselectOffset entry in the Dictionary.
Value range:
Object:
bts
Feature:
AR 264
Default value:
70
Type:
DP
Release:
V8
terminal name
Description:
Value range:
case sensitive]
Object:
Type:
DP
Checks:
Note:
Use only alphanumeric characters (30 max.), beginning with a letter and
is case sensitive, for ALL object names (such as TRX, BSC, BTS,
BTSSM). All othe symbols/characters are prohibited.
terminal profile
Description:
Value range:
Object:
terminal profile
Type:
Id
Checks:
text
Description:
Comment to display before running the next command The Echo: text =
blah blah blah command can be inserted anywhere in a command file,
and as many times as necessary. The text is displayed as it is in
session logs when the command file is run.
Value range:
Object:
Type:
DP
text
Description:
Value range:
Object:
short message
Type:
DP
text
Description:
Value range:
Object:
user message
Type:
DP
Value range:
[Present / Absent]
Object:
btsSiteManager
Type:
DP
Release:
V9
tfoActivation class 3
Description:
Value range:
[activated / deactivated]
Object:
bsc
Feature:
TFO support
Default value:
deactivated
Type:
DP
Release:
V18.0
tGMMKeepAlive Class 3
Description:
Value range:
[[0..64]
0: the feature is disabled (the same Keep Alive timer is used for data
and GMM procedures)
[1..63] (1 unit = 100 ms): enables the feature and sets the GMM Keep
Alive timer duration. The recommended value is 5
64: the Keep Alive mechanism is disabled for GMM procedures
Object:
bts
Feature:
Type:
DP
Release:
V15
Value range:
[yes/no]
Object:
Feature:
Release:
V17
threshold3Ghigh
Description:
Value range:
( non significant, 0 , 2 , 4 , 6 , , 60 , 62 )
Object:
bts
Type
DP
Default value
non significant
Checks
Class
Release:
V18 P&C4
thresholdGSMlow
Description:
Value range:
(0 , 2 , 4 , 6 , , 26 , 28 , - infinity )
Object:
bts
thresholdGSMlow
Type
DP
Default value
- infinity
Class
Release:
V18 P&C4
thresholdInterference Class 2
Description:
List of four thresholds defined in ascending order, used to sort idle channels on the basis of measured interference levels.
This attribute, together with the averagingPeriod attribute, allows to
manage interferences in a radio cell. The classification is used by the radio resource allocator.The interference processing algorithm for a cell is
as follows:
For each idle radio channel, the BTS permanently measures the signal
strength level RXLEV.
When averagingPeriod "Measurement results" messages have been
received, the L1M function in the BTS calculates interference level averages, sorts the idle channels according to the five defined interference
levels (Level 0 corresponds to the lowest interference level), and sends
the information to the BSC.
Description:
The BSC tallies the interference levels and, if the temporary "interference" observation is running for the bsc object, sends the channelIdleLevelMax and channelIdleLevelEch counters every
<mdGranularityPeriod> minutes to the OMC-R agent. Refer also to
C1619 permanent observation counters.
Value range:
[-128 to 0] dB
Object:
handOverControl
Defaultvalue:
value:
Type:
DP
Checks:
thresholdLteHigh
Description:
Value range:
(0 , 2 , 4 , 6 ,... 60 , 62 )
Object:
lteAdjacentCellReselection
Default value
62
Class
Type:
DP
Release
V18 P&C4
thresholdType
Description:
Value range:
[thresholdLow / thresholdHigh]
Class
Object:
Type:
DP
threshold3Glow
Description:
Value range:
( non significant, 0 , 2 , 4 , 6 , , 60 , 62 )
Object:
bts
Type
DP
Unit
dB
Default value
non significant
Class
Release:
V18 P&C4
thresholdLteLow
Description:
Value range:
(<empty>, 0 , 2 , 4 , 6 ,... 60 , 62 )
Object:
lteAdjacentCellReselection
Default value
empty
Type:
DP
Class
Release
V18 P&C4
thresholdPrioritySearch
Description:
Gives the threshold for the serving cell that controls the measurement
of inter-RAT cells or the frequencies of lower priority when the priority
based cell reselection algorithm is used.
Value range:
Object:
bts
Default value
- infinity
Type:
DP
Class
Release
V18 P&C4
timeBetweenHOConfiguration Class 3
Description:
Value range:
Object:
bsc
Feature:
Default value:
used
Type:
DP
Release:
V9
timerGcchNotif Class 3
Description:
Value range:
[0 to 65535] seconds
Object:
signallingPoint
Default value:
2 (recommended)
Feature:
ASCI
Type:
DP
Release:
GSM-R V15
timerPeriodicUpdateMS Class 3
Description:
Value range:
Object:
bts
Default value:
60
Feature:
ASCI
timerPeriodicUpdateMS Class 3
Type:
DP
Remark:
The operator must be aware that the input of low values for this attribute
causes an important traffic load during the location update procedures.
For instance, entering the value "1" for this attribute leads to that all Mobiles will execute an update of their LAC every 6 minutes.
timerReselection
Description:
Value range:
(5 , 10 , 15, 20)
Object:
bts
Default value:
Unit
Type:
DP
Class
Release:
V18 P&C4
timeSlotNumber
Description:
PCM time slot used by a LAPD link Since all radio sites house a
switching facility, the BSC can directly map the LAPD link onto a PCM
time slot.
Value range:
Object:
lapdLink
Note:
This parameter is only available for the lapdLink OML object on BSC
3000.
Type:
DP
Remark:
The LAPD link with a radio site BCF always uses TSn =
pcmTimeSlotNumber (radio site scheduled time slot). Refer to this
entry in the Dictionary.
timeSlotNumber Class 2
Description:
Value range:
[1 to 24]
Object:
signallingLink
Type:
DP
Checks::
[C/M]: The time slot is not already assigned on the A interface to a signallingLink or xtp object dependent on the same bsc object and is not
mapped on the TS used by the OMC channel on the Ater interface.
Checks:
[C/M]: If the SS7 link uses PCMA link no.3 (pcmCircuitId), the timeslot
is in the range [1 to 27] if the PCM link is an E1 link or in the range [1 to
20] if the PCM link is a T1 link.
Since the last four time slots of that link are not mapped on the Ater interface, they are unusable (refer to the transcoderMatrix entry in the Dictionary).
timeSlotNumber
Description:
Value range:
Object:
xtp
Type:
DP
Checks::
Restrictions:
tmu
Description:
Value range:
[0 to 2147483646]
Object:
tmu
Type:
Id
Release:
V13
tmuId
Description:
Identifier of the tmu object class. This identifier is allocated by the MDR at object creation, depending on the shelf and slot numbers indicated
by the BSC. This attribute cannot be modified. This attribute is relevant
for BSC 3000 and TCU 3000.
Value range:
[0 to 2147483646]
Object:
tmu
Type:
DP
Release:
V13
tnOffset class 2
Description:
Object:
btsSiteManager
tnOffset class 2
Value range:
[0..7]
Type:
DP
Feature:
Network Synchronization
Default value:
Release:
V15
Note:
tNwExtUtbf Class 3
Description:
Value range:
[0..255]
From 0 to 250: (Step size: 20 ms)
From 251 to 255:
251 = 7 seconds
252 = 9 seconds
253 = 11 seconds
254 = 13 seconds
255 = 20 seconds
Object:
bts
Default value:
Type:
DP
Feature:
Extended UL TBF
Checks:
Release:
V15
Note:
With a PCUSN V18.0 PC5, the values 251, 252, 253, 254 and 255 of the
tNwExtUtbft parameter (during inactivity period timer) have been
changed.
Value range:
Object:
md - Display RM capacity
bsc - Display RM capacity
btsSiteManager - Display RM capacity
md - Display 4K Erlangs Information
bsc - Display 4K Erlangs Information
Feature:
Release:
V17
Value range:
[0..NNNN] (The value can be negative when licenses have been exported from the OMC-R while all of them are used by objects)
Object:
md - Display RM capacity
bsc - Display RM capacity
btsSiteManager - Display RM capacity
md - Display 4K Erlangs Information
bsc - Display 4K Erlangs Information
Feature:
Release:
V17
traceConstraintList
Description:
Object:
Type:
DP
traceControl
Description:
Value range:
[0 to 2147483646]
Object:
traceControl
Type:
Id
Checks:
Release:
traceDayAccessed
Description:
Value range:
[<date>]
Object:
Type:
DP
traceFileName
Description:
Name of a call tracing or call path tracing data file on the OMC-R agent
disks. The naming rules are described in GSM BSS Fundamentals
Operating Principles (411-9001-007).
Object:
traceFileReadyRecord
Type:
DP
Note:
Use only alphanumeric characters (30 max.), beginning with a letter and
is case sensitive, for ALL object names (such as TRX, BSC, BTS,
BTSSM). All other symbols/characters are prohibited.
traceInfoRequested
Description:
List of information to display with respect to the type. See GSM OMC-R
Commands Reference - Configuration, Performance, and Maintenance
menus (411-9001-129).
Value range:
Object:
Type:
DP
traceReference
Description:
Value range:
[0 to 63] (Phase I)
[0 to 65535] (Phase II)
Object:
traceFileReadyRecord
Type:
DP
Value range:
[0 to 255]
Object:
transceiver
Type:
DP
Checks:
[M]: The parent bsc object is unlocked and the parent bts object is
Release:
V9
Note:
locked.
transceiver
Description:
Value range:
[0 to 15]
Object:
channel
Type:
Id
Checks:
transceiver
Description:
Value range:
[0 to 15]
Object:
transceiver
Type:
Id
Checks:
[C]: The number of TDMA frames per cell is limited to 16, regardless
of the type of the BSC that controls the cell.
[C]: The handOverControl and powerControl objects are created for
the parent bts object.
[C]: If the parent bts object describes a concentric cell, two transceiverZone objects are created for that object.
[C/D]: If the application database of the related BSC is built, the parent
bsc object is unlocked and the parent bts object is locked.
[D]: If the application database of the related BSC is not built, it has
been reset by an Off line reset BDA command.
When dual band (concentric cell) is used, the class of a TRX/DRX enables to distinguish which DRX and which TDMA are used in the outer
zone or inner zone.
Class 1 corresponds to a TDMA in the frequency band carrying BCCH
so belonging to transceiverZone = 0 (large/outer zone). Class 2 corresponds to a TDMA in the frequency band not carrying BCCH so belonging to transceiverZone = 1 (small/inner zone).
When cell is dualband, transceiver equipment class values differentiate
TRX of the main band (for which the class value is 1) and TRX of the extended band (for which the class value is 2).
Value range:
[0 (reserved) / 1 / 2]
Object:
transceiverEquipment
Type:
DP
Checks:
Release:
its class matches the TRX/DRX class allotted to the zone to which the
TDMA frame belongs (refer to the next entry).
V9
Value range:
Object:
transceiver
Condition:
Type:
DP
Checks:
Release:
transceiverEquipment
Description:
Value range:
[0 to 15]
Object:
software
transceiverEquipment
Type:
Id
Checks:
transceiverEquipment
Description:
Value range:
[0 to 15]
Object:
transceiverEquipment
Type:
Id
Checks:
[D]: If the application database of the related BSC is not built, it has
been reset by an Off line reset BDA command.
[D]: No traceControl or callPathTrace object refers to the transceiv-
erEquipment object (the BSC Call tracing or Call path tracing function
does not monitor that object).
Class of the TRX/DRXs partnered with the TDMA frames of the zone.
The class of a TRX/DRX sets, among others, its maximum transmission
power. Refer to the previous entry.
When dual band (concentric cell) is used, the class of a TRX/DRX enables to distinguish which DRX and which TDMA are used in the outer
zone or inner zone.
Class 1 corresponds to a TDMA in the frequency band carrying BCCH
so belonging to transceiverZone = 0 (large/outer zone).Class 2 corresponds to a TDMA in the frequency band not carrying BCCH so belonging to transceiverZone = 1 (small/inner zone).
Value range:
[1 / 2]
Object:
transceiverZone
Type:
DP
Restrictions:
V9
Note:
The transceiverZone objects are only created for bts objects that describe concentric cells.
transceiverZone
Description:
Value range:
Object:
transceiverZone
Type:
Id
Checks:
Release:
[C]: The associated bts object is created and the transceiverZone object is not created for that object.
[C]: The number of transmission zones in a concentric cell equals 2.
Each transceiverZone object is one-of-a -kind to the associated bts object. [C/D]: If the application database of the related BSC is built, the
parent bsc object is unlocked and the associated bts object is locked.
[M]: The parent bsc object is unlocked. [D]: If the application database of the related BSC is not built, it has been reset by an Off line reset
BDA command.
[D]: No transceiver object refers to the transceiverZone object.
V9
transcoder3GEqptId
Description:
Value range:
[0 to 0]
Object:
hardware transcoder 3G
Type:
DP
Release:
V13
transcoder
Description:
Value range:
Object:
pcmCircuit (A interface)
Type:
Id
Checks:
transcoder
Description:
Value range:
Object:
transcoder
Type:
Id
Checks:
transcoderArchitecture
Description:
Value range:
Object:
transcoder
Default value:
Type:
DP
Release:
V13
Checks:
[C/M]: The maximum PCMs (A and Ater) number is set to 252 (E1) /
transcoderId Class 2
Description:
Identifier of the remote transcoder linked to the PCM link that carries the
SS7 channel on the A interface.
Value range:
[0 to 33]
Object:
signallingLink
transcoderId Class 2
Type:
DP
Checks:
transcoderId Class 2
Description:
Identifier of the remote transcoder linked to the PCM link that carries the
terrestrial circuit on the A interface.
Value range:
[0 to 33]
Object:
xtp
Type:
DP
Checks:
transparentSiteAttrib2 Class 2
Description:
Value range:
String [0 to 129]
Object:
btsSiteManager
Type:
DP
Release:
V14
transparentTeiAttrib2 Class 2
Description:
Value range:
String [0 to 27]
Object:
bts
Type:
DP
Release:
V14
tResumeAck Class 3
Description:
Timer used by the bsc waiting for an MS Resume Ack from a pcu. On
timer expiry, the procedure is canceled. A TCH Release is sent to the
MS, requesting this MS to send a Routing Area Update.
Value range:
Default value:
tResumeAck Class 3
Object:
bsc
Feature:
Type:
DP
Release:
V15
Note:
trm
Description:
The Transcoding Resource Module, which is responsible for GSM vocoding of the voice channels.
Value range:
[0 to 2147483646]
Object:
trm
Type:
Id
trmArchipelagoCalls
Description:
Value range:
List of 3 archipelagoes. Each of them is a list [coderAlgo, maximumNumberOfCalls, currentNumberOfCalls] with: coderAlgo: fullRatecoder / enhancedFullRateCoder / ctmEnhancedFullRateCode /
amrFullHalfRateCoder maxi mumNumberOfCalls: 0 to 65535 currentNumberOfCalls: 0 to 65535
Object:
trm
Feature:
Type:
DD
Release:
V16
trmId
Description:
Identifier of the trm object class. This identifier is allocated by the MDR at object creation, depending on the shelf and slot numbers indicated
by the BSC. This attribute cannot be modified. This attribute is relevant
for BSC 3000 and TCU 3000.
Value range:
[0 to 2147483646]
Object:
trm
Type:
DP
Release:
V13
trmIncreaseCapacity Class 3
Description:
Value range:
[disabled / enabled]
trmIncreaseCapacity Class 3
Object:
transcoder
Feature:
Default value:
disabled
Type:
DP
Note:
Release:
V18.0
Checks:
[C/M]: Checks are performed to determine the presence of a valid license for TRM3 capacity increase on the following operations:
setting the value of the trmIncreaseCapacit y parameter to "enabled"
unlocking a TRX
building the BDA of a BSC
resetting a BDA of a BSC
The attempt to set the "enabled" value of the trmIncreaseCapacity parameter on the transcoder object is possible only when the number of
working TCU 3000s allowed to use the TRM3 capacity increase does not
exceed the licensed volume.
If the check fails, then the corresponding action is rejected and a clear
error message displayed.
tsConfiguration
Description:
Value range:
[true / false]
Object:
transceiver
Type:
DD
Remark:
Since the time slots are reconfigured after each dynamic reconfiguration
of the hopping frequencies, the data can be different from those defined
by the user when creating the channel objects.
Release:
V8
tSuspendAck Class 3
Description:
Timer used by the bsc waiting for an MS Suspend Ack message from a
pcu. On timer expiry, the Suspend message is repeated. After three unsuccessful attempts, the procedure is canceled.
Value range:
Default value:
Object:
bsc
Feature:
tSuspendAck Class 3
Type:
DP
Release:
V15
Note:
tUsfExt Class 3
Description:
Value range:
Object:
bts
Default value:
Feature:
Extended UL TBF
Type:
DP
Checks:
Release:
V15
txPowerMaxReduction Class 2
Description:
Maximum transmission power level allowed in a TDMA frame (attenuation versus bsTxPowerMax) per transceiver.
Value range:
Object:
transceiver
Default value:
Type:
DP
Checks:
Remark:
Since the system accepts only one value for this attribute, changing it
has no meaning.
type
Description:
Value range:
Object:
md - Archive
Type:
DP
type
Description:
Value range:
Object:
md - Restore
Type:
DP
type
Description:
Value range:
[faults / observations / trace data / backup / backup without eft / PCUOAM / other data]
Fault data are stored in the "/CMN/base/save_rest" partition on the
OMC-R manager disks.
Observation data are stored in the "/OMC/obs" partition on the OMCR manager disks.
Trace data are stored in the "/CMN/base/save_rest" partition on the
OMC-R manager.
Backup data are stored on the OMC-R manager disks.
Other data files are defined in the "/OMC/data" partition on the OMCR manager disks.
Object:
omc - Archive
Type:
DP
type
Description:
Value range:
Object:
omc - Restore
Type:
DP
type
Description:
Value range:
objects
Object:
report template
Type:
DP
Release:
V11
Value range:
[traceData]
Object:
Type:
DP
Release:
V10
type of display
2.21.
Description:
Value range:
Object:
report template
Type:
DP
Release:
V11
Restrictions:
U
ulBepPeriod Class 2
Description:
The parameter is used by BTS to derive the forgetting factor used in the
UL to compute averaged MEAN-BEP and CV-BEP.
Value range:
[0 to 15]
Object:
transceiver
Feature:
Default value:
Type:
DP
Release:
V15
ulGMSKMCS1UpperThreshold Class 3
Description:
The parameter allows to set the threshold between MCS1 and the next
code in the UL GMSK Link Adaptation table.
Value range:
[0 to 255]
Object:
bts
Feature:
Default value:
Type:
DP
Release:
V18 P&C5
Note
ulGMSKMCS2UpperThreshold Class 3
Description:
The parameter allows the operator to set the threshold between MCS2
and the next code in the UL GMSK Only Link Adaptation table.
Value range:
[0 to 255]
Object:
bts
Feature:
Default value:
Type:
DP
Release:
V15
ulGMSKMCS3UpperThreshold Class 3
Description:
The parameter allows to set the threshold between MCS3 and the next
code in the UL GMSK Only Link Adaptation table.
Value range:
[0 to 255]
Object:
bts
Feature:
Default value:
Type:
DP
Release:
V15
ulMCS1UpperThreshold Class 3
Description:
The parameter allows to set the threshold between MCS1 and the next
code in the UL Link Adaptation table
Value range:
[0 to 255]
Object:
bts
Feature:
Default value:
ulMCS1UpperThreshold Class 3
Type:
DP
Release:
V18 P & C5
Note
ulMCS2UpperThreshold Class 3
Description:
The parameter is used to set the threshold between MCS2 and the next
code in the UL Link Adaptation table.
Value range:
[0 to 255]
Object:
bts
Feature:
Default value:
Type:
DP
Release:
V15
ulMCS3UpperThreshold Class 3
Description:
The parameter is used to set the threshold between MCS3 and the next
code in the UL Link Adaptation table.
Value range:
[0 to 255]
Object:
bts
Feature:
Default value:
Type:
DP
Release:
V15
ulMCS4UpperThreshold Class 3
Description:
The parameter allows to set the threshold between MCS4 and the next
code in the UL Link Adaptation table.
Value range:
[0 to 255]
Object:
bts
Feature:
Default value:
Type:
DP
Release:
V18 P& C5
Note
ulMCS5UpperThreshold Class 3
Description:
The parameter is used to set the threshold between MCS5 and the next
code in the UL Link Adaptation table.
Value range:
[0 to 255]
Object:
bts
Feature:
Default value:
Type:
DP
Release:
V15
ulMCS6UpperThreshold Class 3
Description:
The parameter is used to set the threshold between MCS6 and the next
code in the UL Link Adaptation table.
Value range:
[0 to 255]
Object:
bts
Feature:
Default value:
Type:
DP
Release:
V15
ulMCS7UpperThreshold Class 3
Description:
The parameter is used to set the threshold between MCS7 and the next
code in the UL Link Adaptation table.
Value range:
[0 to 255]
Object:
bts
Feature:
Default value:
Type:
DP
Release:
V15
ulMCS8UpperThreshold Class 3
Description:
The parameter is used to set the threshold between MCS8 and the next
code in the UL Link Adaptation table.
Value range:
[0 to 255]
Object:
bts
Feature:
Default value:
Type:
DP
Release:
V15
unequippedCircuit Class 1
Description:
Value range:
[Enabled/Disabled]
Object:
bts
Default value:
Disabled
Type:
DP
Release:
V14
Note:
unequippedCircuit Class 1
Description:
Value range:
[false / true]
Object:
signallingPoint
Feature:
Default value:
False
Type:
DP
Checks:
Remark:
Since the system accepts only one value for this attribute in V10 and
V11, changing it has no meaning.
Release:
V8
unit
Description:
Value range:
String [1 to 2 characters]
Object:
Type:
DD
Note:
unknownNCellWarning Class 3
Description:
Value range:
[enabled / disabled]
unknownNCellWarning Class 3
Object:
bts
Default value:
disabled
Type:
DP
Base 1 to 2: the first and second user alarm in the Base cabinet
are unmasked
Base 1 to 6 Ext0 1: The 6 user alarms in the Base cabinet and the
first one in the Extension cabinet 0 are unmasked
Object:
btsSiteManager
Type:
DP
Release:
V9
enumerated
{ All masked, Base 1, Base 1 to 2, Base 1 to 3, Base 1 to
4, Base 1 to 5, Base 1 to 6, Base 1 to 6 Ext0 1
(if BTS9000 OUTDOOR : Base 1 to 7), Basem 1 to 6 Ext0 1 to 2 (if
BTS9000 OUTDOOR : Base 1 to 8), Base 1 to 6
Ext0 1 to 3 (if BTS9000 OUTDOOR : Base 1 to 9), Base 1 to 6 Ext0 1
to 4 (if
BTS9000 OUTDOOR : Base 1 to 10), Base 1 to 6 Ext0 1 to 5 (if
BTS9000
OUTDOOR : Base 1 to 11), Base 1 to 6 Ext0 1 to 6 (if BTS9000
OUTDOOR :
Base 1 to 12), Base 1 to 6 Ext0 1 to 6 Ext1 1 to 2 (if BTS9000
OUTDOOR : Base
1 to 13), Base 1 to 6 Ext0 1 to 6 Ext1 1 to 4 (if BTS9000 OUTDOOR :
All
unmasked), Base 1 to 6 Ext0 1 to 6 Ext1 1 to 6 (if BTS9000
OUTDOOR : Not
Applicable) }.
Object
btsSiteManager
Type
DP
Class
Release
V18.0 P&C4
Value range:
Object:
transceiver
Feature:
Default value:
Type:
DP
Release:
V12
upgradeStatus
Description:
Value range:
[notInProgress / inProgress / performed / toBeUpgraded / aborted; duplicateInProgress; frozen; failed; flashUpdated; Unknown]
Object:
upgradeStatus (Continued)
Feature:
AR 1209 - V13.1
Type:
DD
Release:
V13
upgradeStatus
Description:
Value range:
Object:
igm
Feature:
Abis over IP
Type
DD
Release:
V18.0
upgradeStatus
Description:
Value range:
downloadFailed: final condition in case of a software download failure (kept until the next IPM connection or manual upgrade)
ipm
Feature:
Abis over IP
Type
DD
Release:
V18.0
uplinkPowerControl Class 3
Description:
Value range:
[enabled / disabled]
Object:
powerControl
Default value:
enabled
Type:
DP
Release:
V8
uplinkPwrCtrlDuringUTDOA Class 3
Description:
Value range:
[enabled / disabled]
Object:
bsc
Default value:
disabled
Type:
DP
Release
V16
uplinkReply Class 3
Description:
Defines the use of the uplink-reply procedure, which applies to VBS and
VGCS calls for radio resources optimization.
Value range:
[0 to 2] with:
Object:
bsc
Feature:
ASCI
Default value:
Type:
DP
Release:
GSM-R V15
uplinkReplyTimer Class 3
Description:
Value range:
Object:
bts
uplinkReplyTimer Class 3
Feature:
ASCI
Default value:
120
Type:
DP
Release:
GSM-R V15
uRxLevDLP Class 3
Description:
Upper strength threshold for BTS txpwr decrease for step by step algorithm.
Value range:
[less than -110, -110 to -109, ... , -49 to -48, more than -48] dB
Object:
powerControl
Default value:
-85 to -84 dB
Type:
DP
uRxLevULP Class 3
Description:
Upper strength threshold for MS txpwr decrease for step by step algorithm.
It is greater than lRxLevULP.
Value range:
[less than -110, -110 to -109, ... , -49 to -48, more than -48] dB
Object:
powerControl
Default value:
-85 to -84 dB
Type:
DP
Note:
This parameter is significant only when the BTS uses the standard "step
by step" power control algorithm.
uRxQualDLP Class 3
Description:
Upper quality threshold to reduce BTS txpwr for step by step algorithm.
It is lower than or equal to lRxQualDLP.
Value range:
[less than 0.2, 0.2 to 0.4, 0.4 to 0.8, ... , 6.4 to 12.8, more than 12.8] %
Object:
powerControl
Default value:
0.2 to 0.4
Type:
DP
Checks:
Note:
This parameter is significant only when the BTS uses the standard "step
by step" power control algorithm.
uRxQualULP Class 3
Description:
Value range:
[less than 0.2, 0.2 to 0.4, 0.4 to 0.8, ... , 6.4 to 12.8, more than 12.8] %
Object:
powerControl
Default value:
0.2 to 0.4
Type:
DP
Checks:
Note:
This parameter is significant only when the BTS uses the standard "step
by step" power control algorithm.
usageState
Description:
Value range:
[idle / busy ]
idle ............. The PCM time slot that conveys the terrestrial circuit is
traffic-free.
busy ............. The PCM time slot conveys the terrestrial circuit is working and carrying traffic.
Object:
callPathTrace
Type:
DP
usageState
Description:
ISO state
Refer to the operationalState entry related to the xtp object which describes the possible state parameter combinations for this type of object.
Value range:
Object:
xtp
Type:
DD
Value range:
[yes]
Object:
bscCounterList
DP
Release:
V11
user name
Description:
Value range:
[case sensitive]
Object:
Type:
DP
Checks:
Note:
the OMC-R.
Use only alphanumeric characters (30 max.), beginning with a letter and
is case sensitive, for ALL parameter names (such as TRX, BSC, BTS,
BTSSM). All other symbols/characters are prohibited.
user profile
Description:
Value range:
Object:
user profile
Type:
DP
Checks:
username
Description:
Name of the OMC-R user, as defined in the users profile, who created
the job.
Value range:
[case sensitive]
Type:
DD
Object:
job
Note:
Use only alphanumeric characters (30 max.), beginning with a letter and
is case sensitive, for ALL parameter names (such as TRX, BSC, BTS,
BTSSM). All other symbols/characters are prohibited.
username
Description:
Name of the OMC-R user, as defined in the users profile, who created
the associated job.
Value range:
[case sensitive]
Object:
obResult
username
Type:
DD
Note:
Use only alphanumeric characters (30 max.), beginning with a letter and
is case sensitive, for ALL parameter names (such as TRX, BSC, BTS,
BTSSM). All other symbols/characters are prohibited.
usfGranularity Class 3
2.22.
Description:
Value range:
[0]
Object:
bts
Feature:
Default value:
0 (granularity 1)
Type:
DP
Release:
V15
VEASDCCHOverflowAllowed Class 3
Description:
Used to allow (or not) the SDCCH overflowing when EVEA is activated.
Value range:
[disabled / allowed]
Object:
bts
Feature:
Default value:
disabled
Type:
DP
Release:
V18.0
voiceBroadcastService Class 3
Description:
Value range:
[enabled / disabled]
Object:
signallingPoint
Feature:
(GSM-R V12)
Default value:
disabled
Type:
DP
Release:
V12
voiceGroupCallService Class 3
Description:
Value range:
[enabled / disabled]
Object:
signallingPoint
Feature:
(GSM-R V12)
Default value:
disabled
Type:
DP
Release:
V12
2.23.
Description:
Value range:
[Present / Absent]
Object:
btsSiteManager
Type:
DP
Release:
V9
workstation name
Description:
Value range:
[case sensitive]
Object:
Type:
DP
Checks:
Note:
on the OMC-R.
Use only alphanumeric characters (30 max.), beginning with a letter and
is case sensitive, for ALL parameter names (such as TRX, BSC, BTS,
BTSSM). All other symbols/characters are prohibited.
wPSManagement Class 3
Description:
Value range:
[disabled 0 ; enabled 1]
Object:
bsc
Feature:
Default value:
Disabled
Type:
DP
Checks:
Release:
V15
the OMC-R.
wPSQueueStepRotation Class 3
2.24.
Description:
Value range:
[1 to 10]
Object:
bts
Feature:
Default value:
Type:
DP
Checks:
Release:
V15
xtp
Description:
Identifier of an xtp object (eXchange Termination Point) defined with regard to a bsc object.
Value range:
[0 to 2147483646]
Object:
xtp
Type:
Id
Checks:
to the A interface and depends on the same transcoder object (transcoderId) as the xtp object.
[C]: The time slot used by the xtp object (timeSlotNumber) is identical
to the mscPcmTsNumber component of the cic attribute.
[C/M]: The referenced PCM,TS pair (pcmCircuitId and timeSlotNumber) is not already assigned to an xtp or signallingLink object dependent on the same transcoder object, and the time slot is not mapped
on the TS used by the OMC channel on the Ater interface.
[C/M]: If the terrestrial circuit uses PCMA link no.3 (pcmCircuitId), the
timeSlotNumber is in the range [1 to 27] if the PCM link is an E1 link or
in the range [1 to 20] if the PCM link is a T1 link. Since the last four time
slots of that link are not mapped on the Ater interface, they are unusable
(refer to the transcoderMatrix entry in the Dictionary).
[C]: If the application database of the related BSC is built, the parent
bsc object is unlocked.
[D]: If the application database of the related BSC is built, the parent
bsc object is unlocked and the xtp object is locked.
[D]: If the application database of the related BSC is not built, it has
been reset by an Off line reset BDA command.
[D]: No traceControl or callPathTrace object refers to the xtp object
(the Call tracing and Call path tracing functions do not monitor that object).
Restrictions:
2.25.
zI bss
Description:
Object:
terminal profile
Type:
DP
Note:
The user can enter a BSC in the list that is not created yet.
When it is created, this BSC will be handle as the other BSCs already
created.
zI bss
Description:
Object:
user profile
Type:
DP
Note:
The user can enter a BSC in the list that is not created yet.
When it is created, this BSC will be handle as the other
BSCs already created.
Value range:
Object:
transceiverZone
Default value:
not hopping
Type:
DP
Checks:
[M]: The parent bsc object is unlocked and the associated bts object
is locked.
Release:
V9
Note:
The transceiverZone objects are only created for bts objects that describe concentric cells.
Value range:
[1 to 64]
Object:
transceiverZone
Default value:
Type:
DP
Checks:
[M]: The parent bsc object is unlocked and the associated bts object
Release:
V9
Note:
The transceiverZone objects are only created for bts objects that describe concentric cells.
is locked.
Value range:
[0 to 55] dB
Object:
transceiverZone
Default value:
Type:
DP
Checks:
[C/M]: zone Tx power max reduction equals zero if the transceiverZone object describes the cell outer zone. It is greater than zero if the
transceiverZone object describes the cell inner zone.
[M]: The parent bsc object is unlocked and the associated bts object
is locked.
Release:
V9
Note:
The transceiverZone objects are only created for bts objects that describe concentric cells.
A.
A.1.
ATTENTION:
With the introduction of the A Flex - GSM Access and QAM features, the SignallingLinkSet object, which
is an instantiated object is modified (that is, some parameters from SignallingLinkSet object is copied to
a new object, remoteSignallingPoint object and some parameters are new). Following is the list of parameters, from SignallingLinkSet object which are copied to remoteSignallingPoint object:
bssSccpConnEst
bssSccpRelease
bssSccpInactTx
bssSccpInactRx
bssSccpSubSystest
css7LocalSubSystemNumber
css7RemoteSubSystemNumber
pointCode
Following are the new parameters included for this release:
Parameter
Object
networkResourceIdentifierLength
SignallingPoint
nullNRI
SignallingPoint
remoteNodeType
RemoteSignallingPoint
networkResourceIdentifierList
RemoteSignallingPoint
signallingLinkSetInstancesList
RemoteSignallingPoint
status
RemoteSignallingPoint
adjacentPointCode
SignallingLinkSet
remoteSignallingPointInstance
pcmCircuit
naccInterBSCIntraPcusnActivation
PCU
globalInterBscNaccActivation
PCU
routingArea
AdjacentCellReselection
baseColourCode
AdjacentCellReselection
Parameter
Object
dlGMSKMCS4UpperThreshold
bts
networkColourCode
AdjacentCellReselection
ftpUserPassword
bscMdInterface
A.2.
Parameter
Object
highSpeedUplinkDistortionRemovalOnPacketData
bts
securedLoopActivation
btsSiteManager
gsmToLteReselection
bts
3GReselectionOnPriority
bts
lteARFCN
lteAdjacentCellReselection
measurementBandwidth
lteAdjacentCellReselection
ltePriority
lteAdjacentCellReselection
thresholdLteHigh
lteAdjacentCellReselection
thresholdLteLow
lteAdjacentCellReselection
lteRxLevMin
lteAdjacentCellReselection
lteAdjacentCellReselection
lteAdjacentCellReselection
lteAdjacentCellReselection
PCID to TA mapping
lteAdjacentCellReselection
bts
bts
bts
gsmPriority
bts
thresholdPrioritySearch
bts
thresholdGSMlow
bts
hysteresisPrio
bts
timerReselection
bts
3GPriority
bts
threshold3Ghigh
bts
Parameter
Object
threshold3Glow
bts
3GQRxLevMin
bts
default3Gpriority
bts
defaultThreshold3G
bts
default3GQRxLevMin
bts
bts
A.3.
Parameter
Object
dataOnNoHoppingTS
bts
bsc3000optical_ip
bsc
A.4.
Parameter
Object
AllocPriorityTimerT14Railways
bts
Comment
btsSiteManager
Comment
bts
GsmUmtsCombBcchTeiVal
bts
A.5.
Parameter
Object
3GAccessMinLevelOffset
bts
3GReselectionThreshold
bts
administrativeState
igm
administrativeState
ipgRc
administrativeState
ipm
amrWbDlAdaptationSet
bts
amrWbNbMaxPdtchPreemption
bts
amrWbSacchPowerOffsetSelection
bts
amrWbUlAdaptationSet
bts
amrWBIntercellCodecMThresh
handOverControl
amrWBIntracellCodecMThresh
handOverControl
Parameter
Object
amrWBiRxLevDLH
handOverControl
amrWBiRxLevULH
handOverControl
amrWBPowerControlCIThresholdUl
powerControl
availabilityStatus
igm
availabilityStatus
ipgRc
availabilityStatus
ipm
btsType
btsSiteManager
concentAlgoExtRxLevUL
handOverControl
concentAlgoIntRxLevUL
handOverControl
directAllocIntFrRxLevDL
handOverControl
directAllocIntFrRxLevUL
handOverControl
EATrafficLoadEnd
bts
EATrafficLoadStart
bts
enableRepeatedFacchHr
bts
enableRepeatedFacchWBFr
bts
ipm
ipAggregateEthernetPortUsed
ipgRc
ipCompressionActivation
btsSiteManager
ipCompressionDepth
btsSiteManager
ipCRPnChannel_TosDscp
ipgRc
ipCRPnChannel_userPriority
ipgRc
ipDefaultGateway
ipgRc
ipDHCPServerList
ipgRc
ipgPcmList
ipgRc
ipgRc Reference
igm
ipIpgRcCounterPeriod
ipgRc
ipIBOSEthernetPortUsed
ipgRc
ipIBOSTraffic_TosDscp
ipgRc
ipIBOSTraffic_userPriority
ipgRc
Parameter
Object
ipm
ipm
ipPortIPAddress_VRId_List
ipgRc
ipRoutingProtocolOnAbisPort
ipgRc
ipRoutingProtocolOnAggregatePort
ipgRc
ipRoutingProtocolOnIBOSPort
ipgRc
ipRoutingTable
ipgRc
ipPdvManualSet
btsSiteManager
ipPdvSelfTuningRange
btsSiteManager
ipRTPnChannel_TosDscp
ipgRc
ipRTPnChannel_userPriority
ipgRc
IPSEC Payload
ipm
ipServiceChannel_TosDscp
ipgRc
ipServiceChannel_userPriority
ipgRc
ipSynchroPacketPeriod
btsSiteManager
ipSynchroUplinkActivation
btsSiteManager
ipTrafficPacketPeriod
btsSiteManager
MIB version
executableSoftware
fullHRCellLoadEnd
bts
fullHRCellLoadStart
bts
nAMRWBRequestedCodec
handOverControl
operationalState
igm
operationalState
ipgRc
operationalState
ipm
positionInShelf
igm
positionInShelf
ipgRc
ipm
sharedPDTCHratio
bts
shelfNumber
igm
Parameter
Object
shelfNumber
ipgRc
standbyStatus
igm
sWVersionActive
ipm
sWVersionPassive
ipm
taDetectionDataExtCell
bts
tfoActivation
bsc
trmIncreaseCapacity
transcoder
upgradeStatus
igm
upgradeStatus
ipm
VEASDCCHOverflowAllowed
bts
A.6.
Parameter
Object
adaptiveReceiver
transceiver
administrativeState
hsaRc
administrativeState
hsaRcTcu
availabilityStatus
hsaRc
availabilityStatus
hsaRcTcu
bssPagingCoordination
bts
cId
adjacentCellUTRAN
compressedModeUTRAN
bts
diversityUTRAN
adjacentCellUTRAN
dynamicAbis
btsSiteManager
earlyClassmarkSendingUTRAN
bts
fDDARFCN
adjacentCellUTRAN
fDDMultiratReporting
bts
fDDReportingThreshold
handOverControl
fDDReportingThreshold2
handOverControl
gsmToUMTSServiceHo
bsc
gprsPreemptionForHR
bsc
Parameter
Object
hoMarginUTRAN
adjacentCellUTRAN
hoMarginAMRUTRAN
adjacentCellUTRAN
hoMarginDistUTRAN
adjacentCellUTRAN
hoMarginRxLevUTRAN
adjacentCellUTRAN
hoMarginRxQualUTRAN
adjacentCellUTRAN
hoMarginTrafficOffsetUTRAN
adjacentCellUTRAN
hoPingpongCombinationUTRAN
adjacentCellUTRAN
hoPingpongTimeRejectionUTRAN
adjacentCellUTRAN
hoRejectionTimeOverloadUTRAN
bsc
hsaPcmList
hsaRc
hsaPcmList
hsaRcTcu
Display RM Capacity - md
Display RM Capacity - md
locationAreaCodeUTRAN
adjacentCellUTRAN
mobileCountryCodeUTRAN
adjacentCellUTRAN
mobileNetworkCodeUTRAN
adjacentCellUTRAN
Display 4K Erlangs - md
offsetPriorityUTRAN
adjacentCellUTRAN
operationalState
hsaRc
operationalState
hsaRcTcu
positionInShelf
hsaRc
positionInShelf
hsaRcTcu
qsearchC
handOverControl
reportTypeMeasurement
bts
Parameter
Object
rNCId
adjacentCellUTRAN
scramblingCode
adjacentCellUTRAN
rxLevDLPbgtUTRAN
adjacentCellUTRAN
rxLevMinCellUTRAN
adjacentCellUTRAN
servingBandReporting
bts
ServingBandReportingOffset
handOverControl
shelfNumber
hsaRc
shelfNumber
hsaRcTcu
signallingLink field
signallingLinkSet
signallingLinkResourcesStates
signallingLinkSet
signallingLinkResState
signallingLinkSet
slkAResource field
signallingLinkSet
slkAssociatedTmuPortPosition
signallingLink
slkAssociatedTmuPortPosition field
signallingLinkSet
slkATerResource
signallingLink
slkATerResource field
signallingLinkSet
smartPowerManagementConfig
powerControl
smartPowerSwitchOffTimer
powerControl
standbyStatus
hsaRc
standbyStatus
hsaRcTcu
standbyStatus
TMU
synchronizingHsaRc
bsc
t3121
bts
Display RM Capacity - md
Display 4K Erlangs - md
Parameter
Object
Display RM Capacity - md
Display 4K Erlangs - md
A.7.
Parameter
Object
aterLapd
lsaRc
bckgDLLayer3WindowSize
bsc
channelReleaseonAbisFailure
bts
eGPRSlrUlActivation
bts
enableRepeatedFacchFr
bts
facchPowerOffset
bts
frPowerControlTargetModeDl
PowerControl
hrPowerControlTargetModeDl
PowerControl
interferenceMatrixRunningOnBts
bts
interferenceMatrixRunningOnBsc
bsc
minNbOfJokersPerConnectedMain
transceiver
monitoredObjectClass
mdWarning
nACCActivation
bts
packetFlowContext
powerControl
packetSiStatus
bts
pcuCellState
pcu
pfcActivation
bts
pfcArp1ConversationalCSCallProtection
powerControl
pfcArp1StreamingCSCallProtection
powerControl
pfcArp2ConversationalCSCallProtection
powerControl
pfcArp2StreamingCSCallProtection
powerControl
Parameter
Object
pfcArp3ConversationalCSCallProtection
powerControl
pfcArp3StreamingCSCallProtection
powerControl
pfcFlowControlActivation
bts
pfcMinNrtBandwidthPerTs
transceiver
pfcMinNumberOfJokersforTsGuaranteedBitRate
transceiver
pfcNrtRequestedDnMbrCounterThreshold
powerControl
pfcNrtRequestedUpMbrCounterThreshold
powerControl
pfcPreemptionRatioGold
powerControl
pfcPreemptionRatioSilver
powerControl
pfcRtDowngradeAllowed
powerControl
pfcRtRequestedDnGbrCounterThreshold
powerControl
pfcRtRequestedUpGbrCounterThreshold
powerControl
pfcT6
powerControl
pfcT8
powerControl
pfcTsGuaranteedBitRateDl
powerControl
pfcTsGuaranteedBitRateUl
powerControl
privilegedCell
bts
sacchPowerOffset
bts
sacchPowerOffsetSelection
bts
sigPowerOverboost
bts
trmArchipelagoCalls
trm
uplinkPwrCtrlDuringUTDOA
bsc
A.8.
Parameter
Object
allocPriorityTable
bts
allocPriorityTimers
bts
amrUlHrAdaptationSet
bts
amrDlHrAdaptationSet
bts
amrUlFrAdaptationSet
bts
Parameter
Object
amrDlFrAdaptationSet
bts
bts
beacBatteryRemoteControllerPresence
btsSiteManager
batteryRemoteControllerPresence
btsSiteManager
bEPPeriod
bts
bscHighSwitchingCapacity
bsc
bssSccpConnEst
signallingPoint or signallingLinkSet
bssSccpInactRx
signallingPoint or signallingLinkSet
bssSccpInactTx
signallingPoint or signallingLinkSet
bssSccpRelease
signallingPoint or signallingLinkSet
bssSccpSubSysTest
signallingPoint or signallingLinkSet
btsSMSynchroMode
btsSiteManager
callDropActivation
bts
concentricCell
bts
cpueNumber
btsSiteManager
css7LocalSubSystemNumber
signallingLinkSet
css7RemoteSubSystemNumber
signallingLinkSet
bts
dARPPh1Priority
transceiver
degradedCause
bts
degradedCause
transceiver
delivery
bts
distributionActivation
bts
distributionDuration
bts
distributionQualityThreshold
bts
distributionTime
bts
diversity
bts
dlGMSKMCS2UpperThreshold
bts
dlGMSKMCS3UpperThreshold
bts
Parameter
Object
dlMCS2UpperThreshold
bts
dlMCS3UpperThreshold
bts
dlMCS5UpperThreshold
bts
dlMCS6UpperThreshold
bts
dlMCS7UpperThreshold
bts
dlMCS8UpperThreshold
bts
edgeDataServiceType
transceiver
edgeFavor
transceiver
eDGEMixity
bts
egprsServices
bts
emergencyThreshold
signallingPoint
agpsTimer
bsc
estimatedSiteLoad
btsSiteManager
extUtbfNoData
bts
fERThreshold1
bts
fERThreshold2
bts
fERThreshold3
bts
fERThreshold4
bts
filteredTrafficCoefficient
bts
floor
bts
fnOffset
btsSiteManager
fullDlKa
bts
gprsNetworkModeOperation
bts
gprsState
bts
gprsState
transceiver
initialMCSDL
transceiver
initialMCSUL
transceiver
jokerPerMainTarget
transceiver
mainNetworkBand
bsc
Parameter
Object
masterBtsSMId
btsSiteManager
msPowerClassToggle
bts
nbLargeReuseDataChannels
bts
numberOfJokerDS0
transceiver
nUsfExt
bts
nwExtUtbf
bts
onePhaseAccess
bts
onePhaseDnMsCapability
bts
onlyExtUtbf
bts
reportTypeMeas
bts
rLCPolling
bts
sGSNRelease
bts
standardIndicator
bts
suspendResumeActivation
bsc
systemInfoType2
bts
tGMMKeepAlive
bts
timerGcchNotif
signallingPoint
tnOffset
btsSiteManager
tNwExtUtbf
bts
tResumeAck
bsc
tSuspendAck
bsc
tUsfExt
bts
ulBepPeriod
transceiver
ulGMSKMCS2UpperThreshold
bts
ulGMSKMCS3UpperThreshold
bts
ulMCS2UpperThreshold
bts
ulMCS3UpperThreshold
bts
ulMCS5UpperThreshold
bts
ulMCS6UpperThreshold
bts
Parameter
Object
ulMCS7UpperThreshold
bts
ulMCS8UpperThreshold
bts
uplinkReply
bsc
uplinkReplyTimer
bts
usfGranularity
bts
wPSManagement
bsc
wPSQueueStepRotation
bts
A.9.
Parameter
Object
peakThroughputLimitation
powerControl
upQoSCriterion
powerControl
dwQoSCriterion
powerControl
minThroughputGold
powerControl
minThroughputSilver
powerControl
minThroughputBronze
powerControl
preemptionRatioGold
powerControl
preemptionRatioSilver
powerControl
voicePreemptionGold
powerControl
voicePreemptionSilver
powerControl
voicePreemptionBronze
powerControl
admissionCtrlGold
powerControl
admissionCtrlSilver
powerControl
admissionCtrlBronze
powerControl
frPowerControlTargetMode
powerControl
hrPowerControlTargetMode
powerControl
powerIncrStepSizeDL
powerControl
powerIncrStepSizeUL
powerControl
powerRedStepSizeDL
powerControl
powerRedStepSizeUL
powerControl
Parameter
Object
gsmToUmtsReselection
bts
gsmToUmtsReselection
bts
uMTSSearchLevel
bts
uMTSReselectionOffset
bts
uMTSAccessMinLevel
bts
uMTSReselectionARFCN
bts
amrAdaptationSet
bts
hrCellLoadEnd
bts
hrCellLoadStart
bts
selfAdaptActivation
bts
hrAmrPriority
transceiver
nbOfFramesForFER
bts
rxLevRxQualDistributionActivation
bts
rxQualThresholdDistribution
bts
transparentTeiAttrib2
bts
amrDirectAllocIntRxLevDL
handOverControl
amrDirectAllocIntRxLevUL
handOverControl
amrDirectAllocRxLevDL
handOverControl
amrDirectAllocRxLevUL
handOverControl
amrFRIntracellCodec
handOverControl
amrHRIntercellCodec
handOverControl
amrHRToFRIntraCodec
handOverControl
amrReserved1
handOverControl
amrReserved2
handOverControl
amriRxLevDLH
handOverControl
amriRxLevULH
handOverControl
capacityTimeRejection
handOverControl
enhCellTieringConfiguration
handOverControl
nCapacityFRRequestedCodec
handOverControl
Parameter
Object
offsetNeighbouringCell
handOverControl
nFRRequestedCodec
handOverControl
nHRRequestedCodec
handOverControl
pRequestedCodec
handOverControl
minTimeQualityIntraCellHO
handOverControl
rxQualAveBeg
handOverControl
servingFactorOffset
handOverControl
adjacentCellReselectionId
adjacentCellReselection
adjacentCellHandOverId
adjacentCellHandOver
hoMarginAMR
adjacentCellHandOver
bscCapacityReduction
bsc, signallingPoint
frAmrPriority
transceiver
lcsType
bsc
sIkAssociatedTmuPortPosition
signallingLink
sIkATerResource
signallingLink
transparentSiteAttrib2
btsSiteManager
dynamicAgprsAllowed
pcu
cCCHGprsAtBtsLevel
bts
agprsFilterCoefficient
bts
t3168
bts
t3192
bts
flowControlMaxDelay
pcusn
B.
B.1.
bssSccpRelease
bssSccpInactTx
bssSccpInactRx
bssSccpSubSystest
css7LocalSubSystemNumber
css7RemoteSubSystemNumber
pointCode
networkResourceIdentifierLength (SignallingPoint)
nullNRI (SignallingPoint)
remoteNodeType (remoteSignallingPoint)
networkResourceIdentifierList (remoteSignallingPoint)
signallingLinkSetInstancesList (remoteSignallingPoint)
status (remoteSignallingPoint)
adjacentPointCode (SignallingLinkSet)
remoteSignallingPointInstance (pcmCircuit)
B.1.1.
B.2.
bssSccpRelease
bssSccpInactTx
bssSccpInactRx
bssSccpSubSystest
css7LocalSubSystemNumber
css7RemoteSubSystemNumber
pointCode
B.2.1.
networkResourceIdentifierLength (SignallingPoint)
nullNRI (SignallingPoint)
remoteNodeType (remoteSignallingPoint)
networkResourceIdentifierList (remoteSignallingPoint)
signallingLinkSetInstancesList (remoteSignallingPoint)
status (remoteSignallingPoint)
adjacentPointCode (SignallingLinkSet)
remoteSignallingPointInstance (pcmCircuit)
B.3.
B.4.
Following are the new parameters introduced for NACC inter BSC/intra PCUSN feature
in V18 P&C5
naccInterBscIntraPcusnActivation (PCU)
routingArea (adjacentCellReselection)
baseColourCode (adjacentCellReselection)
networkColourCode (adjacentCellReselection)
Following new parameter is introduced for NACC inter BSC/intra PCUSN feature in V18
P&C5
B.5.
globalInterBscNaccActivation (PCU)
Following are the new parameters introduced for EDGE Family C MCS-1 & 4 implementation feature in V18 P&C5
initialMCSUL (transceiver)
initialMCSDL (transceiver)
dlMCS1UpperThreshold (bts)
dlMCS4UpperThreshold (bts)
ulMCS1UpperThreshold (bts)
ulMCS4UpperThreshold (bts)
dlGMSKMCS1UpperThreshold (bts)
dlGMSKMCS4UpperThreshold (bts)
ulGMSKMCS1UpperThreshold (bts)
B.6.
B.7.
B.8.
AMR Optimizations
B.9.
preferredNonAdaptativeAMRcodec
filteredTrafficCoefficient (bts)
amrDlFrAdaptationSet (bts)
amrDlHrAdaptationSet (bts)
amrUlFrAdaptationSet (bts)
amrUlHrAdaptationSet (bts)
BSC/TCU 3000
availabilityStatus (hsaRcTcu)
operationalState (atmRm, cc, cem, controlNode, hardware bsc 3G, hardware transcoder 3G, iem, interfaceNode, lsaRc, mms, omu, sw8kRm, tmu, trm, hsaRc, hasRcTcu, iom)
interOmuEtherlinkOper (controlNode)
mmsUsage (mms)
positionInShelf (atmRm, cc, cem, iem, hsaRc, hsaRcTcu, lsaRc, mms, omu,
sw8kRm, tmu, trm, iom, hsaRc)
B.10.
B.11.
B.12.
B.13.
B.14.
B.15.
B.16.
bscHighSwitchingCapacity (bsc)
processorLoadSupConf (bsc)
biZonePowerOffset (adjacentCellHandOver)
biZonePowerOffset (handOverControl)
msTxPwrMax2ndBand (bts)
standardIndicator (bts)
eDGEMixity (bts)
usfGranularity (bts)
bEPPeriod (bts)
edgeFavor (transceiver)
egprsServices (bts)
initialMCSDL (transceiver)
initialMCSUL (transceiver)
jokerPerMainTarget (transceiver)
sGSNRelease (bts)
dlGMSKMCS2UpperThreshold (bts)
dlGMSKMCS3UpperThreshold (bts)
dlMCS2UpperThreshold (bts)
dlMCS3UpperThreshold (bts)
B.17.
dlMCS5UpperThreshold (bts)
dlMCS6UpperThreshold (bts)
dlMCS7UpperThreshold (bts)
dlMCS8UpperThreshold (bts)
ulBepPeriod (transceiver)
ulGMSKMCS2UpperThreshold (bts)
ulGMSKMCS3UpperThreshold (bts)
ulMCS2UpperThreshold (bts)
ulMCS3UpperThreshold (bts)
ulMCS5UpperThreshold (bts)
ulMCS6UpperThreshold (bts)
ulMCS7UpperThreshold (bts)
ulMCS8UpperThreshold (bts)
GSM-R V12
eMLPPThreshold (signallingPoint)
nCHPosition (bts)
preemptionAuthor (signallingPoint)
preemptionConfiguration (signallingPoint)
voiceBroadcastService (signallingPoint)
voiceGroupCallService (signallingPoint)
B.18.
B.19.
GSM-R V15
emergencyThreshold (signallingPoint)
msPowerClassToggle (bts)
timerGcchNotif (signallingPoint)
uplinkReply (bsc)
uplinkReplyTimer (bts)
administrativeState (pcu)
associatedInterface (lapdLink)
availabilityStatus (pcu)
availabilityStatus (pcusn)
bscGprsActivation (bsc)
bscRefList (pcusn)
bsCvMax (bts)
btsSensitivity (bts)
btsSensitivityInnerZone (bts)
channelType (channel)
codingScheme (transceiver)
drxTimerMax (bts)
dwAckTime (transceiver)
gprsCellActivation (bts)
gprsPermittedAccess (bts)
lapdConcentration (lapdLink)
lapdTerminalNumber (lapdLink)
longTbfLossThroughput (bts)
longTbfSizeThreshold (bts)
maxBsTransmitPowerInnerZone (bts)
maxDnTbfP1P2Threshold (bts)
maxDnTbfPerTs (bts)
maxDwAssign (bts)
maxNbrPDAAssig (transceiver)
maxNbrPUDWithoutVchange (transceiver)
maxNbrRLCEmptyBlock (transceiver)
maxUpTbfP1P2Threshold (bts)
maxUpTbfPerTs (bts)
msCapWeightActive (bts)
muxNumber (pcusn)
n3103 (bts)
n3105max (transceiver)
nAvgl (bts)
nAvgT (bts)
nAvgW (bts)
nbrFreeTchBeforeAnticipation (bts)
nbrFreeTchToEndAnticipation (bts)
nbrTch (pcu)
operationalState (pcu)
operationalState (pcusn)
panDec (bts)
panInc (bts)
panMax (bts)
pcmCircuit (pcmCircuit)
pcmNbr (pcu)
pcmType (pcmCircuit)
pcu (pcu)
pcuLapdEqptRefList (pcu)
pcusn (pcusn)
routingArea (bts)
speechOnHoppingTs (bts)
t3172 (bts)
upAckTime (transceiver)
B.20.
B.21.
B.22.
B.23.
B.24.
B.25.
B.26.
gprsNetworkModeOperation (bts)
gprsPreemption (bts)
gprsPreemptionProtection (bts)
gprsPriority (transceiver)
minNbrGprsTs (bts)
onePhaseAccess (bts)
onePhaseDnMsCapability (bts)
suspendResumeActivation (bsc)
tResumeAck (bsc)
tSuspendAck (bsc)
bscPcuPcmRefList (pcu)
gprsPcuCrossConnectList (pcu)
Network Synchronization
btsSMSynchroMode (btsSiteManager)
dARPPh1Priority (transceiver)
fnOffset (btsSiteManager)
tnOffset (btsSiteManager)
BTS Synchronization
B.27.
B.28.
B.29.
B.30.
B.31.
masterBtsSMId (btsSiteManager)
btsReserved3 (bts)
hoMarginTiering (handOverControl)
interferenceType (adjacentCellHandOver)
intraCell (handOverControl)
numberOfPwciSamples (handOverControl)
selfTuningObs (handOverControl)
hoMarginTrafficOffset (adjacentCellHandOver)
hoTraffic (bsc)
hoTraffic (bts)
offsetLoad (adjacentCellHandOver)
offsetPriority (adjacentCellHandOver)
directedRetryPrio (bts)
hoPingpongCombination (adjacentCellHandOver)
hoPingpongTimeRejection (adjacentCellHandOver)
timeBetweenHOConfiguration (bsc)
lRxQualDLH (handOverControl)
lRxQualULH (handOverControl)
B.32.
AR 264
cellReselectOffset (bts)
penaltyTime (bts)
temporaryOffset (bts)
B.33.
B.34.
B.35.
Extended CCCH
B.36.
B.37.
B.38.
btsWithCavity (bts)
callDropActivation (bts)
channelType (channel)
cpueNumber (btsSiteManager)
distributionActivation (bts)
distributionDuration (bts)
distributionTime (bts)
distributionQualityThreshold (bts)
fERThreshold1 (bts)
fERThreshold2 (bts)
fERThreshold3 (bts)
fERThreshold4 (bts)
nbOfFramesForFER (bts)
Extended UL TBF
extUtbfNoData (bts)
fullDlKa (bts)
nUsfExt (bts)
nwExtUtbf (bts)
onlyExtUtbf (bts)
tNwExtUtbf (bts)
tUsfExt (bts)
B.39.
Broadcast of PSI 13
B.40.
B.41.
B.42.
B.43.
B.44.
B.45.
maxRACH (bts)
measurementProcAlgorithm (bts)
enhancedTRAUFrameIndication (bsc)
pcmErrorCorrection (bts)
circuitGroupBlock (signallingPoint)
unequippedCircuit (signallingPoint)
B.46.
B.47.
PS queuing management
B.48.
B.49.
B.50.
wPSQueueStepRotation (bts)
allocPriorityTable (bts)
allocPriorityTimers (bts)
allocWaitThreshold (bts)
aterLapd (lsaRc)
trmArchipelagoCalls (trm)
nAccActivation (bts)
packetSiStatus (bts)
packetFlowContext (powerControl)
pfcActivation (bts)
pfcArp1ConversationalCSCallProtection (powerControl)
pfcArp1StreamingCSCallProtection (powerControl)
pfcArp2ConversationalCSCallProtection (powerControl)
pfcArp2StreamingCSCallProtection (powerControl)
pfcArp3ConversationalCSCallProtection (powerControl)
pfcArp3StreamingCSCallProtection (powerControl)
pfcFlowControlActivation (bts)
pfcMinNrtBandwidthPerTs (transceiver)
pfcMinNumberOfJokersforTsGuaranteedBitRate (transceiver)
pfcNrtRequestedDnMbrCounterThreshold (powerControl)
pfcNrtRequestedUpMbrCounterThreshold (powerControl)
pfcPreemptionRatioGold (powerControl)
pfcPreemptionRatioSilver (powerControl)
pfcRtDowngradeAllowed (powerControl)
pfcRtRequestedDnGbrCounterThreshold (powerControl)
pfcRtRequestedUpGbrCounterThreshold (powerControl)
pfcT6 (powerControl)
pfcT8 (powerControl)
pfcTsGuaranteedBitRateDl (powerControl)
pfcTsGuaranteedBitRateUl (powerControl)
B.51.
B.52.
B.53.
B.54.
bckgDLLayer3WindowSize (bsc)
privilegedCell (bsc)
dynamicAgprsAllowed (pcu)
minNbOfJokersPerConnectedMain (transceiver)
interferenceMatrixRunningOnBts (bts)
interferenceMatrixRunningOnBsc (bts)
B.55.
B.56.
B.57.
channelReleaseOnAbisFailure (bts)
monitoredObjectClass (mdWarning)
facchPowerOffset (bts)
sacchPowerOffsetSelection (bts)
sacchPowerOffset (bts)
hrPowerControlTargetModeDl (PowerControl)
frPowerControlTargetModeDl (PowerControl)
sigPowerOverboost(bts)
B.58.
B.59.
B.60.
B.61.
enableRepeatedFacchFr (bts)
uplinkPwrCtrlDuringUTDOA (bsc)
servingBandReporting (bts)
ServingBandReportingOffset (handOverControl)
cId (adjacentCellUTRAN)
compressedModeUTRAN (bts)
diversityUTRAN (adjacentCellUTRAN)
earlyClassmarkSendingUTRAN (bts)
fDDARFCN (adjacentCellUTRAN)
fDDMultiratReporting (bts)
fDDReportingThreshold (handOverControl)
fDDReportingThreshold2 (handOverControl)
gsmToUMTSServiceHo (bsc)
hoMarginAMRUTRAN (adjacentCellUTRAN)
hoMarginDistUTRAN (adjacentCellUTRAN)
hoMarginRxLevUTRAN (adjacentCellUTRAN)
hoMarginRxQualUTRAN (adjacentCellUTRAN)
hoMarginTrafficOffsetUTRAN (adjacentCellUTRAN)
hoMarginUTRAN (adjacentCellUTRAN)
hoPingpongCombinationUTRAN (adjacentCellUTRAN)
hoPingpongTimeRejectionUTRAN (adjacentCellUTRAN)
hoRejectionTimeOverloadUTRAN (bsc)
locationAreaCodeUTRAN (adjacentCellUTRAN)
mobileCountryCodeUTRAN (adjacentCellUTRAN)
mobileNetworkCodeUTRAN (adjacentCellUTRAN)
offsetPriorityUTRAN (adjacentCellUTRAN)
qsearchC (handOverControl)
rNCId (adjacentCellUTRAN)
rxLevDLPbgtUTRAN (adjacentCellUTRAN)
rxLevMinCellUTRAN (adjacentCellUTRAN)
scramblingCode (adjacentCellUTRAN)
t3121 (bts)
B.62.
B.63.
adaptiveReceiver (transceiver)
slkATerResource (signallingLink)
slkAssociatedTmuPortPosition (signallingLink)
signallingLinkResourcesStates (signallingLinkSet)
B.64.
smartPowerManagementConfig (powerControl)
smartPowerSwitchOffTimer (powerControl)
B.65.
B.66.
B.67.
B.68.
B.69.
B.70.
synchronizingHsaRc (bsc)
gprsPreemptionForHR (bsc)
dynamicAbis (btsSiteManager)
bssPagingCoordination (bts)
standbyStatus (TMU)
This BSS is using license (Display 4K Erlangs - md; Display 4K Erlangs - bsc)
Total licenses for this OMC-R (Display RM Capacity - md; Display 4K Erlangs - md;
Display RM Capacity - bsc; Display 4K Erlangs - bsc; Display RM Capacity btsSiteManager)
Total unused licenses (Display RM Capacity - md; Display 4K Erlangs - md; Display
RM Capacity - bsc; Display 4K Erlangs - bsc; Display RM Capacity - btsSiteManager)
B.71.
B.72.
Abis over IP
administrativeState (igm)
administrativeState (ipgRc)
administrativeState (ipm)
availabilityStatus (igm)
availabilityStatus (ipgRc)
availabilityStatus (ipm)
btsType (btsSiteManager)
ipAggregateEthernetPortUsed (ipgRc)
ipCompressionActivation (btsSiteManager)
ipCompressionDepth (btsSiteManager)
ipCRPnChannel_TosDscp (ipgRc)
ipCRPnChannel_userPriority (ipgRc)
ipDefaultGateway (ipgRc)
ipDHCPServerList (ipgRc)
ipgPcmList (ipgRc)
ipIpgRcCounterPeriod (ipgRc)
ipAggregateEthernetPortMonitored (ipgRc)
ipIBOSTraffic_TosDscp (ipgRc)
ipIBOSTraffic_userPriority (ipgRc)
ipPortIPAddress_VRId_List (ipgRc)
ipRoutingProtocolOnAbisPort (ipgRc)
ipRoutingProtocolOnAggregatePort (ipgRc)
ipRoutingProtocolOnIBOSPort (ipgRc)
ipRoutingTable (ipgRc)
ipPdvManualSet (btsSiteManager)
ipPdvSelfTuningRange (btsSiteManager)
ipRTPnChannel_TosDscp (ipgRc)
ipRTPnChannel_userPriority (ipgRc)
ipServiceChannel_TosDscp (ipgRc)
ipServiceChannel_userPriority (ipgRc)
B.73.
B.74.
ipSynchroUplinkActivation (btsSiteManager)
ipTrafficPacketPeriod (btsSiteManager)
operationalState (igm)
operationalState (ipgRc)
operationalState (ipm)
positionInShelf (igm)
positionInShelf (ipgRc)
shelfNumber (igm)
shelfNumber (ipgRc)
standbyStatus (igm)
sWVersionActive (ipm)
sWVersionPassive (ipm)
upgradeStatus (igm)
upgradeStatus (ipm)
AMR maximization
fullHRCellLoadEnd (bts)
fullHRCellLoadStart (bts)
EATrafficLoadEnd (bts)
EATrafficLoadStart (bts)
VEASDCCHOverflowAllowed (bts)
B.75.
B.76.
B.77.
Flexible OMC-R
enableRepeatedFacchHr(bts)
evolvedEdgeLatRedActivation (bts)
B.78.
B.79.
taDetectionDataExtCell(bts)
concentAlgoExtRxLevUL (handOverControl)
concentAlgoIntRxLevUL (handOverControl)
directAllocIntFrRxLevDL (handOverControl)
directAllocIntFrRxLevUL (handOverControl)
B.80.
TFO support
B.81.
B.82.
AMR-WB support
B.83.
B.84.
B.85.
tfoActivation (bsc)
trmIncreaseCapacity (transcoder)
amrWbDlAdaptationSet (bts)
amrWbNbMaxPdtchPreemption (bts)
amrWbSacchPowerOffsetSelection (bts)
amrWbUlAdaptationSet (bts)
amrWBIntercellCodecMThresh (handOverControl)
amrWBIntracellCodecMThresh (handOverControl)
amrWBiRxLevDLH (handOverControl)
amrWBiRxLevULH (handOverControl)
amrWBPowerControlCIThresholdUl (powerControl)
enableRepeatedFacchWBFr (bts)
nAMRWBRequestedCodec (handOverControl)
Multiple ARFCN
3GAccessMinLevelOffset (bts)
3GReselectionThreshold (bts)
Comment (btsSiteManager)
Comment (bts)
highSpeedUplinkDistortionRemovalOnPacketData(bts)
B.86.
B.87.
securedLoopActivation (btsSiteManager)
gsmToLteReselection
3GReselectionOnPriority
lteARFCN
measurementBandwidth
ltePriority
thresholdLteHigh
thresholdLteLow
lteRxLevMin
PCID to TA mapping
gsmPriority
thresholdPrioritySearch
thresholdGSMlow
hysteresisPrio
timerReselection
3GPriority
threshold3Ghigh
threshold3Glow
3GQRxLevMin
default3Gpriority
defaultThreshold3G
default3GQRxLevMin
C.
PCUSN components
The PCUSN components are described in the following NTPs: